AN OFFERING STATEMENT PURSUANT TO REGULATION A RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PRELIMINARY OFFERING CIRCULAR IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED BEFORE THE OFFERING STATEMENT FILED WITH THE COMMISSION IS QUALIFIED. THIS PRELIMINARY OFFERING CIRCULAR SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR MAY THERE BE ANY SALES OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL BEFORE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE LAWS OF SUCH STATE. THE COMPANY MAY ELECT TO SATISFY ITS OBLIGATION TO DELIVER A FINAL OFFERING CIRCULAR BY SENDING YOU A NOTICE WITHIN TWO BUSINESS DAYS AFTER THE COMPLETION OF THE COMPANY’S SALE TO YOU THAT CONTAINS THE URL WHERE THE FINAL OFFERING CIRCULAR OR THE OFFERING STATEMENT IN WHICH SUCH FINAL OFFERING CIRCULAR WAS FILED MAY BE OBTAINED.

 

PRELIMINARY OFFERING CIRCULAR DATED JANUARY 22, 2021

 

BOXABL, INC.

 

 

 

6120 N. Hollywood Blvd. #104

Las Vegas, NV 89115

 

UP TO 62,658,228 SHARES OF NON-VOTING SERIES A-1 PREFERRED STOCK AND UP TO 62,658,228 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK INTO WHICH THE NON-VOTING SERIES A-1 PREFERRED STOCK MAY CONVERT

 

AND

 

UP TO 3,571,429 SHARES OF NON_VOTING SERIES A PREDERRED STOCK AND UP TO 3,571,429 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK INTO WHICH THE NON-VOTING SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK MAY CONVERT

 

SEE “SECURITIES BEING OFFERED” AT PAGE 36

 

 

Series A-1 Preferred Stock

Price to Public

Underwriting discount and commissions(1)

Proceeds to issuer(2)

Proceeds to other persons

Per share

$0.79

$0.055

$0.735

N/A

Total Minimum

$1,000,000

$70,000

$930,000

N/A

Total Maximum

$49,500,000

$2,980,000

$46,520,000

N/A

 

(1)   We have not engaged any placement agent or underwriter in connection with this offering. To the extent that we do so, we will file a supplement to the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular is a part. The company has engaged Dalmore Group, LLC, member FINRA/SIPC (“Dalmore”), to perform administrative and compliance related functions in connection with this offering, but not for underwriting or placement agent services. Dalmore will receive a 1% commission, in addition to the one-time set-up fee and consulting fee payable by the company to Dalmore. In addition, we have engaged OpenDeal Broker LLC to assist with processing of investments through the online investment platform at www.republic.co maintained by OpenDeal Inc. (“Republic”). OpenDeal Broker LLC will perform substantially the same services as Dalmore, but only for those subscriptions received through Republic. As compensation, the company will pay to OpenDeal Broker LLC a commission equal to 2% of the funds raised through Republic, as well as offering set-up and processing fees equal to


1



5% of the amount raised through Republic for aggregate investments up to $1,000,000, and 4% of the amount raised over $1,000,000, with a minimum fee of $10,000. While we anticipate most sales will be processed by Dalmore, we are reflecting the higher commission to be received by OpenDeal Broker LLC in this table.

See “Plan of Distribution and Selling Security Holders” for details.

 

(2)   Not including legal and accounting expenses of this Offering, which are estimated at approximately $85,000 for a fully-subscribed offering, not including state filing fees.

 

 

Series A Preferred Stock

Price to Public

Underwriting discount and commissions(1)

Proceeds to issuer(2)

Proceeds to other persons

Per share/unit

$0.14

$0.0014

$0.138

N/A

Total Maximum

$500,000

$5,000

$495,000

N/A

 

(1)   Sales of Series A Preferred Stock will only be conducted through Dalmore, which will perform administrative and technology related functions in connection with this offering, but not underwriting or placement agent services. Dalmore will receive a 1% commission, in addition to the one-time set-up fee and consulting fee payable by the company to Dalmore. The one-time set-up and consulting fees are not reflected in this table. See “Plan of Distribution and Selling Security Holders” for details.

(2)   Not including legal and accounting expenses of this Offering, which are estimated at approximately $5,000 for a fully-subscribed offering, not including state filing fees.

 

 

We have engaged Prime Trust, LLC as an escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”) to hold funds tendered by investors. We may hold a series of closings at which we receive the funds from the Escrow Agent and issue the shares to investors. This Offering will terminate at the earlier of (i) the date at which the maximum offering amount has been sold; (ii) three years from the date of qualification of this Offering Statement or (iii) the date at which the Offering is earlier terminated by the company at its sole discretion. However, if a new offering statement is filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) prior to the termination of this Offering, this Offering may continue to be offered and sold until the earlier of the qualification of the new offering statement or three years and 180 days from the date of qualification of this Offering Statement. At least every 12 months after this Offering has been qualified by the Commission, the company will file a post-qualification amendment to include its recent financial statements. The Offering is being conducted on a best-efforts basis with a minimum raise of $1,000,000 (the “Minimum Target”). Provided the company reaches the minimum target, we may undertake one or more closings on a rolling basis, if we do so, we anticipate after the initial closing to hold closing at least on a monthly basis. After each closing, funds tendered by investors will be available to the Company. After the initial closing of the Offering, we expect to hold closings on at least a monthly basis.

 

The shares being sold in this offering include contractual restrictions on transfer. Pursuant to Article III of the Stockholders Agreement, investors will not be allowed to transfer shares acquired in this offering, except under limited circumstance following approval of the Board of Directors of the Company and satisfaction of the provisions of a right of first refusal granted to Paolo Tiramani and Galiano Tiramani.

 

Paolo Tiramani and Galiano Tiramani will receive a contractual call right to reacquire shares sold in this offering. Investors should be aware that should this call right be exercised, they would be required to sell their shares at the fair market price established by a valuation service. Investors may disagree with this valuation, but will be compelled to sell their shares nonetheless.

 

 


2



THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OR GIVE ITS APPROVAL OF ANY SECURITIES OFFERED OR THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, NOR DOES IT PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SOLICITATION MATERIALS. THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE COMMISSION; HOWEVER THE COMMISSION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION

 

GENERALLY NO SALE MAY BE MADE TO YOU IN THIS OFFERING IF THE AGGREGATE PURCHASE PRICE YOU PAY IS MORE THAN 10% OF THE GREATER OF YOUR ANNUAL INCOME OR NET WORTH. DIFFERENT RULES APPLY TO ACCREDITED INVESTORS AND NON-NATURAL PERSONS. BEFORE MAKING ANY REPRESENTATION THAT YOUR INVESTMENT DOES NOT EXCEED APPLICABLE THRESHOLDS, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REVIEW RULE 251(d)(2)(i)(C) OF REGULATION A. FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ON INVESTING, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REFER TO www.investor.gov.

 

This offering is inherently risky. See “Risk Factors” on page 7.

 

Sales of these securities will commence on approximately February [_], 2021

 

The company is following the “Offering Circular” format of disclosure under Regulation A.

 

In the event that we become a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we intend to take advantage of the provisions that relate to “Emerging Growth Companies” under the JOBS Act of 2012. See “Summary -- Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”


3



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Summary

5

Risk Factors

7

Dilution

12

Plan of Distribution and Selling Securityholders

15

Use of Proceeds to Issuer

19

The Company’s Business

20

The Company’s Property

28

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

29

Directors, Executive Officers and Significant Employees

33

Compensation of Directors and Officers

35

Security Ownership of Management and Certain Securityholders

35

Interest of Management and Others in Certain Transactions

35

Securities Being Offered

36

Financial Statements

39

 

 

In this Offering Circular, the term “Boxabl” or “the company” refers to Boxabl, Inc.

 

THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR MAY CONTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION RELATING TO, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE COMPANY, ITS BUSINESS PLAN AND STRATEGY, AND ITS INDUSTRY.  THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE BASED ON THE BELIEFS OF, ASSUMPTIONS MADE BY, AND INFORMATION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY’S MANAGEMENT.  WHEN USED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS, THE WORDS “ESTIMATE,” “PROJECT,” “BELIEVE,” “ANTICIPATE,” “INTEND,” “EXPECT” AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH CONSTITUTE FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS. THESE STATEMENTS REFLECT MANAGEMENT’S CURRENT VIEWS WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE EVENTS AND ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE THE COMPANY’S ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE CONTAINED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.  INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH SPEAK ONLY AS OF THE DATE ON WHICH THEY ARE MADE.  THE COMPANY DOES NOT UNDERTAKE ANY OBLIGATION TO REVISE OR UPDATE THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS TO REFLECT EVENTS OR CIRCUMSTANCES AFTER SUCH DATE OR TO REFLECT THE OCCURRENCE OF UNANTICIPATED EVENTS.


4



SUMMARY

 

The Company

 

Boxabl is on a mission to bring building construction in line with modern manufacturing processes, creating a superior residential and commercial building that could be completed in half the time for half the cost of traditional construction.

 

The core product that we offer is the “Building Box", which consists of room modules that ship to site at a low cost and are stacked and connected to build most any shape and style of finished buildings. We are currently evaluating market demand, but anticipate that available dimensions will be 20x20 ft., 20x30 ft., 20x40 ft., and 20x60 ft. Our first product available for sale is our Casita Box, an accessory dwelling unit featuring a full-size kitchen, bathroom, and living area.

 

The Offering

 

Securities offered by us:

 

Maximum of 62,658,228 shares of Non-Voting Series A-1 Preferred Stock and 62,658,228 shares of Common Stock into which the Non-Voting Series A-1 Preferred Stock may convert.

 

Maximum of 3,571,429 shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock and 3,571,429 shares of Common Stock into which the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock may convert.

 

 

 

Securities outstanding before the offering as of December 31, 2020:

 

 

Common Stock:

 

300,000,000 shares

Series A-1 Preferred Stock:

 

0 shares

Series A Preferred Stock:

 

16,680,269 shares

 

 

 

Series A-1 Preferred Stock outstanding after the offering (assuming a fully subscribed offering):

 

62,827,004 (1)

Series A Preferred Stock outstanding after the offering (assuming a fully subscribed offering):

 

20,251,698

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes 168,776 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock issued upon the mandatory conversion of convertible notes issued by the company, with $100,000 of such notes outstanding as of the date of this Offering Circular.


5



Selected Risks Associated with Our Business

 

Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

 

We have a limited operating history with a history of losses and we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

 

If we cannot raise sufficient funds, we will not succeed.

 

Our future success is dependent on the continued service of our senior management and in particular our Founder and Chief Executive Officer Paolo Tiramani.

 

We may not be able to effectively manage our growth, and any failure to do so may have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

Decreased demand in the housing industry would adversely affect our business.

 

If we do not protect our brand and reputation for quality and reliability, or if consumers associate negative impressions of our brand, our business will be adversely affected.

 

We depend upon our patents and trademarks licensed from a related party. Any failure to protect those intellectual property rights, or any claims that our technology infringes upon the rights of others may adversely affect our competitive position and brand equity.

 

We do not yet have a suitable manufacturing facility to begin production as the scale necessary to make the business viable.

 

We have accepted deposits for a product we are not yet able to produce at scale.

 

We will rely on third-party builders to construct our Boxes on site as well as we intend to rely on third-party franchisees. The failure of those builders to properly construct homes and franchisee manufacturers to properly manufacture Boxes could damage our reputation, result in costly litigation and materially impact our ability to succeed.

 

If an unknown defect was detected in our Boxes or Box designs, our business would suffer and we may not be able to stay in business.

 

The housing industry is highly competitive and many of our competitors have greater financial resources than we do.  Increased competition may make it difficult for us to operate and grow our business.

 

Government regulations may cause project delay, increase our expenses, or increase the costs to our customers which could have a negative impact on our operations.

 

Increases in the cost of raw materials, or supply disruptions, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

You will not have significant influence on the management of the company.

 

We expect to raise additional capital through equity and/or debt offerings to support our working capital requirements and operating losses.

 

Our Articles of Incorporation includes a forum selection provision, which could result in less favorable outcomes to the plaintiff(s) in any action against our company.

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

We are not subject to the ongoing reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) because we are not registering our securities under the Exchange Act.  Rather, we will be subject to the more limited reporting requirements under Regulation A, including the obligation to electronically file:

·annual reports (including disclosure relating to our business operations for the preceding three fiscal years, or, if in existence for less than three years, since inception, related party transactions, beneficial ownership of the issuer’s securities, executive officers and directors and certain executive compensation information, management’s discussion and analysis (“MD&A”) of the issuer’s liquidity, capital resources, and results of operations, and two years of audited financial statements), 

·semiannual reports (including disclosure primarily relating to the issuer’s interim financial statements and MD&A) and 

·current reports for certain material events.  


6



In addition, at any time after completing reporting for the fiscal year in which our offering statement was qualified, if the securities of each class to which this offering statement relates are held of record by fewer than 300 persons and offers or sales are not ongoing, we may immediately suspend our ongoing reporting obligations under Regulation A.

 

If and when we become subject to the ongoing reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, as an issuer with less than $1.07 billion in total annual gross revenues during our last fiscal year, we will qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) and this status will be significant. An emerging growth company may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. In particular, as an emerging growth company we:

 

·will not be required to obtain an auditor attestation on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; 

·will not be required to provide a detailed narrative disclosure discussing our compensation principles, objectives and elements and analyzing how those elements fit with our principles and objectives (commonly referred to as “compensation discussion and analysis”); 

·will not be required to obtain a non-binding advisory vote from our shareholders on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements (commonly referred to as the “say-on-pay,” “say-on-frequency” and “say-on-golden-parachute” votes); 

·will be exempt from certain executive compensation disclosure provisions requiring a pay-for-performance graph and CEO pay ratio disclosure; 

·may present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or MD&A; and 

·will be eligible to claim longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards. 

 

We intend to take advantage of all of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions, including the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under Section 107 of the JOBS Act. Our election to use the phase-in periods may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the phase-in periods under Section 107 of the JOBS Act.

 

Under the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of the above-described reduced reporting requirements and exemptions for up to five years after our initial sale of common equity pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or such earlier time that we no longer meet the definition of an emerging growth company. Note that this offering, while a public offering, is not a sale of common equity pursuant to a registration statement, since the offering is conducted pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements. In this regard, the JOBS Act provides that we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenues, have more than $700 million in market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1 billion in principal amount of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

 

Certain of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions are also available to us due to the fact that we may also qualify, once listed, as a “smaller reporting company” under the Commission’s rules. For instance, smaller reporting companies are not required to obtain an auditor attestation on their assessment of internal control over financial reporting; are not required to provide a compensation discussion and analysis; are not required to provide a pay-for-performance graph or CEO pay ratio disclosure; and may present only two years of audited financial statements and related MD&A disclosure.

 

RISK FACTORS

 

The SEC requires the company to identify risks that are specific to its business and its financial condition. The company is still subject to all the same risks that all companies in its business, and all companies in the economy, are exposed to. These include risks relating to economic downturns, political and economic events and technological developments (such as cyber-attacks and the ability to prevent those attacks). Additionally, early-stage companies are inherently more risky than more developed companies. You should consider general risks as well as specific risks when deciding whether to invest.


7



Risks Related to our Business

 

We have a limited operating history with a history of losses and we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future. The company has operated at a loss since inception and historically relied on contributions from its owners to meet its growth needs. Further we have yet to receive any revenue from the sale of Boxes, our sole intended product. We expect to make significant future investments in order to develop and expand our business, which we believe will result in additional capital expenses, marketing and general and administrative expenses that will require raising funds in these offerings to cover these additional costs until we are able to generate significant revenue.  

 

If we cannot raise sufficient funds, we will not succeed. We are offering shares of our Non-Voting Series A-1 Preferred Stock to raise up to $49,500,000 in this Offering, plus up to $500,000 of our Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock. Even if the maximum amount is raised, we are likely to need additional funds in the future in order to continue to grow, and if we cannot raise those funds for whatever reason, including reasons relating to the company itself or to the broader economy, the company may not survive. If we raise a substantially lesser amount than our aggregate $50,000,000 goal, we will have to find other sources of funding for some of the plans outlined in “Plan of Operations”.

 

The company has realized significant operating losses to date and expects to incur losses in the future. The company has operated at a loss since inception, and these losses are likely to continue. Boxabl’s net loss for 2019 was $707,547 and its net loss for 2018 was $110,768, and for the six month period ended June 30, 2020, Boxabl experienced a net loss of $335,117. Until the company achieves profitability, it will have to seek other sources of capital in order to continue operations.

 

The company’s auditor has prepared its audit report on the basis of the company continuing to operate as a going concern. The company’s auditor has issued a “going concern” opinion on the company’s financial statements. The company incurred a net loss of $707,547 during the year ended December 31, 2019, and has limited revenues, which creates substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.

 

Our future success is dependent on the continued service of our senior management and in particular our Founder and Chief Executive Officer Paolo Tiramani. Any loss of key members of our executive team could have a negative impact on our ability to manage and grow our business effectively. This is particularly true of our Founder and Chief Executive Officer Paolo Tiramani, who designed and patented our core intellectual property. The experience, technical skills and commercial relationships of our key personnel provide us with a competitive advantage, particularly as we are building our brand recognition and reputation.

 

We may not be able to effectively manage our growth, and any failure to do so may have an adverse effect on our business and operating results. We have received substantial interest in our Casita Boxes and will strive to meet that demand. This will require significant scaling up of operations, including acquiring facilities space, and skilled labor. To date, we do not have any experience manufacturing our products at a commercial scale. If we are unable to effectively manage our scaling up in operations, we could face unanticipated slowdowns and problems and costs that harm our ability to meet production demands.

 

Decreased demand in the housing industry would adversely affect our business. Demand for new housing construction is tied to the broader economy and factors outside the company’s control. Should factors such as the COVID-19 pandemic result in continued loss of general economic activity, we could experience a slower growth in demand for our Boxes.

 

If we do not protect our brand and reputation for quality and reliability, or if consumers associate negative impressions of our brand, our business will be adversely affected. As a new entrant in the highly competitive home construction market, our ability to successfully grow our business is highly dependent on the reputation we establish for quality and reliability. To date, we have built a positive reputation based on our demonstration products for trade shows and conferences. As we expand operations to selling Boxes, we will need to deliver on the quality and reliability that is expected of us. If potential customers create a negative association about our brand, whether warranted or not, our business could be harmed.  

 

We depend upon our patents and trademarks licensed from a related party. Any failure to protect those intellectual property rights, or any claims that our technology infringes upon the rights of others may adversely affect our competitive position and brand equity. Our future success depends significantly on the intellectual property created by our founder and which is owned by a related entity, Build IP LLC. If Build IP LLC is unable to protect that intellectual property from infringement, or if it is found to infringe on others our business would be materially harmed as competitors could utilize our same building and shipping designs.


8



We do not yet have a suitable manufacturing facility to begin production as the scale necessary to make the business viable. Proceeds from this offering will be used to secure suitable manufacturing space in the Las Vegas area for our Boxes. Currently, we only have sufficient space to produce demonstration products. Our business relies on being able to produce our Boxes at scale, which can only be done once we have manufacturing space that is large enough for specialization of functions during the manufacturing process. If we are not able to obtain such manufacturing space in a timely manner, or on reasonable terms, our financial results may be negatively impacted.

 

We have accepted deposits for a product we are not yet able to produce at scale. As of the date of this offering circular, we have accepted deposits ranging from $100 to $1,200 from approximately 2,000 prospective customers. These deposits are being recorded as liabilities of the company and have not been maintained in a segregated account. As such, if the company is not able to deliver the requested product, we will be obligated to return the deposit, whether funds are available or not. If the prospective purchaser merely decides to not purchase a Box once they are available, they will forfeit their deposit.

 

We will rely on third-party builders to construct our Boxes on site as well as we intend to rely on third-party franchisees. The failure of those builders to properly construct homes and franchisee manufacturers to properly manufacture Boxes could damage our reputation, result in costly litigation and materially impact our ability to succeed. We sell our Boxes to Boxabl trained and certified builders, who are then responsible for on-site building and assembly. Purchasers can also order directly from us, and they will need to engage their own builders. We may discover that builders are engaging in improper construction practices, negatively impacting the reliability of our Boxes.  Further, we not only intend to manufacturer the Boxes at our own factories but also to rely on third-party franchisees to manufacture our Boxes. To the extent that we do, we cannot be certain that any such franchisees will act in a manner consistent with our standards and requirements and produce Boxes in accordance with our quality standards. We may discover that our franchisees do not end up operating their franchises in accordance with our standards or applicable law.  The occurrence of such events by the builders or franchisees could result in liability to us, or reputational damage.  

 

If an unknown defect was detected in our Boxes or Box designs, our business would suffer and we may not be able to stay in business. In the ordinary course of our business, we could be subject to home warranty and construction defect claims. Defect claims may arise a significant period of time after a building with our Boxes has been completed. Although we maintain general liability insurance that we believe is adequate and may be reimbursed for losses by subcontractors that we engage to assemble our homes, an increase in the number of warranty and construction defect claims could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Furthermore, any design defect in our components may require us to correct the defect in all of the projects sold up until that time.  Depending on the nature of the defect, we may not have the financial resources to do so and would not be able to stay in business.  Even a defect that is relatively minor could be extremely costly to correct in every home and could impair our ability to operate profitably.

 

The housing industry is highly competitive and many of our competitors have greater financial resources than we do.  Increased competition may make it difficult for us to operate and grow our business. The housing industry is highly competitive and we compete with traditional custom builders, manufactured and modular home builders, and other innovative entrants. In addition, we compete with existing homes that are offered for sale, which can reduce the interest in new construction. Many of our competitors have significantly greater resources than we do, a greater ability to obtain financing and the ability to accept more risk than we can prudently manage. If we are unable to compete effectively in this environment, we may not be able to continue to operate our business or achieve and maintain profitability.

 

Government regulations may cause project delay, increase our expenses, or increase the costs to our customers which could have a negative impact on our operations. We are subject to state modular home building codes, and projects are subject to permitting processes at the local level.  If we encounter difficulties with obtaining state modular home approvals, we could experience increased costs in obtaining those approvals. Until state approvals are obtained, we would be limited in our ability to access that state market. Further, modular home codes may change over time, potentially increasing our costs, which we may not be able to pass on to customers, negatively impact our sales and profitability.  

 

Increases in the cost of raw materials, or supply disruptions, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Our raw materials consist of steel, foams, and plastics, which primarily are sourced from, or dependent on materials sourced domestic vendors who may source their material from overseas. The costs of these materials may increase due to increased tariffs or shipping costs or reduced supply availability of these materials more generally.  Further, global or local natural disruptions, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may impact the supply chain, including limiting work in factories producing the materials into useable forms or impacts on the supply chain. Disruptions in supply could result in delays in our production line, delaying delivery of products. Further, we may not be able to pass through any increased material costs to our customers which could


9



have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve profitability. To the extent that we are able to pass through increased costs, it may lessen any competitive advantage that we have based on price.

 

The company has broad discretion in the use of proceeds in this Offering. The company has broad discretion on how to allocate the proceeds received as a result of this Offering and may use the proceeds in ways that differ from the proposed uses discussed in this offering circular. If the company fails to spend the proceeds effectively, its business and financial condition could be harmed and there may be the need to seek additional financing sooner than expected.

 

Risks Related to the Offering and to the Securities being Offered

 

Any valuation at this stage is difficult to assess. The valuation for this offering was established by the company based on the best estimates of management, and is not based on historical financial results. Unlike listed companies that are valued publicly through market-driven stock prices, the valuation of private companies, especially early stage companies, is difficult to assess and you may risk overpaying for your investment.

 

We include projections of future plans and performance in this offering circular. Projections rely on the occurrence of stated assumptions and should not assumptions not be correct or not occur, then the stated projections may be inaccurate. We include projected timelines in our “Plan of Operations” and include projected cost comparisons on our offering page. Those projections will only be achieved if the assumptions they are based on are correct. There are many reasons why the assumptions could be inaccurate, including customer acceptance, competition, general economic conditions and our own inability to execute our plans. Potential investors should take the assumptions in consideration when reading those projections, and consider whether they think they are reasonable.

 

You will not have significant influence on the management of the company. The day-to-day management, as well as big picture decisions will be made exclusively by our executive officers and directors. You will have a very limited ability, if at all, to vote on issues of company management and will not have the right or power to take part in the management of the company and will not be represented on the board of directors of the company. Accordingly, no person should purchase our stock unless he or she is willing to entrust all aspects of management to our executive officers and directors.

 

This investment is illiquid. There is no currently established market for reselling these securities and the company currently has no plans to list any of its shares on any over-the-counter (OTC) or similar exchange. If you decide that you want to resell these securities in the future, you may not be able to find a buyer. You should assume that you may not be able to liquidate your investment for some time, or be able to pledge these shares as collateral.

 

We expect to raise additional capital through equity and/or debt offerings to support our working capital requirements and operating losses. In order to fund future growth and development, we will likely need to raise additional funds in the future through offering equity or debt that converts into equity, which would dilute the ownership percentage of investors in this offering. See “Dilution.”  Furthermore, if we raise capital through debt, the holders of our debt would have priority over holders of equity, including the Series Seed Preferred Stock, and we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur more debt. We cannot assure you that the necessary funds will be available on a timely basis, on favorable terms, or at all, or that such funds if raised, would be sufficient. The level and timing of future expenditures will depend on a number of factors, many of which are outside our control. If we are not able to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms, or at all, we may be forced to curtail or abandon our growth plans, which could adversely impact our business, development, financial condition, operating results or prospects.

 

By executing the subscription agreement in this offering, investors will join as Stockholders under our Stockholders Agreement. The company has established a Stockholders Agreement between itself, Paolo Tiramani, Galiano Tiramani, and each new stockholder to the company. The agreement provides for among, other items, control of the directorships of the company by Paolo Tiramani and Galiano Tiramani, restrictions on transfer of the securities in this offering, and a right for either Paolo Tiramani or Galiano Tiramani to call for the acquisition of securities issued to investors in this offering as a fair market value established by a valuation service.

 

Investors in this offering may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to claims arising under the subscription agreement or Stockholders Agreement, which could result in less favorable outcomes to the plaintiff(s) in any action under these agreements. Investors in this offering will be bound by the subscription agreement and Stockholders Agreement, both of which include a provision under which investors waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may have against the company arising out of or relating to these agreements. By signing these agreements, the investor warrants that the investor has reviewed this


10



waiver with his or her legal counsel, and knowingly and voluntarily waives the investor’s jury trial rights following consultation with the investor’s legal counsel. 

 

If we opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, a court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable based on the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with the applicable state and federal law. To our knowledge, the enforceability of a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver in connection with claims arising under the federal securities laws has not been finally adjudicated by a federal court. However, we believe that a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision is generally enforceable, including under the laws of the State of Nevada, which governs the subscription agreement. In determining whether to enforce a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision, courts will generally consider whether the visibility of the jury trial waiver provision within the agreement is sufficiently prominent such that a party knowingly, intelligently and voluntarily waived the right to a jury trial. We believe that this is the case with respect to the subscription agreement. You should consult legal counsel regarding the jury waiver provision before entering into the subscription agreement.  

 

If you bring a claim against the company in connection with matters arising under the subscription agreement or Stockholders Agreement, including claims under federal securities laws, you may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to those claims, which may have the effect of limiting and discouraging lawsuits against us. If a lawsuit is brought against us under one of these agreements, it may be heard only by a judge or justice of the applicable trial court, which would be conducted according to different civil procedures and may result in different outcomes than a trial by jury would have had, including results that could be less favorable to the plaintiff(s) in such an action.  

 

Nevertheless, if this jury trial waiver provision is not permitted by applicable law, an action could proceed under the terms of the subscription agreement or Stockholders Agreement with a jury trial. No condition, stipulation or provision of the subscription agreement or Stockholders Agreement serves as a waiver by any holder of our shares or by us of compliance with any substantive provision of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated under those laws. 

 

Our Articles of Incorporation, Stockholders Agreement, and subscription agreement each include a forum selection provision, which could result in less favorable outcomes to the plaintiff(s) in any action against our company.

 

Articles of Incorporation 

 

Our Articles of Incorporation includes a forum selection provision that requires any claims against us by stockholders involving, with limited exceptions:

·brought in the name or right of the Corporation or on its behalf; 

·asserting a claim for breach of any fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or agent of the company to the company or the company’s stockholders; 

·arising or asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of Chapters 78 or 92A of the Nevada Revised Statutes or any provision of these Articles of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock designation) or the bylaws; 

·to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of these Articles of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock designation) or the bylaws; or 

·asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. 

 

Any of the above actions are required to be brought in the Eighth Judicial District Court of Clark County, Nevada. If the Eighth Juridical District Court of Clark County does not have jurisdiction, then the matter may be adjudicated in another state district court in the State of Nevada, or in federal court located within the State of Nevada. This forum selection provision may limit investors’ ability to bring claims in judicial forums that they find favorable to such disputes and may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Note, this provision does not apply to any suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or to any claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

 

Stockholders Agreement 

 

Our Stockholders Agreement includes a forum selection provision that requires any suit, action, or proceeding based in contract or tort arising from the Stockholders Agreement be brought in the Eighth Judicial District Court of Clark County, Nevada. If the Eighth Juridical District Court of Clark County does not have jurisdiction, then the matter may be adjudicated in another state district court in the State of Nevada, or in federal court located within the State of Nevada. This forum selection provision may limit investors’ ability to bring claims in judicial forums that they find favorable to such disputes and may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts


11



over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. We believe that the exclusive forum provision applies to claims arising under the Securities Act, but there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such a provision in this context. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.  As a result, the exclusive forum provision may not be used to bring actions in state courts for suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.  Investors will not be deemed to have waived the company’s compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Subscription Agreement

 

Our subscription agreement for each manner of investing and class of security includes a forum selection provision that requires any suit, action, or proceeding arising from the subscription agreement be brought in a state of federal court of competent jurisdiction located within the State of Nevada. This forum selection provision may limit investors’ ability to bring claims in judicial forums that they find favorable to such disputes and may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. We believe that the exclusive forum provision applies to claims arising under the Securities Act, but there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such a provision in this context. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.  As a result, the exclusive forum provision may not be used to bring actions in state courts for suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.  Investors will not be deemed to have waived the company’s compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

 

The Stockholders Agreement places limitations on the transferability of our securities. Pursuant to Article III of the Stockholders Agreement, investors will not be allowed to transfer shares acquired in this offering, except under limited circumstance following approval of the Board of Directors of the Company and satisfaction of the provisions of a right of first refusal granted to Paolo Tiramani and Galiano Tiramani. Investors should note that these restrictions on transferability are in addition to any restrictions provided by statute or regulation.

 

The Stockholders Agreement includes a contractual call right for Paolo Tiramani or Galiano Tiramani to repurchase the shares of investors in this offering. Investors should be aware that should this call right be exercised, they would be required to sell their shares at the fair market price established by an independent valuation service or investment bank. This fair market price may be less than what investors will pay in this offering. Investors may disagree with this valuation, but will be compelled to sell their shares nonetheless.

 

Using a credit card to purchase shares may impact the return on your investment. Investors in this offering have the option of paying for their investment with a credit card.  Transaction fees charged by your credit card company (which can reach 5% of transaction value if considered a cash advance) and interest charged on unpaid card balances (which can reach almost 25% in some states) add to the effective purchase price of the shares you buy.  See “Plan of Distribution and Selling Securityholders.”  The cost of using a credit card may also increase if you do not make the minimum monthly card payments and incur late fees.  These increased costs may reduce the return on your investment.

 

DILUTION

 

Dilution means a reduction in value, control or earnings of the shares the investor owns.

Immediate dilution

An early-stage company typically sells its shares (or grants options over its shares) to its founders and early employees at a very low cash cost, because they are, in effect, putting their “sweat equity” into the company. When the company seeks cash investments from outside investors, like you, the new investors typically pay a much larger sum for their shares than the founders or earlier investors, which means that the cash value of your stake is diluted because all the shares are worth the same amount, and you paid more than earlier investors for your shares.


12



The following table (as of December 31, 2020) demonstrates the price that new investors are paying for their shares with the effective cash price paid by existing stockholders. This method gives investors a better picture of what they will pay for their investment compared to the company’s insiders and earlier investors. The share numbers and amounts in this table assume (1) conversion of all issued shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock and (2) conversion of all outstanding convertible notes into shares of Common Stock at their discounted conversion price.

 

Class of Securities

Dates Issued

Issued Shares

Potential Shares

Total Issued and Potential Shares

Effective cash price per share at issuance or potential conversion

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

2020

300,000,000

 

300,000,000

$0.00

Series A Preferred Stock

2020

16,680,269

 

18,680,269

$0.14

Series A-1 Preferred Stock

2021

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible Notes

2020

 

168,776

168,776

$0.59

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Common Share Equivalents

 

318,680,269

168,776

318,849,045

$0.01

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investors in this Offering (Assuming fully subscribed offering)

 

 

 

Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

3,571,429

3,571,429

$0.14

Series A-1 Preferred Stock

 

 

62,658,228

62,658,228

$0.79

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total after inclusion of this offering

316,680,269

66,398,433

383,078,702

 

 

The following table demonstrates the dilution that new investors for the company’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock will experience upon investment in the company. We chose to focus on the Series A-1 Preferred Stock to illustrate the effects of dilution as we anticipate the vast majority of new investment will be in exchange for our Series A-1 Preferred Stock. This table uses the company’s unaudited net tangible book value as of June 30, 2020 of $(234,511) which is derived from the net equity of the Company in the June 30, 2020 interim financial statements. The offering costs assumed in the following table includes up to $2,980,000 in commissions payable to OpenDeal Broker LLC, as well as up to $85,000 for legal, accounting, and EDGARization fees incurred for this Offering. We expect most sales to take place through Dalmore at a 1% commission, but are including the percentage commissions and fees payable to OpenDeal Broker LLC to illustrate dilution as that amount is higher. If all sales were made through Dalmore, the commissions payable would be up to $495,000. The table presents three scenarios for the convenience of the reader: a $5,000,000 raise from this offering, a $20,000,000 raise from this offering, a $35,000,000, and a fully subscribed $49,500,000 raise from this offering (the maximum offering for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock).


13



 

$5 Million Raise

 

$20 Million Raise

 

$35 Million Raise

 

$49.5 Million Raise

Price per Share

$0.79

 

$0.79

 

$0.79

 

$0.79

Shares Issued

         6,329,114

 

          25,316,456

 

                     44,303,797

 

                         62,658,228

Capital Raised

$       5,000,000

 

$         20,000,000

 

$                   35,000,000

 

$                        49,500,000

Less: Offering Costs

$          395,000

 

$              1,295,000

 

$                        2,195,000

 

$                             3,065,000

Net Offering Proceeds

$       4,605,000

 

$         18,705,000

 

$                   32,805,000

 

$                        46,435,000

Net Tangible Book Value Pre-financing at June 30, 2020

($234,511)

 

($234,511)

 

($234,511)

 

($234,511)

Net Tangible Book Value Post-financing

$       4,370,489

 

$         18,470,489

 

$                   32,570,489

 

$                        46,200,489

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued and outstanding pre-financing

           316,680,269

 

                 316,680,269

 

                            316,680,269

 

                                  316,680,269

Total Post-Financing Shares Issued and Outstanding

           323,009,383

 

                 341,996,725

 

                            360,984,066

 

                                  379,338,497

Net tangible book value per share prior to offering

$           (0.001)

 

$               (0.001)

 

$                         (0.001)

 

$                              (0.001)

Increase/(Decrease) per share attributable to new investors

$              0.014

 

$                 0.055

 

$                            0.091

 

$                                0.123

Net tangible book value per share after offering

$              0.014

 

$                  0.054

 

$                            0.090

 

$                                0.122

Dilution per share to new investors ($)

$              0.776

 

$                  0.736

 

$                            0.7000

 

$                                0.668

Dilution per share to new investors (%)

98.29%

 

93.16%

 

88.58%

 

84.58%

 

Future dilution

Another important way of looking at dilution is the dilution that happens due to future actions by the company. The investor’s stake in a company could be diluted due to the company issuing additional shares. In other words, when the company issues more shares, the percentage of the company that you own will go down, even though the value of the company may go up. You will own a smaller piece of a larger company. This increase in number of shares outstanding could result from a stock offering (such as an initial public offering, another crowdfunding round, a venture capital round, angel investment), employees exercising stock options, or by conversion of certain instruments (e.g. convertible bonds, preferred shares or warrants) into stock.

 

If the company decides to issue more shares, an investor could experience value dilution, with each share being worth less than before, and control dilution, with the total percentage an investor owns being less than before. There may also be earnings dilution, with a reduction in the amount earned per share (though this typically occurs only if the company offers dividends, and most early stage companies are unlikely to offer dividends, preferring to invest any earnings into the company).

 

The type of dilution that hurts early-stage investors most occurs when the company sells more shares in a “down round,” meaning at a lower valuation than in earlier offerings. An example of how this might occur is as follows (numbers are for illustrative purposes only):


14



In June 2019 Jane invests $20,000 for shares that represent 2% of a company valued at $1 million. 

In December the company is doing very well and sells $5 million in shares to venture capitalists on a valuation (before the new investment) of $10 million. Jane now owns only 1.3% of the company but her stake is worth $200,000. 

In June 2020 the company has run into serious problems and in order to stay afloat it raises $1 million at a valuation of only $2 million (the “down round”). Jane now owns only 0.89% of the company and her stake is worth only $26,660. 

This type of dilution might also happen upon conversion of convertible notes into shares. Typically, the terms of convertible notes issued by early-stage companies provide that in the event of another round of financing, the holders of the convertible notes get to convert their notes into equity at a “discount” to the price paid by the new investors, i.e., they get more shares than the new investors would for the same price. Additionally, convertible notes may have a “price cap” on the conversion price, which effectively acts as a share price ceiling. Either way, the holders of the convertible notes get more shares for their money than new investors. In the event that the financing is a “down round” the holders of the convertible notes will dilute existing equity holders, and even more than the new investors do, because they get more shares for their money. Investors should pay careful attention to the amount of convertible notes that the company has issued (and may issue in the future, and the terms of those notes.

 

If you are making an investment expecting to own a certain percentage of the company or expecting each share to hold a certain amount of value, it’s important to realize how the value of those shares can decrease by actions taken by the company. Dilution can make drastic changes to the value of each share, ownership percentage, voting control, and earnings per share.

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION AND SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

 

Plan of Distribution

 

The company is offering a maximum of 62,658,228 shares of its Non-Voting Series A-1 Preferred Stock at a price of $0.79 per share on a “best-efforts” basis, as well as up to 3,571,429 shares of its Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $0.14 per share. The company has set a minimum of $1,000,000 in gross proceeds to be received prior to the occurrence of any closing for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock. There is no minimum for the Series A Preferred Stock.

 

The Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock will only be available to a select group of investors who made commitments or indications of interest during our previous offering under Regulation Crowdfunding, but were not able to make that investment because we had reached our maximum offering size of $1.07 million. The company will contact those prospective investors directly regarding their eligibility to subscribe for our Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock in this offering. These investors will then have the opportunity to make a new investment decision in accordance with the subscription procedures described below.

 

For each class of shares, the minimum investment per investor is $1000.

 

For our Non-Voting Series A-1 Preferred Stock, we plan to market the securities in this offering both through online and offline means. Online marketing may take the form of contacting potential investors through electronic media and posting our Offering Circular or “testing the waters” materials on an online investment platform.

 

The offering will terminate at the earliest of: (1) the date at which the maximum offering amount has been sold, (2) the date which is three years from this offering being qualified by the Commission, and (3) the date at which the offering is earlier terminated by us at our sole discretion.

 

Provided the company has received the minimum offering amount for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the company may undertake one or more closings on a rolling basis. After each closing, funds tendered by investors will be available to the company. If the minimum amount is not reached, any funds tendered by investors will be promptly returned.


15



Broker-Dealer Agreement

 

The company has engaged Dalmore Group, LLC (“Dalmore”) a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and a member of FINRA, to perform the following administrative and compliance related functions in connection with this offering, but not for underwriting or placement agent services. The services performed include:

 

 

Review investor information, including KYC (“Know Your Customer”) data, AML (“Anti Money Laundering”) and other compliance background checks, and provide a recommendation to the company whether or not to accept investor as a customer;

 

Review each investors subscription agreement to confirm such investors participation in the offering and provide a determination to the company whether or not to accept the use of the subscription agreement for the investor’s participation;

 

Contact and/or notify the company, if needed, to gather additional information or clarification on an investor;

 

Not provide any investment advice nor any investment recommendations to any investor;

 

Keep investor details and data confidential and not disclose to any third-party except as required by regulators or pursuant to the terms of the agreement (e.g. as needed for AML and background checks); and

 

Coordinate with third party providers to ensure adequate review and compliance.

 

As compensation for the services listed above, the company has agreed to pay Dalmore a commission equal to 1% of the amount raised in the offering to support the offering on all newly invested funds after the issuance of a No Objection Letter by FINRA. In addition, the company has paid Dalmore a one-time advance set up fee of $5,000 to cover reasonable out-of-pocket accountable expenses actually anticipated to be incurred by Dalmore, such as, among other things, preparing the FINRA filing. Dalmore will refund any fee related to the advance to the extent it is not used, incurred or provided to the company. In addition, the company will pay a $20,000 consulting fee that will be due after FINRA issues a No Objection Letter and the Commission qualifies the offering. The company estimates that total fees due to pay Dalmore would be $525,000 for a fully subscribed offering. These assumptions were used in estimating the expenses of this offering.

 

Republic Agreement 

 

In addition, the company has engaged OpenDeal Broker LLC (CRD #297797) to assist with processing of investments through the online investment platform at www.republic.co maintained by OpenDeal Inc. (“Republic”). OpenDeal Broker LLC will perform substantially the same services as Dalmore, but only for those subscriptions received through Republic. These services include:

 

 

Provide a landing page on the Republic platform for our offering of the Shares and perform related services;

 

Review investor information, including KYC (“Know Your Customer”) data, AML (“Anti Money Laundering”) and other compliance background checks, and provide a recommendation to the company whether or not to accept investor as a customer;

 

Provide technical services to allow us to execute and deliver evidence of the executed subscription agreement to the investor, and

 

Provide services that allow an investor to send consideration for the Shares to the Escrow Agent.

 

The company does not intend to actively promote the offering on Republic, and OpenDeal Broker LLC will not act as an underwriter or placement agent for this offering. Only our shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock will be available through Republic.

 

As compensation, the company will pay to OpenDeal Broker LLC a commission equal to 2% of the funds raised through Republic, as well as offering set-up and processing fees equal to 5% of the amount raised through Republic for aggregate investments up to $1,000,000, and 4% of the amount raised over $1,000,000, with a minimum fee of $10,000.

 

Investors’ Tender of Funds

 

Provided we have reached our minimum investment of $1,000,000 received by the Escrow Agent, we will conduct multiple closings on investments (so not all investors will receive their shares on the same date). The funds tendered by potential investors will be held in a segregated deposit account controlled by the company and will be transferred to our operating account at each closing in this offering.


16



Process of Subscribing

 

You will be required to complete a subscription agreement in order to invest. The subscription agreement includes a representation by the investor to the effect that, if you are not an “accredited investor” as defined under securities law, you are investing an amount that does not exceed the greater of 10% of your annual income or 10% of your net worth (excluding your principal residence). 

 

If you decide to subscribe for either the Non-Voting Series A-1 or Series A Preferred Stock in this offering, you should complete the following steps: 

 

1.Go to invest.boxabl.com, click on the "Invest Now" button; 

2.Complete the online investment form; 

3.Deliver funds directly by check, wire, debit or credit card, or electronic funds transfer via ACH to the specified account;  

4.Once funds or documentation are received an automated AML check will be performed to verify the identity and status of the investor;  

5.Once AML is verified, investor will electronically receive, review, execute and deliver to us a subscription agreement. 

 

Any potential investor will have ample time to review the subscription agreement, along with their counsel, prior to making any final investment decision. Dalmore will review all subscription agreements completed by the investor.  After Dalmore has completed its review of a subscription agreement for an investment in the company, the funds may be released by the escrow agent. 

 

If the subscription agreement is not complete or there is other missing or incomplete information, the funds will not be released until the investor provides all required information. In the case of a debit card payment, provided the payment is approved, Dalmore will have up to three days to ensure all the documentation is complete. Dalmore will generally review all subscription agreements on the same day, but not later than the day after the submission of the subscription agreement.  

 

All funds tendered (by check, wire, debit or credit card, or electronic funds transfer via ACH to the specified account) by investors will be deposited into an escrow account at the Escrow Agent for the benefit of the company. All funds received by wire transfer will be made available immediately while funds transferred by ACH will be restricted for a minimum of three days to clear the banking system prior to deposit into an account at the Escrow Agent. Credit card transactions will be processed through a payment processing platform integrated with the Escrow Agent.

 

The company maintains the right to accept or reject subscriptions in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason, including, but not limited to, in the event that an investor fails to provide all necessary information, even after further requests, in the event an investor fails to provide requested follow up information to complete background checks or fails background checks, and in the event the offering is oversubscribed in excess of the maximum offering amount. 

 

In the interest of allowing interested investors as much time as possible to complete the paperwork associated with a subscription, there is no maximum period of time to decide whether to accept or reject a subscription. If a subscription is rejected, funds will not be accepted by wire transfer or ACH, and payments made by debit card or check will be returned to subscribers within 30 days of such rejection without deduction or interest. Upon acceptance of a subscription, the company will send a confirmation of such acceptance to the subscriber. 

 

Dalmore has not investigated the desirability or advisability of investment in the shares nor approved, endorsed or passed upon the merits of purchasing the shares. Dalmore is not participating as an underwriter and under no circumstance will it solicit any investment in the company, recommend the company’s securities or provide investment advice to any prospective investor, or make any securities recommendations to investors. Dalmore is not distributing any offering circulars or making any oral representations concerning this Offering Circular or this offering. Based upon Dalmore’s anticipated limited role in this offering, it has not and will not conduct extensive due diligence of this offering and no investor should rely on the involvement of Dalmore in this offering as any basis for a belief that it has done extensive due diligence. Dalmore does not expressly or


17



impliedly affirm the completeness or accuracy of the Offering Statement and/or Offering Circular. All inquiries regarding this offering should be made directly to the company.

 

Upon confirmation that an investor’s funds have cleared, the company will instruct the Transfer Agent to issue shares to the investor. The Transfer Agent will notify an investor when shares are ready to be issued and the Transfer Agent has set up an account for the investor. 

 

Republic Subscription Process 

 

Investors investing through OpenDeal Broker LLC may also access the company’s offering through an offering page hosted on Republic. Investors may follow the instructions provided through Republic to review the company’s offering materials, including the offering circular and subscription agreement, as well as submit payment which will be deposited into an escrow account at the Escrow Agent for the benefit of the company. Credit card transactions will be processed through a payment processing platform integrated with the Escrow Agent as well.

 

OpenDeal Broker LLC has not investigated the desirability or advisability of investment in the shares nor approved, endorsed or passed upon the merits of purchasing the shares. OpenDeal Broker LLC is not participating as an underwriter and under no circumstance will it solicit any investment in the company, recommend the company’s securities or provide investment advice to any prospective investor, or make any securities recommendations to investors. OpenDeal Broker LLC is not distributing any offering circulars or making any oral representations concerning this Offering Circular or this offering. Based upon OpenDeal Broker LLC’s anticipated limited role in this offering, it has not and will not conduct extensive due diligence of this offering and no investor should rely on the involvement of OpenDeal Broker LLC in this offering as any basis for a belief that it has done extensive due diligence. OpenDeal Broker LLC does not expressly or impliedly affirm the completeness or accuracy of the Offering Statement and/or Offering Circular. All inquiries regarding this offering should be made directly to the company.

 

Escrow Agent

 

After an investor executes a subscription agreement, those funds will be irrevocable and will remain in a subscription escrow account established for the Offering. The company has engaged Prime Trust, LLC as the escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”) for the Offering. If a subscription is rejected or if a rescission is requested, all funds will be returned to subscribers within thirty days of such rejection without deduction or interest. Upon acceptance by us of a subscription, a confirmation of such acceptance will be sent to the subscriber.  The Escrow Agent has not investigated the desirability or advisability of investment in the Shares nor approved, endorsed or passed upon the merits of purchasing the securities.

 

The funds tendered by potential investors will be held by the Escrow Agent, and will be transferred to the company upon closing or returned to the investors as discussed above. We may undertake one or more closings on a rolling basis (so not all investors will receive their units on the same date) after reaching the minimum offering amount. After each closing, funds tendered by investors will be available to us. Upon each closing, investors will receive a notification regarding their Shares and funds tendered by investors will be made available to the company. The Escrow Agreement can be found in Exhibit 8 to the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular is a part.

 

Transfer Agent

 

Colonial Stock Transfer will serve as transfer agent to maintain stockholder information on a book-entry basis. We will not issue shares in physical or paper form. Instead, our shares will be recorded and maintained on our stockholder register.

 

Selling Securityholders

 

There are no selling securityholders in this offering.

 

Provisions of Note in our Subscription Agreement

 

Forum Selection Provision

The subscription agreement that investors will execute in connection with the offering includes a forum selection provision that requires any claims against the company based on the agreement to be brought in a state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Nevada, for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon the


18



subscription agreement. Although we believe the provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Nevada law in the types of lawsuits that may be brought to enforce contractual rights and obligations under the subscription agreement and in limiting our litigation costs, to the extent it is enforceable, the forum selection provision may limit investors’ ability to bring claims in judicial forums that they find favorable to such disputes and may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. The company has adopted the provision to limit the time and expense incurred by its management to challenge any such claims. As a company with a small management team, this provision allows its officers to not lose a significant amount of time travelling to any particular forum so they may continue to focus on operations of the company. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. We believe that the exclusive forum provision applies to claims arising under the Securities Act, but there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such a provision in this context. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.  As a result, the exclusive forum provision may not be used to bring actions in state courts for suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.  Investors will not be deemed to have waived the company’s compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Jury Trial Waiver

 

The subscription agreement that investors will execute in connection with the offering provides that subscribers waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may have against us arising out of or relating to the agreement, including any claim under federal securities laws.  By signing the subscription agreement an investor will warrant that the investor has reviewed this waiver with the investor’s legal counsel, and knowingly and voluntarily waives his or her jury trial rights following consultation with the investor’s legal counsel. If we opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, a court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable given the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with applicable case law. In addition, by agreeing to the provision, subscribers will not be deemed to have waived the company’s compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

USE OF PROCEEDS TO ISSUER

 

The company estimates that if it sells the maximum amount of $50,000,000 from the sale of its Non-Voting Series A-1 and Series A Preferred Stock, which represents the value of shares available to be offered as of the date of this offering circular out of the rolling 12-month maximum offering amount of $50,000,000 under Tier 2 of Regulation A, the net proceeds to the issuer in this offering would be approximately $46,910,000, after deducting the estimated fixed offering expenses of $85,000 and commissions due to OpenDeal Broker, LLC for all sales of the Non-Voting Series A-1 Preferred Stock and commissions due to Dalmore for sales of the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock. As stated above, we expect that most sales will be conducted through Dalmore, but are including the higher commission due to OpenDeal Broker LLC for the calculations below.

 

We are also setting out our estimated use of proceeds based on four other scenarios, including the minimum raise of $1,000,000, as well as receiving gross proceeds of $10,000,000, $25,000,000, and $50,000,000. The values are estimates and actual expenses may differ in order to serve the best interests of the company. Our current priority is to raise sufficient funds to build out our manufacturing facilities space, purchase capital equipment, and raw materials to deliver on placed orders as they arrive, as well as to meet the demand we anticipate from purchasers that have expressed interest and placed deposits. For further discussion, see the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Plan of Operations.”

 

 

$1M Offering

$10M Offering

$25M Offering

$50M Offering

Offering Proceeds

 

 

 

 

Gross Proceeds

$           1,000,000

$         10,000,000

$     25,000,000

$       50,000,000

Offering Expenses

$                155,000

$               695,000

$          1,595,000

$            3,090,000

 

 

 

 

 

Total Proceeds Available for Use

$              845,000

$           9,305,000

$     23,405,000

$       46,910,000

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Expenses

 

 

 

 

Sales & Marketing

-

$               300,000

$          550,000

$          2,000,000

Purchase of Capital Equipment

$              160,000

$           3,300,000

$       8,130,000

$          8,330,000


19



Facility Lease

$              631,838

$               840,000

$       1,600,000

$          1,600,000

Raw Materials

$                50,000

$           1,910,000

$       3,010,000

$          3,010,000

General & Administrative

-

$           1,150,000

$       7,960,000

$          8,750,000

Testing & Certification

-

$           1,800,000

$       2,100,000

$          2,100,000

Research & Development

-

-

-

$       11,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

Total Expenditures

$              841,838

$           9,300,000

$     23,350,000

$       36,790,000

 

 

 

 

 

Working Capital Reserves

$                  3,162

$               5,000

$          55,000

$       10,120,000

 

The company reserves the right to change the above use of proceeds if management believes it is in the best interests of the company.

 

 

THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS

 

Boxabl Overview

Boxabl is on a mission to bring building construction in line with modern manufacturing processes, creating a superior residential and commercial building that could be completed in half the time for half the cost of traditional construction.

The core product that we offer is the “Building Box", which consists of room modules that ship to site at a low cost and are stacked and connected to build most any shape and style of finished buildings. We are currently evaluating market demand, but anticipate that available dimensions will be 20x20 ft., 20x30 ft., 20x40 ft., and 20x60 ft. Our first product available for sale is our Casita Box, an accessory dwelling unit featuring a full-size kitchen, bathroom, and living area.

We believe there is significant market interest in our product based on receiving reservations of interest from over 20,000 customers, some of whom have placed small deposits to formalize their pre-order of the Casita when production begins. In order to meet this initial demand, we are undertaking this capital raise from accredited investors to fund the buildout of our factory, described below, and to begin production.

 

Boxabl was first organized as a limited liability company in Nevada on December 2, 2017, and reorganized as a Nevada corporation on June 16, 2020. Our core technology was invented by our Chief Executive Officer, Paolo Tiramani, business development director, Galiano Tiramani, and our lead engineer, Kyle Denman. The technology is owned by Build IP LLC, a Nevada limited liability company specially formed as a holding company for the intellectual property. Build IP LLC is controlled by Paolo Tiramani, and has provided an exclusive license to Boxabl.

 

Our Mission and Innovation

Over the past several hundred years, little has changed in the construction industry. Most buildings are built by hand, one at a time. Modern construction has not yet adopted advantages of the assembly line, robotics, or economies of scale. Even in housing developments with substantially similar homes, while components may be purchased in bulk, the work still involves construction by hand, one at a time. To compound this problem, labor shortages are rising, and new entries to this workforce are slowing. These factors are all contributing to significant backlog of housing demand and price increases that are putting affordable housing out of the reach of common Americans.

One of the prime drivers of the limitations on construction is the ability to ship finished product to a job site. At Boxabl, we realized that innovation in modular construction would not be possible without innovation in shipping. Through our license agreement with it affiliate Build IP, LLC, Boxabl’s patent pending shipping technology allows us to serve large geographic areas from one Boxabl factory. With this shipping technology, we believe that the location of our anticipated flagship factory in North Las Vegas, Nevada will be able to produce products that can be delivered to anywhere in the US, and even international markets. 

 

Our innovations in shipping are only possible because of our unique methods for constructing our building modules. Our “Building Box" system and Box design were created specifically to maximize repeatability in manufacturing. In addition, our


20



reimagined manufacturing process is simplified and efficient. This is achieved in part, by reducing the individual components in the build by approximately 80% compared to traditional building, which requires stacks of lumber and thousands of nails. Significantly fewer components results in significantly less labor costs during manufacturing.

 

We believe the resulting product boasts many benefits over traditional construction for the end user. Not only does the Boxabl solution reduce building costs and build time compared to traditional home building, but we simultaneously improve upon other metrics that can be used to evaluate building solutions, such as installation speed, fire resistance, energy ratings, mold resistance, environmental impact, wind ratings, flood resistance, pest resistance, trade reduction, impact resistance and much more.

Market Opportunity

Stick framing, invented over 100 years ago, is still the most popular residential building method. Stick framing means laborers build homes one at a time, by hand, using simple tools. A slow, expensive and labor-intensive process that has failed to adapt to modern manufacturing processes.

No mass production, no robotics, no economies of scale, no assembly line, and costs that are dependent on the availability of construction labor, which has experienced shortages in recent years. According to the Associated General Contractors of America, 81% of construction firms have reported difficulty in filling salaried and hourly craft positions.

Despite the labor issues, the construction market is still active. According to the US Census Bureau, privately owned housing starts in December 2019 were a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 1,608,000, 16.9% above that of November 2019, and 40.8% above December 2018. We anticipate the economic turmoil resulting from COVID-19 may result in some decreases in housing construction. For instance, the US Census Bureau reported 1,216,000 seasonally adjusted housing starts in March 2020. However, we believe those decreases may be offset by other factors. Changes in zoning laws designed to increase housing density and solve housing affordability are allowing people around the country, and especially in California, to build accessory dwelling units (“ADUs”) for use and rent. In the city of Los Angeles alone, almost 5000 ADU permits were issued last year. This is a burgeoning market for which the Boxabl product is well positioned.

 

While we believe ADUs are an easy way to enter the market, Boxabl is not limited to small residential units. The Boxabl product can be used in a wide range of building types — residential, commercial, high rise, multi family, apartment, disaster relief, military, labor housing and more. 

 

Our Products

 

The Boxabl Solution

 

The Boxabl product represents a new take on modular construction. A factory finished room module system that can be quickly stacked and arranged on site, and that provides the majority of the building envelope and functions. This allows builders to dramatically reduce build time and costs while increasing quality and features.

 

The Boxabl product is a large, almost 20 ft. in length room that folds down to 8.5 ft. wide for shipping, and still has sufficient space for factory installed kitchens, bathrooms and more. Each unit is a separate Box. Our Boxes take the heavy lifting of a building’s construction out of the field and moves it into the factory, where it belongs. 

 

Once the Boxes arrive at the jobsite, Boxes are assembled together in a plug and play manner by builders who have been trained and certified by Boxabl to create a finished home of almost any size and style. A typical Box can be assembled in one day. Speed, quality, features and price of the Boxabl product are superior to traditional building methods.

 

Shipping Solution

 

The first step in factory manufacturing of large buildings is creating a feasible shipping solution. Our goal was to ship without the need for oversized loads. Oversized loads have extra permitting, follow cars, police escorts, restricted routes and other problems that increase cost dramatically. Our design achieves the largest possible room that is able to fit into standard shipping dimensions, meeting highway, sea and rail transportation requirements.  


21



Smart Manufacturing

 

Boxabl Boxes are not built like traditional homes, they have been engineered with mass production in mind. This redesign includes a significant reduction in the number of components involved in the manufacturing process. Boxabl Boxes will be built with a laminated panel technology instead of a standard stick frame construction. This means each wall panel that Boxabl manufactures only consists of a few individual components. A comparable traditional wall has thousands of individual components and requires 3+ separate skilled trades to complete (e.g., framing, sheetrock, exterior finish, etc.).  Many raw materials in the Boxabl will be processed by off the shelf computer numerical control (CNC) equipment. The use of CNC equipment will give us a degree of automation right away, which we intend to expand to allow for the manufacturing process to be more fully automated.

 

The System

 

Efficient factory environments thrive on repeatability. We can achieve the lowest cost by building the same product over and over, leaving it to the final assembly to create unique structures. The Boxabl factory can build our Boxes in different sizes, with different floorplans, the builder can stack, arrange and dress the boxes however they desire for a custom building.

 

Building Materials

 

Historically, wood has been used for building construction because it is convenient and available. Wood burns, rots, molds, degrades, and generally has many characteristics that you wouldn't want in a permanent building structure. Further, due to warping, its dimensions are usually not accurate enough to make it compatible with precision robotics. Our wall design doesn't use standard lumber framing, instead we use a laminated panel technology that includes steel skin, expanded polystyrene (EPS) foam, and concrete board. We are able to sources these materials from multiple vendors, and are not reliant on any particular vendor. Unlike wood construction, our panels are less likely to burn, rot, mold, attract bugs or degrade. They are also compatible with automation, computer numerical control (CNC), and the factory environment.

 

Product Features

 

The Boxabl building system has many features and solutions that reduce pain points for builders and offer an attractive product for consumers.

 

 

Resilience

 

Structural

·

Fire resistant

·

Snow load rated

 

 

 

 

·

Flood resistant

·

Hurricane wind load rated

 

 

 

 

·

Bug resistant 

·

Seismic rated

 

 

 

 

·

Mold resistant

·

Ultra light, requiring smaller equipment to move

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Unit to unit connection - unlimited connection horizontally, 3 unit tall stack allowance


22



 

Design and Engineering

 

Energy

·

Steel exoskeleton

·

Will qualify for top energy rating

 

 

 

 

·

Connects to any foundation

·

Dramatically reduced energy bills 

 

 

 

 

·

Packs down for low cost shipping - unfolds to 2.5x volume

·

Smaller sized HVAC

 

 

 

 

·

Sealing gaskets at joints

·

Minimal thermal bridging

 

 

 

 

·

Crane pick points for faster setting

·

Perfectly tight envelope

 

 

 

 

·

MEP network channel - precut chase network for all utilities in walls, roof, and floor for low-cost retrofit of electrical, sprinkler system, HVAC etc.

·

High R values continuous EPS insulation

 

 

 

 

·

20x20 up to 20x80 room modules

·

High efficiency Appliances and LED lights for minimal energy requirement

 

 

 

 

·

Multiple floor plans of room modules for millions of combinations

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Reduced components designed for factory automation

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Streamlined production process similar to automotive assembly rather than modular

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Weatherproof roofing membrane ships with unit

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Unpacking system included that does not require heavy equipment for assembly

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Simple field assembly does not require skilled labor apart from site work

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Pre-plumbed for on-site hook up - does not require crawl space

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

All finishing work, paint, trim etc. inside and out ships complete

 

 


23



 

Approval

 

 

·

Pre-approved modular design for easy permitting

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Mix and stack building system for easy custom plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Full testing, fire, energy, structural

 

 

 

 

Applicable Regulation

 

Our Boxes fall under state modular home building codes. As our Boxes are mass produced, we will be able to obtain approvals to meet each state modular home building code. For modular homes, states require the approval of a third party testing and inspection company, which will conduct product testing and factory inspections. We have engaged a third party to do that testing. We are confident in our ability to obtain the required third party approval, and have previously received approvals for the Casita to be used at the builder trade show in Las Vegas following submitting engineer reviewed plans to the City of Las Vegas. If third party testing requires changes in our structures, we believe we will be able to quickly adjust and still deliver our foldable Boxes.

 

Builders will still be required to obtain local building permits.

 

Price

 

Our production and shipping advantages allow us to sell our Boxabl Boxes as competitive prices. The retail price for our initial product “The Casita” will be $50,000, representing about $120/sq. ft. Setup costs of assembly and connection to water and electric services would be in addition to this amount, increasing the total price by an additional $5,000 to $50,000 depending on builder fees. However, compared to building costs in states like California that can be on the order of $400/sq. ft., the Boxabl solution is an attractive option for cost conscious purchasers.

 

As we are able to increase our bulk purchasing, and introduce greater amounts of automation during the production process, we may be able to reduce the consumer price in the future to capture a larger market. That said, based upon the pre-order interest we have received, the current consumer price has not been off-putting.

 

Core Technology

 

The core technology covering the structure of the Boxes and transportation system used by the company was developed by its founder, Paolo Tiramani. Innovations created by Paolo Tiramani have previously led to the creation of new billion-dollar product categories in the tool storage space. The technology is held by Build IP, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company controlled by Paolo Tiramani. Build IP, LLC has issued an exclusive license agreement to the company and will not use the technology in competition with the company. This license agreement is included as Exhibit 6.1 to this offering statement of which this offering circular is part. Build IP LLC will focus on protecting the patents to prevent potential infringement by competitors.

 

Exclusive License 

 

Boxabl entered into the exclusive license with Build IP, LLC on June 16, 2020. The license will continue in perpetuity unless terminated by written agreement of Boxabl and Build IP, LLC, or by reason of default for (1) failure to pay, (2) failure to perform any material obligations under the license, or (3) insolvency of either party. Pursuant to the license agreement, Boxabl will pay a license fee of 1% of the net selling price generated from the sale of its Boxes to Build IP, LLC. Boxabl has the right to sublicense any of the rights and obligations under the exclusive license, which will facilitate our anticipated factory franchise business model.


24



Patents

 

Boxabl has rights to issued and pending patents from Build IP LLC for the structure and transportation of the Boxabl building system, covering all important aspects of its commercial designs, as well as the foreseeable alternatives. The filings closely track and reflect the product designs as they are updated. Further, the scope of protection sought extends beyond the design of the building structures themselves, and includes innovative delivery and assembly equipment and techniques. To date, Build IP LLC has been awarded two US patents and one Canadian patent. In addition, six patent application are pending with the USPTO and five applications pending under the Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT). As new technology and patentable processes are developed by Boxabl, that intellectual property will be directly held by Boxabl. There is no obligation to assign inventions to Build IP LLC.


25



The following table identifies the patents to which Boxabl has rights through the license from Build IP LLC:

 

Structure Patents

 

JURIS.

TITLE

STATUS

APP. NO.

APP.

DATE

PAT.

NO.

PATENT DATE

US

Modular Prefabricated House

Patented

10/653,523

9/2/2003

8,474,194

7/2/2013

US

Modular Prefabricated House

Patented

13/900,579

5/23/2013

8,733,029

5/27/2014

Canada

Modular Pre-Fabricated House

Patented

2442403

9/24/2003

2442403

12/2/2008

US

Customizable Transportable Structures and Components Therefor

Pending

16/143,598

9/27/2018

 

 

US

Customizable Transportable Structures and Components Therefor

Pending

16/804,473

2/28/2020

 

 

US

Customizable Transportable Structures and Components Therefor

Pending

15/931,768

5/14/2020

 

 

PCT

Customizable Transportable Structures and Components Therefor

Pending

PCT/US18/53006

9/27/2018

 

 

Europe

Customizable Transportable Structures and Components Therefor

Pending

18 864 413.2

4/30/2020

 

 

Canada

Customizable Transportable Structures and Components Therefor

Pending

3,078,484

4/3/2020

 

 

US

Customizable Transportable Structures with Utility Channels and Laminate Enclosures

Pending

62/960,991

1/14/2020

 

 

US

Foldable Building Structures with Utility Channels and Laminate Enclosures

Pending

16/786,130

2/10/2020

 

 

PCT

Foldable Building Structures with Utility Channels and Laminate Enclosures

Pending

PCT/US20/17524

2/10/2020

 

 

US

Enclosure Component Perimeter Structures

Pending

16/786,202

2/10/2020

 

 

PCT

Enclosure Component Perimeter Structures

Pending

PCT/US20/17527

2/10/2020

 

 

US

Equipment and Methods for Erecting a Transportable Foldable Building Structure

Pending

16/786,315

2/10/2020

 

 

PCT

Equipment and Methods for Erecting a Transportable Foldable Building Structure

Pending

PCT/US20/17528

2/10/2020

 

 

 

Transport Patents

 

JURIS.

TITLE

STATUS

APP. NO.

APP.

DATE

PAT. NO.

PATENT DATE

US

Wheeled Assembly for Item Transport

Pending

16/143,628

9/27/2018

 

 

PCT

Wheeled Assembly for Item Transport

Pending

PCT/US18/53015

9/27/2018

 

 

Europe

Wheeled Assembly for Item Transport

Pending

18 863 822.5

4/30/2020

 

 

Canada

Wheeled Assembly for Item Transport

Pending

3,078,486

4/3/2020

 

 


26



Strategy

 

Boxabl intends to create a factory franchise business model. After our flagship factory in Las Vegas is scaled up, we want to expand internationally by setting up franchisees to build their own factories. We will use this first production style factory to identify procedures, data, costs, raw materials, equipment, labor numbers and more to build a blueprint for future factories.

 

We believe a franchise model would let us rapidly scale worldwide. Under this scenario, Boxabl becomes a logistics company with franchisees constructing factories around the world. We would supply franchisee with raw materials, custom equipment, branding, proprietary components, quality control, and other services. 

 

Our Planned Starter Factory

 

Our planned starter production facility is expected to produce six Boxes per shift. This would result in constructing approximately 400 Boxes in the first year, and 3,600 in the second year once we reach standard production, which would consist of two shifts per day, six days a week. The Boxes and panels will move through stations in the factory where different sections are completed. Our current factory design utilizes ten stations. For this design, we would require 137,000 square feet of factory space, which we would rent. Many spaces are available in the Las Vegas area that meet our criteria, and many more new buildings are under construction. On December 29, 2020, we entered into a lease for such a facility, which we will take possession of on May 1, 2021 on a sixty-five month lease. We believe this factory should create approximately 300 new direct jobs. Many more indirect jobs will be created on the building sites by our customers when they are using our modules to build.

 

We have revised our plans for our starter factory between July and October 2020 based on the increase in interest we have received from potential customers. We had originally intended to have a starter facility occupying 50,000 square feet, that would initially produce one Box per shift. In order to meet our initial demand, we need additional capacity.

 

In the future, we anticipate increasing the scale of our manufacturing capabilities with additional and larger production facilities. We believe that significant expansion will be necessary in order to meet the demand we believe we will receive based on interest from potential customers.

 

Our Customers

 

In 2019, Boxabl delivered the first prototype at the Builders Show in Las Vegas and received an overwhelming response. Builders were ecstatic to see the development of a solution to many issues they struggle with. We received the equivalent of 6,000,000+ sq. ft. of “reservations” from hundreds of professional builders. These reservations were simply an indication of interest and we did not take any deposits; they are not a guarantee of future revenues.

 

After the show we ordered basic manufacturing equipment and continued to perfect the system and address feedback we got from the builder community. We were invited back to the 2020 show through a sponsorship with Professional Builder Magazine. Once we decided our initial building product focus would be the ADU, we built three more units for the show. In January 2020, we debuted the “Casita” at the Builders Show and again received a high level of interest from potential customers. Rather than just making available “reservations”, we began taking deposits for position on our waitlist. As of the date of this PPM, we have received over 2,000 deposits from potential customers that range from $100 to $1,200, and have received interest from more than 18,000 additional potential customers wishing to reserve their place in line for when production of the Casita begins. While significantly below the full sales price of the Casita, we believe a significant percentage of these deposits will result in actual orders. This represents several years of production before we ever open our planned production facility.

 

Competition

 

Our competition can be broken into the following categories:

 

·

·Stick built: Traditional home building method, accounts for majority of the market.  Raw materials are brought to site and built by hand into finished buildings. This market is made up of many small builders. We think this group represents our likely customer base, as we provide them with a better solution. 

 

·Manufactured: Manufactured homes are standardized homes built in a factory and shipped to site. These homes are generally built to a lower standard called the nation HUD code and attempt to come in at the lowest cost possible. The  


27



defining factor with this product is that they are generally deemed personal property and not real property. Only a few large companies dominate this category. 

 

·Modular: Modular homes are factory-built homes required to be built to the same or higher building code standards of stick-built homes. These homes are generally more customizable than a manufactured home. 

 

·Panelized systems: Wall panels with different levels of finish are built in a factory and then assembled onsite, usually by those doing stick-built construction. 

 

In addition, there are a few new and notable housing startups trying to address the problems in the housing markets. We see startups such as Blockable, Katerra, Factory OS, and Rad Urban, as direct competitors, but will also benefit from their efforts to make innovative design and construction the new norm in home building.

 

Employees

 

The company currently has 9 full-time employees, and expects to increase hiring when production at its starter factory is able to begin.

 

Litigation

 

We know of no existing or pending legal proceedings against us, nor are we involved as a plaintiff in any proceeding or pending litigation. There are no proceedings in which any of our directors, officers or any of their respective affiliates, or any beneficial stockholder, is an adverse party or has a material interest adverse to our interest.

 

THE COMPANY’S PROPERTY

 

Our principal offices and initial construction space is located at 6120 North Hollywood Blvd., Las Vegas, Nevada. The space is currently leased by 500 Group Inc., an entity controlled by our CEO, Paolo Tiramani. We have not entered into a sublease agreement for the space, but do contribute to the lease per a verbal agreement between the company and 500 Group Inc.

 

On December 29, 2020, we entered into a lease for industrial space which we will make into our initial manufacturing facility. We will take possession of on May 1, 2021 on a sixty-five month lease. The address of the facility is 5345 E Centennial Pkwy, Building 1, North Las Vegas, NV 89115.


28



MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Overview

 

We have provided audited financial statements for the years-ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 that have been audited by dbbmckennon. You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition in conjunction with these statements.

 

Further, we prepared interim financial statements covering the periods ended June 30, 2020 and 2019. These statements are not audited and will not include year-end adjustments necessary to make those financial statements comparable to audited results. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary in order to make the interim financial statements not misleading have been included.

 

Results of Operations

 

We have not yet commenced sales of our principal products and our results to date reflect efforts to build our initial business. Our 2019 gross revenues were $60,000 compared with 2018 gross revenues of $0. Revenue in 2019 was generated from a one-time sponsorship payment to attend the Builder Shows, and not from out anticipated future business activities. This revenue was offset by an equal cost of revenue, for net revenues of $0. Additional amounts related to this sponsorship was reflected as a deferred cost of sales at year end 2019, and is reflected as revenue for the six-month period ended June 30, 2020, also offset by equal cost of revenue. When we begin production and sales of our Casita Box, which we intend to begin in 2020, our net revenues will reflect certain costs of goods sold like raw materials and assembly costs, shipping, and labor. No revenues from the sale of Casita Boxes has been recognized as of the date of this offering circular.

 

Included in the costs of goods sold will be a 1% royalty paid to Build IP LLC, a company controlled by our founder and CEO, Paolo Tiramani, under the terms of our exclusive license agreement to utilize the patented technology necessary to produce and deliver our Boxes.

 

Over 2019, we incurred $707,547 of operating expenses, compared to $110,768 in 2018, reflecting a significant increase in operating activity Our main expense incurred in 2019 was research and development related to our prototype which we demonstrated at the Builders Show. That expense amounted to $507,347, or 71.7% of our total expenses for 2019. We anticipate that we will continue to incur research and development expenses as we produce our initial line of Casita Boxes for sale. For the six-months ended June 30, 2020, this amount was $111,524. We also expect an increase in rent, shop supplies, equipment, utilities, and payroll expenses as we ramp up operations.

 

To date, in 2020 we our operating expenses have been approximately, $975,000, with $335,117 occurring as of June 30, 2020. We are experiencing an increase in general and administrative expenses resulting from our management beginning to be compensated for their services and expenses related to our securities offerings.

 

Based on the foregoing, we incurred a net loss of $707,547 in 2019, compared to a net loss of $110,768 in 2018. For the six months ended June 30, 2020, we incurred a net loss of $335,117 compared to $115,609 for the same period in 2019.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

As of December 31, 2019, the company held $115,980 in cash, $90,000 in deferred costs of sales, and $4,009 in other current assets. At that time, we also had $149,272 in account payable current liability. Those deferred costs of sales were recognized as part of revenue in 2020.

 

Our operations were initially financed by our holders of Common Stock, who contributed $630,810 to the company in 2019, and $258,111 in 2018 in the form of member contributions when organized as a limited liability company. So far in 2020, these stockholders have contributed an additional $440,000 to support the operations of the company in the form of verbal agreements for loans that bear no interest and are due upon demand, with $282,748 coming prior to June 30, 2020. Beginning in July 2020, we undertook an offering of securities under Regulation Crowdfunding, which was also available to accredited investors pursuant to a concurrent offering under Rule 506(c) of Regulation D. These offerings closed in September 2020. Through these offerings, we received net proceeds of $989,749.99 on gross proceeds of approximately $1.07 million in our offering under Regulation Crowdfunding. In addition, as of October 23, 2020, we have received net proceeds of $967,576 in the offering under


29



Rule 506(c) of Regulation D. We anticipate receiving additional funds from the offering under Rule 506(c) as we close on investors. As a result of these offerings, we have issued 15,127,329 shares of our Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock.

 

Beginning in November 2020, we have also commenced an offering of convertible notes pursuant to Rule 506(c) of Regulation D. We are seeking to raise up to $50,000,000 in that offering. The notes sold under that offering would convert into the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock of the company upon qualification of this offering under Regulation A.

 

From the proceeds of these previous offering, we believe we have sufficient capital to begin our expansion in to new manufacturing facilities and begin producing Boxes that have been ordered, and for which interest has been received. On December 28, 2020, we entered into a sixty-five month lease for a site which we will make into our manufacturing facilities, with the lease date beginning May 1, 2021. The initial monthly rent is $87,728.60 per month for the first 12 months. We are required to deliver one month of lease payments, a security deposit of $525,000 and our share of operating expenses for the property prior to taking possession of the facility. This amount totals at $631,837.80. As discussed above under “Our Planned Starter Factory”, there is ample supply of available facilities in the Las Vegas area and we do not expect to be materially harmed if we were required to relocate.

 

Plan of Operations

 

Now that we have proven our concept to builders at trade shows, and received significant interest in the form of waitlist subscribers, and deposits on the purchase of Casita Boxes, we are entering a capital-intensive phase of operations.

 

Without any further capital investment, we are able to begin construction of 1 Casita Box per week. However, the additional capital will allow for the acquisition of additional industrial space, and tooling that will allow for improved construction at scale.

 

Our anticipated expenses over the next 12 months include approximately $3.01 million for the acquisition of raw materials for construction of 150 Casita Boxes, approximately $1.575 million for warehouse space, and $8.75 million for labor (representing 1 shift of 125 employees). In all, we expect labor, management, professional fees, and other general and administrative expenses to be approximately $17.499 million. We also intend to acquire capital assets and equipment, such as trucks and lifts, which we anticipate to cost approximately $7.38 million.

 

If we are not able to raise the full amount of capital to cover these initial expenses prior to generating revenue, we will scale our operations accordingly as we believe to be in the best interests of the company.

 

Planned Timeline 

 

The following timeline is based on raising at least $50,000,000 we are seeking to raise from this offering. Months follow the close of this offering:

 

Month 1-2:

Identify needs for manufacturing facility; order equipment and tools; continue third party testing, working towards approval from CA and NV; order molds for PVC extrusions; hire additional staff

 

 

Month 2-4:

Move to warehouse; begin slow production 1 Casita Box per week; steel is outsourced for our specifications; expand staff

 

 

Month 4-6:

Setup assembly line style production for output of 1 Casita Box per day; increase staff; bring steel production in house and order more specific equipment to increase efficiency

 

 


30



Month 6-9:

Begin rolling out other floor plans for the Casita Box.

 

 

Month 12+:

Ready with repeatable factory plans and suppliers begin seeking franchise/partner factories for expansion; new capital raise for automation enhancements in our factory; development of additional sizes and Box models.

 

 

There is no assurance that we will be able to meet this timeline. It is provided to identify our intentions for moving forward during the next 12 months of operation after receiving funds in this offering.

 

Trend Information

 

An important milestone for the company was receiving deposits of $400,000 from over 2,000 potential customers, representing potential revenues of over $100 million. Deposits of $206,300 were received as of June 30, 2020. We do not yet have the capacity to deliver if each deposit turns into a confirmed order. In order to be able to deliver, we will need to raise the funds in this offering to be able to build out our starter factory. As of December 29, 2020, we have entered into a lease for the facility which will become our started factory.

 

We have taken a number of measures to monitor and mitigate the effects of COVID-19, such as safety and health measures for our people and securing the supple of materials that are essential to our production process, such as sheet steel, EPS foam, and PVC extrusions. At this stage, the impact of our business and results has not been significant. We do expect a reduction in the supply of goods and materials from our Chinese suppliers, which supply magnesium oxide board. We will continue to follow the various government policies and advice, and, in parallel, we will do our utmost to continue our operations in the best and safest way possible without jeopardizing the health of our people.

 

Relaxed Ongoing Reporting Requirements

 

If we become a public reporting company in the future, we will be required to publicly report on an ongoing basis as an “emerging growth company” (as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, which we refer to as the JOBS Act) under the reporting rules set forth under the Exchange Act. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company”, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other Exchange Act reporting companies that are not “emerging growth companies”, including but not limited to:

 

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; 

 

taking advantage of extensions of time to comply with certain new or revised financial accounting standards; 

 

being permitted to comply with reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and 

 

being exempt from the requirement to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. 

 

If we become a public reporting company in the future, we expect to take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, although if the market value of our Common Stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as of the following December 31.

 


31



If we do not become a public reporting company under the Exchange Act for any reason, we will be required to publicly report on an ongoing basis under the reporting rules set forth in Regulation A for Tier 2 issuers. The ongoing reporting requirements under Regulation A are more relaxed than for “emerging growth companies” under the Exchange Act. The differences include, but are not limited to, being required to file only annual and semi-annual reports, rather than annual and quarterly reports. Annual reports are due within 120 calendar days after the end of the issuer’s fiscal year, and semi-annual reports are due within 90 calendar days after the end of the first six months of the issuer’s fiscal year.

 

In either case, we will be subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than Exchange Act rules for companies that are not “emerging growth companies”, and our shareholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies.

 


32



DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND SIGNIFICANT EMPLOYEES

 

 

Name

 

Position

 

Age

 

Term in Office

 

Fulltime with the company?

Executive Officers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paolo Tiramani

 

Founder and CEO

 

60

 

Since December 2017

 

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paolo Tiramani

 

Director

 

60

 

Since June 2020

 

 

Hamid Firooznia

 

Director

 

73

 

Since June 2020

 

 

Galiano Tiramani

 

Director

 

32

 

Since June 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant Employees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kyle Denman

 

Senior Engineer

 

28

 

Since December 2017

 

Yes

Galiano Tiramani

 

Business Development

 

32

 

Since December 2017

 

Yes

 

We are a small core team with a diverse background that is ready to hire appropriate industry expertise once we begin factory setup. Paolo and Galiano Tiramani are father and son.

 

 

Officers and Significant Employees

 

Paolo Tiramani, Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Director

 

An industrial designer and mechanical engineer, Paolo has over 150 patent filings which have generated more than $1 billion in retail sales.  Paolo founded Boxabl in 2017 and has funded Boxabl to date through his intellectual property investment company 500 Group Inc., which has been in operation since 1986.  Paolo also founded Supercar System in 2014. Paolo moved operations to Las Vegas Nevada two years ago for its strategic location, business and tax climate to develop the Boxabl project into an operating company.

 

Kyle Denman, Senior Engineer

 

Kyle is the senior engineer spearheading development of the Boxabl technology, and joined Boxabl in 2017 following fist working with Paolo at Supercar System, where he started in 2016.  A graduate in Mechanical Engineering from Stonybrook University he holds over 20 civil engineering and automotive mechanical patents.  Kyle has been swinging a hammer since he was 12 years old for his family owned construction company and brings a deep understanding of all field issues with the industry combined with substantial engineering skills.


33



Galiano Tiramani/ Business Development, Director

 

Galiano is an entrepreneur who has previously founded two companies prior to joining Boxabl. The first company was   a cryptocurrency exchange and ATM network, which acts as a custodian for customer funds that had an annual trade volume in excess of $10 million.  Galiano also founded and operated a large green farming and processing facility which was sold in 2018.  Boxabl will be Galiano’s third company he hopes to make fully operational and revenue generating.

 

Hamid Firooznia, Director 

 

Hamid brings 40 years of finance and tax strategies in construction, distribution, engineering, intellectual property and not-for-profit as well as high net worth individuals. Hamid is a partner in a New York State CPA firm for over 35 years. He holds a bachelor's degree in economics and master’s degrees in business administration in accounting.


34



COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

For the fiscal year ended 2020 the company compensated our three highest-paid directors and executive officers as follows:

 

Name

Capacities in which compensation was received

Cash compensation ($)

Other compensation ($)

Total compensation ($)

Paolo Tiramani

CEO

$83,076.92

--

$83,076.92

Galiano Tiramani

Business Development

$83,076.92

--

$83,076.92

Kyle Denman

Senior Engineer

$41,813.48

--

$41,813.48

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, we did not compensate our directors for their services as director to the company.

 

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN SECURITYHOLDERS

 

The following table displays, as of December 31, 2020, the voting securities beneficially owned by (1) any individual director or officer who beneficially owns more than 10% of any class of our capital stock, (2) all executive officers and directors as a group and (3) any other holder who beneficially owns more than 10% of any class of our capital stock:

 

Title of class

Name and address of beneficial owner

Amount and nature of beneficial ownership

Amount and nature of beneficial ownership acquirable

Percent of class

Common Stock

Paolo Tiramani(1)

222,000,000 shares of Common Stock

--

74%

Common Stock

Galiano Tiramani(1)

78,000,000 shares of Common Stock

--

26%

Common Stock

Officers and Directors as a Group

300,000,000 shares of Common Stock

--

100%

 

 

(1)C/o Boxabl Inc., 6120 N Hollywood Blvd. Suite 104, Las Vegas, NV, 89115. 

 

No holder of the company’s Series A Preferred Stock holds a 10% or greater interest of that class of securities.

 

INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

 

 

Intellectual Property License

 

Boxabl entered into the exclusive license with Build IP, LLC on June 16, 2020. Build IP, LLC is controlled by Boxabl’s founder and CEO, Paolo Tiramani. The license will continue in perpetuity unless terminated by written agreement of Boxabl and Build IP, LLC, or by reason of default for (1) failure to pay, (2) failure to perform any material obligations under the license, or (3) insolvency of either party. Pursuant to the license agreement, Boxabl will pay a license fee of 1% of the net selling price generated from the sale of its Boxes to Build IP, LLC. Boxabl has the right to sublicense any of the rights and obligations under the exclusive license, which will facilitate our anticipated factory franchise business model.

 

Operating Lease

 

Boxabl has a verbal agreement with a related party, 500 Group Inc., to provide cost sharing payments to 500 Group Inc. for warehouse and office space on a month-to-month basis. 500 Group Inc. is controlled by Boxabl’s founder and CEO, Paolo Tiramani. The company currently contributes approximately $4,000 per month under this cost sharing arrangement.


35



SECURITIES BEING OFFERED

 

General

 

We are offering Non-Voting Series A-1 Preferred Stock as well as Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock to investors in this offering at a price of $0.79 and $0.14 per share, respectively. Both the Non-Voting Series A-1 and Series A Preferred Stock will convert into the Common Stock of the company automatically upon the occurrence of certain events, such as an underwritten initial public offering. We are offering up to 62,658,228 shares of Non-Voting Series A-1 Preferred Stock and up to 62,658,228 shares of Common Stock into which the Non-Voting Series A-1 Preferred Stock will convert in this offering, as well as up to 3,571,429 shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock and up to 3,571,429 shares of Common Stock into which the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock will convert in this offering.

  

The following description summarizes important terms of our capital stock. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws. For a complete description of our capital stock, you should refer to our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, and our Bylaws, and applicable provisions of the Nevada corporation law.

 

Our authorized capital stock consists of 425,000,000 shares of Common Stock, with 300,000,000 outstanding as of December 31, 2020, and 75,000,000 authorized shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock, with 16,680,269 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020. Prior to qualification of this offering, the company will amend its Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to provide for an aggregate of 85,000,000 authorized shares of Preferred Stock, with 3,571,429 designated as Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock and 64,748,302 designated as Non-Voting Series A-1 Preferred Stock.

 

Non-Voting Series A-1 and Series A Preferred Stock

  

Voting Rights

Holders of Non-Voting Series A-1 and Series A Preferred Stock will have no voting rights on matters put to the stockholders for a vote.

 

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

In any event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, after payment to all creditors of the company, the remaining assets of the company available for distribution to its stockholders will be distributed first among the holders of Non-Voting Series A-1 and Series A Preferred Stock, and then to the holders of Common Stock. The Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock issued in our concurrent offerings under Regulation Crowdfunding and Regulation D include a preferred liquidation preference in an amount equal to $0.17 per share held (the “Preferred Payment”). This Preferred Payment represents a bonus those holders, as they paid $0.14 per share and are eligible for a Preferred Payment of $0.17 per share. The Preferred Payment for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock is $0.79 per share, which is equal to the per share price in this offering. If there are insufficient assets for the Preferred Payment, then the holders of the Non-Voting Series A-1 and Series A Preferred Stock will receive their pro rata share of available assets upon liquidation of the company.

 

Conversion Rights 

Upon the occurrence of firm underwriting registered offering (an “IPO”), the Non-Voting Series A-1 and Series A Preferred Stock will automatically convert into voting Common Stock of the company.

 

Rights and Preferences

Holders of the company's Non-Voting Series A-1 and Series A Preferred Stock have no preemptive, conversion, or other rights, and there are no redemptive or sinking fund provisions applicable to the company's Non-Voting Series A-1 and Series A Preferred Stock.

 

Common Stock

  

Voting Rights

Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of the Stockholders and written actions in lieu of meetings, including the election of directors.

 

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

Subject to any rights of the holders of the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, in any event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, after payment to all creditors of the company, the remaining assets of the company


36



available for distribution to its stockholders will be distributed among the holders of Common Stock on a pro rata basis by the number of shares held by each holder.

 

Rights and Preferences

Holders of the company's Common Stock have no preemptive, conversion, or other rights, and there are no redemptive or sinking fund provisions applicable to the company's Common Stock.

 

Stockholders Agreement

 

All holders of the company’s Common Stock and Series A-1 and Series A Preferred Stock will be subject to our Stockholders Agreement. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the Stockholders Agreement itself.

 

Directors and Management of the Company 

 

The Stockholders Agreement provides for control of the Board of Directors of the company by Paolo Tiramani and Galiano Tiramani. The Stockholder Agreement further provides for supermajority approval of the voting holders of Common Stock of the company for the company to undertake specified actions.

 

Restriction on Transfer 

 

Holders of the Common Stock and Series A-1 and Series A Preferred Stock are restricted from transferring their shares acquired in this offering, except under limited circumstance following approval of the Board of Directors of the Company and satisfaction of the provisions of a right of first refusal granted to Paolo Tiramani and Galiano Tiramani.

 

Call Right 

 

Under the Stockholders Agreement, Paolo Tiramani and Galiano Tiramani have the right, but not the obligation to require stockholders to sell their securities. The price paid per share if the call right is exercised will be established by an independent valuation or investment banking firm considered to be the fair market value of the shares. This value may be less than the per share price of your investment. The established price for the call right will be provided to stockholders in a notice which will also establish a closing date not more than 180 days from the notice, but providing at least five days notice. This call right will not follow the rules established by the Securities and Exchange Commission for tender offers, as it is a contractual obligation for stockholders of the company entered into at the time of this investment, and no new investment decision is being made at the time of the exercise of the call right.

 

Termination of Stockholders Agreement 

 

The Stockholders Agreement will terminate upon the earliest of (1) the consummation of an Initial Public Offering pursuant to an effective registration statement; (2) a merger or business combination resulting in the company being traded on a national securities exchange; (3) the date that there are no holders of the company’s equity securities; (4) dissolution or winding up of the company; or (5) by unanimous agreement of the stockholders of the company.

 

Forum Selection Provision

The Stockholders Agreement requires that any suit or action based on contract or tort, or otherwise to enforce any provision of the Stockholders Agreement be brought in the Eighth Judicial District Court of Clark County, Nevada. If the Eighth Juridical District Court of Clark County does not have jurisdiction, then the matter may be adjudicated in another state district court in the State of Nevada, or in federal court located within the State of Nevada. Although we believe the provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Nevada law in the types of lawsuits that may be brought to enforce contractual rights and obligations under the Stockholders Agreement and in limiting our litigation costs, to the extent it is enforceable, the forum selection provision may limit investors’ ability to bring claims in judicial forums that they find favorable to such disputes and may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. The company has adopted the provision to limit the time and expense incurred by its management to challenge any such claims. As a company with a small management team, this provision allows its officers to not lose a significant amount of time travelling to any particular forum so they may continue to focus on operations of the company. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. We believe that the exclusive forum provision applies to claims arising under the Securities Act, but there is uncertainty as to


37



whether a court would enforce such a provision in this context. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.  As a result, the exclusive forum provision may not be used to bring actions in state courts for suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.  Investors will not be deemed to have waived the company’s compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Jury Trial Waiver

 

The Stockholders Agreement also provides that investors waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may have against us arising out of or relating to the Stockholders Agreement, including any claim under federal securities laws.  By investing in this offering, the investor knowingly and voluntarily waives his or her jury trial rights. If we opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, a court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable given the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with applicable case law. In addition, by agreeing to the provision, investors will not be deemed to have waived the company’s compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

 

ONGOING REPORTING AND SUPPLEMENTS TO THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR

 

We will be required to make annual and semi-annual filings with the SEC. We will make annual filings on Form 1-K, which will be due by the end of April each year and will include audited financial statements for the previous fiscal year. We will make semi-annual filings on Form 1-SA, which will be due by September 28 each year, which will include unaudited financial statements for the six months to June 30. We will also file a Form 1-U to announce important events such as the loss of a senior officer, a change in auditors or certain types of capital-raising. We will be required to keep making these reports unless we file a Form 1-Z to exit the reporting system, which we will only be able to do if we have less than 300 shareholders of record and have filed at least one Form 1-K.

 

At least every 12 months, we will file a post-qualification amendment to the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular forms a part, to include the company’s recent financial statements.  

 

We may supplement the information in this Offering Circular by filing a Supplement with the SEC.

 

All these filings will be available on the SEC’s EDGAR filing system. You should read all the available information before investing.


38



FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Boxabl, Inc.

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020




Boxabl, Inc.

 

Financial Statements

 

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020

(Unaudited)

(Internally Prepared)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contents

 

 

Balance Sheets

3

Statements of Operations

4

Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

5

Statements of Cash Flows

6

Notes to Financial Statements

7



Boxabl, Inc.


Balance Sheets

(Unaudited)

(Internally Prepared)

 

 

 

June 30,

2020

December 31,

2019

Assets

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$    184,750

$ 115,980

Deferred cost of sales

-

90,000

Other current assets

1,000

4,009

Total current assets

185,750

209,989

Fixed Assets (note 4)

 

 

Machinery and Equipment, net

61,555

69,889

Total assets

$   247,305

$ 279,878

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

Accounts payable

$       22,767

$      149,272

Deferred revenue

-

60,000

Customer deposits

206,300

-

Total current liabilities

229,068

209,272

Long-term liabilities:

    Loans Payable- Officers

  282,749

 

Total long-term liabilities

  282,749

 

Total liabilities

$     511,816

$   209,272

 

  Commitments and contingencies

 

Member’s equity

Common stock class A, $.0001 par, 425 million shares

  authorized, 300 million shares issued and outstanding

Preferred stock, $.0001 par, 75 million shares authorized

 zero shares issued and outstanding

Retained equity (deficit)

 

-

 

-

 

30,000

 

-

(294,511)

 

-

 

70,606

 

-

 

 

-

-

 Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

(264,511)

70,606

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

$ 247,305

$    279,878

 

See Notes to the Financial Statements.


3


Boxabl, Inc.


Statements of Operations

(Unaudited)

(Internally Prepared)

 

 

For the Six Months Ended

 

June 30,

2020

June 30,

2019

 

Revenue

 

$       90,000

 

  $     40,000

Cost of goods sold

90,000

40,000

Gross profit

-

-

Expenses:

 

 

General and administrative

197,125

17,538

Sales and marketing

26,468

8,082

Research and development

111,524

89,989

Total operating expenses

335,117

115,609

 

Operating loss

 

(335,117)

 

(115,609)

 

Net loss

 

$ (335,117)

 

$ (115,609)

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to the Financial Statements.


4


Boxabl, Inc.


Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(Unaudited)

(Internally Prepared)

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Total Member’s Equity

Balance at December 31, 2019 100Conversion to C-Corp:                                                 

$   -

$            70,606

                (  70,606 )

         Common stock, par $.0001                                      

          Retained equity

30,000

40,606

-

 

 Less: Net loss

        (335,117)

                        -  

Balance at June 30, 2020

$       (264,511)

$                        -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to the Financial Statements.


5


Boxabl, Inc.


Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

 

(Internally Prepared)

 

 

 

For the Six Months Ended 

 

June 30, 2020

June 30, 2019

Operating activities

 

 

Net loss

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in

operating activities:

$ (335,117)

$ (115,609)

  Depreciation and amortization

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

8,334

4,121

  Prepaid expenses

3,009

(1,290)

  Accounts payable

  Deferred cost of sales

  Deferred revenue

  Customer deposits

(126,505)

90,000

(60,000)

206,300

34,513

(60,000)

-

-

     Net cash used in operating activities

(213,979)

(138,265)

Financing activities

 

 

Proceeds from capital contributions

Proceeds from officers’ loans

-

282,749

62,187

-

    Net cash provided by financing activities

282,749

62,187

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

68,770

 

(76,078)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

115,980

120,095

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$ 184,750

$ 44,017

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

Cash paid for interest

$               -

$         -

Cash paid for income taxes

$               -

$           -

 

 

 

See Notes to the Financial Statements.


6


Boxabl, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Unaudited)

(Internally Prepared)


 

NOTE 1 – INCORPORATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS

 

Boxabl, Inc. is a development stage corporation originally organized as a Nevada limited liability company, pursuant to Chapter 86 NRS, on December 2, 2017.  The corporation converted from a Nevada limited liability company to a Nevada corporation on June 16, 2020, pursuant to Chapter 92A of the NRS.  The financial statements of Boxabl, Inc., (which may be referred to as the "Company", “Boxabl,” "we," "us," or "our") are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The Company’s headquarters are located in Las Vegas, Nevada.  

Boxabl is in the process of building a new type of modular boxes with the help of modern manufacturing processes. Its product will result in superior, higher quality residential and commercial buildings in half the time and half the cost, by resolving the problems of labor shortages and using approximately, 80% less building material. The Company has developed patented shipping technology, which will help it serve large geographic areas from one factory. This innovation allows the Company to serve the entire USA and even international markets.

NOTE 2 – GOING CONCERN

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern.  The Company has incurred losses from operations and has net cash used in operations since Inception.

The Company expects to obtain funding through equity placement offerings until it consistently achieves positive cash flows from operations.  The continuing viability of the entity and its ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon the entity being successful in its continuing efforts in growing its revenue base and/or accessing additional sources of capital.  Management’s plan to address this need includes, (a) continued exercise of tight cost controls to conserve cash, and (b) obtaining additional equity financing.  There are no assurances that our plans will be successful. See Note 9 for amounts raised.

The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.  

NOTE 3 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

 

The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("US GAAP").

 

The accompanying interim financial statements were prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for interim financial reporting. These interim financial statements are internally prepared and, include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments and accruals necessary for a fair presentation of our balance sheets, operating results, and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the periods presented are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for 2020. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in interim financial statements prepared in accordance with US GAAP have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and accompanying notes.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make


7


Boxabl, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Unaudited)

(Internally Prepared)


estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates and assumptions on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the accrual of costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results experienced by the Company may differ materially and adversely from the Company’s estimates. To the extent there are material differences between the estimates and the actual results, future results of operations will be affected.

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company's business and operations are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the U.S. and worldwide along with local, state, and federal governmental policy decisions. A host of factors beyond the Company's control could cause fluctuations in these conditions. Adverse conditions may include: recession, downturn or otherwise, government policies. These adverse conditions could affect the Company's financial condition and the results of its operations.

Research and Development

 

All research and development costs- design, material, consultants related to proto-type development are expensed as incurred.  Total research and development costs for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 are $111,524 and $89,989, respectively.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Cash and cash equivalents are maintained at financial institutions and, at times, balances may exceed federally insured limits of $250,000 per institution that pays Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance premiums.  The Company has never experienced any losses related to these balances.

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This ASU requires a lessee to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability under most operating leases in its balance sheet.  Due to the FASB extension in June 2020, the guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021.  Early adoption is permitted.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact on its financial statements but does not expect it to have a significant impact on the operations or financial statements.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards could have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.  As new accounting pronouncements are issued, the Company will adopt those that are applicable under the circumstances.


8


Boxabl, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Unaudited)

(Internally Prepared)


NOTE 4 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

The Company’s property and equipment consist of the following amounts as of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

 

 

 

June 30,

2020

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

 

 

 

Machinery and Equipment

 

$83,336

 

$83,336

Less: Accumulated Depreciation

 

(21,781)

 

(13,447)

 

 

$61,555

 

$69,889

 

Machinery and equipment primarily consist of equipment, which is depreciated over five years.  

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized $8,334 and $4,121 in depreciation expense, respectively.

 

NOTE 5 – LONG-TERM DEBT

 

Loans Payable To Officers

 

The Company executed loan agreements with its two shareholders during the six months ended June 30, 2020.  The loans are not interest-bearing and are due upon demand.  The outstanding principal balances on the loans payable at June 30, 2020 is $282,748.  

 

NOTE 6 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The Company has a verbal contract with the controlling stockholder to share certain costs related to office space, support staff, and consultancy services for which the related party covers the costs for which are incurred on behalf of the Company. There are no markups on these shared costs by the related party for which are treated as shareholder loan.

 

NOTE 7 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

Preferred and Common Stock

The Company converted to a C-Corporation in the state of Nevada on June 16, 2020.  In conjunction with the conversion, the Company authorized the issuance of 425 million shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001 and 75 million shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001.  The Company designated all shares of preferred stock as “Series A Preferred Stock”, see below for rights and preferences.

 

Of the 425 million authorized shares of common stock, 300 million shares were issued to the Company’s two stockholders in exchange for their membership interests in Boxabl, LLC, on June 16, 2020.

 

The Series A Preferred Stock has the following preferences:

 

Holders of Series A Preferred Stock are not entitled to any voting rights. Shares of Series A preferred stock are convertible to common stock on a one for one basis upon the Company’s IPO or upon a Regulation A capital raise. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock before payment is made to any holders of common stock.


9


Boxabl, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Unaudited)

(Internally Prepared)


NOTE 8 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Operating Lease

 

The Company has a verbal lease agreement with a related party to rent warehouse and office space on a month-to-month basis.  The Company’s portion of the monthly rent is approximately $4,000.

 

Total rent expense for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 was $24,014 and $15,785, respectively.  

 

Litigation

 

There are no legal proceedings, which the Company believes will have a material adverse effect on its financial position.  

 

NOTE 9 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Management has evaluated subsequent events through December 29, 2020, the date on which the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

The Company launched Regulation CF and Regulation D capital raises for which resulted in net proceeds of $2,037,576 and the issuance of 15,127,329 shares of common stock at $0.14 per share.  

 

The Company has received an additional $200,000 in customer deposits for over 1,000 Boxabl units.

 

As part of the Regulation CF and Regulation D capital raises, the Company entered into exclusive placement agency agreement with Wefunder Portal, LLC. Under the terms of the agreement the Company paid 7.5% of the aggregate subscription proceeds for equity sold, up to $1,070,000.

 

On December 29, 2020, the Company entered into a lease for industrial space which we will make into its initial manufacturing facility. The Company will take possession of on May 1, 2021 on a sixty-five month lease. The address of the facility is 5345 E Centennial Pkwy, Building 1, North Las Vegas, NV 89115.

 

On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the coronavirus outbreak a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern” and on March 10, 2020, declared it to be a pandemic.  Actions taken around the world to help mitigate the spread of the coronavirus include restrictions on travel, and quarantines in certain areas, and forced closures for certain types of public places and businesses.  The coronavirus and actions taken to mitigate it have had and are expected to continue to have an adverse impact on the economic and financial markets of many countries, including the geographical area in which the Company operates. Measures taken by various governments to contain the virus have affected economic activity. We have taken a number of measures to monitor and mitigate the effects of COVID-19, such as safety and health measures for our people and securing the supply of materials that are essential to our production process. At this stage, the impact on our business and results has not been significant.  We do expect a reduction in the supply of goods and materials from our Chinese suppliers.  We will continue to follow the various government policies and advice, and, in parallel, we will do our utmost to continue our operations in the best and safest way possible without jeopardizing the health of our people.  


10



Boxabl, LLC

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 With Independent Auditors’ Report




Boxabl, LLC

Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

 

 

Contents

 

 

Independent Auditors’ Report

2

 

 

Balance Sheets

3

Statements of Operations

4

Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

5

Statements of Cash Flows

6

Notes to Financial Statements

7


1



 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

 

To the Management and Directors

of Boxabl, LLC

 

Report on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Boxabl, LLC (the “Company”), which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related statements of operations, member’s equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

 

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As described in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has experienced operational losses and negative cash flows from operations since Inception. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

 

 

dbbmckennon

San Diego, California

November 24, 2020

 


2


Boxabl, LLC


Balance Sheets

 

 

December 31,

 

2019

2018

Assets

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$ 115,980

$ 120,095

Deferred cost of sales

90,000

60,000

Other current assets

4,009

-

Total current assets

209,989

180,095

Fixed Assets (note 4)

 

 

Machinery and Equipment, net

69,889

21,959

Total assets

$ 279,878

$ 202,054

 

 

 

Liabilities and Member’s Equity

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

Accounts payable

$    149,272

$      34,711

Deferred revenue

60,000

20,000

Total current liabilities

209,272

54,711

Total liabilities

209,272

54,711

 

  Commitments and contingencies

 

Member’s equity

 

-

 

70,606

 

-

 

147,343

Total member’s equity

70,606

147,343

Total liabilities and member’s equity

$ 279,878

$    202,054

 

 

 

See Notes to the Financial Statements.


3


Boxabl, LLC


Statements of Operations

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2019

2018

 

Revenue

Cost of goods sold

 

$       60,000

60,000

 

  $                -  

-

Gross profit

-

-

Expenses:

 

 

General and administrative

188,495

11,746

Sales and marketing

Research and development

11,705

507,347

9,200

89,822

Total operating expenses

707,547

110,768

 

Operating loss

 

(707,547)

 

(110,768)

 

Net loss

 

$ (707,547)

 

$ (110,768)

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to the Financial Statements.


4


Boxabl, LLC


Statements of Changes in Member’s Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Member’s

Equity

Balance at December 31, 2017

$ -

Plus: Member’s contributions

258,111

Less: Net loss

            (110,768)

Balance at December 31, 2018

$ 147,343

Plus: Member’s contributions

630,810

Less: Net loss

            (707,547)

Balance at December 31, 2019

     $          70,606

 

 

 

See Notes to the Financial Statements.


5


Boxabl, LLC


Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2019

2018

Operating activities

 

 

Net loss

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in

operating activities:

$ (707,547)

$ (110,768)

  Depreciation and amortization

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

8,241

5,206

  Prepaid expenses

(4,009)

-

  Accounts payable

  Deferred cost of sales

  Deferred revenue

114,561

(30,000)

40,000

34,711

(60,000)

20,000

     Net cash used in operating activities

(578,754)

(110,851)

 

Investing activities

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

(56,171)

(27,165)

    Net cash used in investing activities

(56,171)

(27,165)

 

Financing activities

 

 

Proceeds from capital contributions

630,810

258,111

    Net cash provided by financing activities

630,810

258,111

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(4,115)

 

120,095

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

120,095

-

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

$ 115,980

$ 120,095

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

Cash paid for interest

$               -

$           -

Cash paid for income taxes

$               -

$           -

 

 

 

See Notes to the Financial Statements.


6


Boxabl, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018


 

NOTE 1 – INCORPORATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS

 

Boxabl, LLC is a development stage limited liability company (“LLC”) that was formed in December 2017. The financial statements of Boxabl, LLC., (which may be referred to as the "Company", “Boxabl,” "we," "us," or "our") are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The Company’s headquarters are located in Las Vegas, Nevada.  On June 16, 2020, the Company converted from a Nevada LLC to a Nevada corporation.

Boxabl is in the process of building a new type of modular boxes with the help of modern manufacturing processes. Its product will result in superior, higher quality residential and commercial buildings in half the time and half the cost, by resolving the problems of labor shortages and using approximately, 80% less building material. The Company has developed patented shipping technology, which will help it serve large geographic areas from one Boxabl factory. This innovation allows the Company to serve the entire USA and even international markets.

NOTE 2 – GOING CONCERN

The Company incurred a net loss of $707,547 during the year ended December 31, 2019, , and currently has limited revenues, which creates substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.  

The Company expects to obtain funding through equity placement offerings until it consistently achieves positive cash flows from operations.  The continuing viability of the entity and its ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon the entity being successful in its continuing efforts in growing its revenue base and/or accessing additional sources of capital.  Management’s plan to address this need includes, (a) continued exercise of tight cost controls to conserve cash, and (b) obtaining additional equity financing.  There are no assurances that our plans will be successful. See Note 8 for amounts raised subsequent to year end.

The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.  

NOTE 3 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and are expressed in U.S. dollars. The Company’s fiscal year end is December 31.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates and assumptions on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the accrual of costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results experienced by the Company may differ materially and adversely from the Company’s estimates. To the extent there are material differences between the estimates and the actual results, future results of operations will be affected.

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company's business and operations are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the U.S. and worldwide along with local, state, and federal governmental policy decisions. A host of factors beyond the Company's control could cause fluctuations in these conditions. Adverse conditions may include: recession,


7


Boxabl, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018


downturn or otherwise, government policies. These adverse conditions could affect the Company's financial condition and the results of its operations.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date.  Applicable accounting guidance provides an established hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the company.  Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the factors that market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability.  There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

·Level 1 – Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. 

·Level 2 – Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace. 

·Level 3 – Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity. 

The fair value hierarchy also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

Fair-value estimates discussed herein are based upon certain market assumptions and pertinent information available to management as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.  The respective carrying value of certain on-balance-sheet financial instruments approximated their fair values.  

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with a maturity of three months or less at the time of issuance to be cash equivalents.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives (Note 4). Expenditures for maintenance, repairs, and minor improvements are charged to expense as incurred.  Major improvements with economic lives greater than one year are capitalized.

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company reviews the carrying values of its long-lived assets for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable.  No impairment charges were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.


8


Boxabl, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018


Revenue Recognition

The Company adopted ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and its related amendments (collectively known as “ASC 606”), effective January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective transition approach applied to all contracts. Therefore, the reported results for the year ended December 31, 2019 reflect the application of ASC 606. Management determined that there were no retroactive adjustments necessary to revenue recognition upon the adoption of the ASU 2014-09. In addition, the adoption of the ASU did not have an impact on operation and the financial statements. The Company determines revenue recognition through the following steps:

 

 

-

Identification of a contract with a customer;

 

-

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract;

 

-

Determination of the transaction price;

 

-

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

 

-

Recognition of revenue when or as the performance obligations are satisfied.

Revenues are recognized when performance obligations are satisfied through the transfer of promised goods to the Company’s customers.  Control transfers upon shipment of product and when the title has been passed to the customers.  This includes the transfer of legal title, physical possession, the risks and rewards of ownership, and customer acceptance.  Revenue is recorded net of sales taxes collected from customers on behalf of taxing authorities, allowance for estimated returns, chargebacks, and markdowns based upon management’s estimates and the Company’s historical experience.  The Company records a liability for deposits for future products.  The liability is relieved, and the revenue is recognized once the revenue recognition criteria is met.  As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, the Company had deferred revenue of $60,000 and $20,000 presented on the accompanying balance sheets, respectively.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold consists primarily of the cost of products used in the production of the Company’s finished products, shipping, and the related labor and overhead charges associated with that production.  The cost of goods sold relate to contracts to provide a prototype home unit for display at a show, thus, costs incurred in excess of revenues recorded in connection with the contract are classified as research and development as these were determined to be costs associated with improving the Company’s process, in tandem to a proto-type.

Advertising and Promotion

Advertising and promotion are expensed as incurred.  Advertising and promotion expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 amounted to approximately $12,000 and $9,000, respectively, which is included in marketing expense.

Research and Development

 

All research and development costs- design, material, consultants related to proto-type development are expensed as incurred.  Total research and development costs for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are $507,347 and $89,822, respectively.


9


Boxabl, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018


Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Cash and cash equivalents are maintained at financial institutions and, at times, balances may exceed federally insured limits of $250,000 per institution that pays Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance premiums.  The Company has never experienced any losses related to these balances.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, one customer represented 100% of the total revenues for both years.  The loss of this customer would have significant impact on the Company’s operations.

Income Taxes

 

Federal and state income tax regulations require that the income or loss of a limited liability company be included in the tax returns of the members; accordingly, there are no liabilities or provisions for income taxes recorded in the accompanying financial statements.  The Company’s policy is to record distributions to its members related to the member’s federal and state income taxes that are attributable to the net income of the Company.  The Company records such distributions when they are declared and made to the member.

 

Tax positions initially must be recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not the position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities.  Such tax positions initially and subsequently are to be measured at the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority, assuming full knowledge of the position and relevant facts.  

 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had no uncertain tax positions that qualify for either recognition or disclosure in the financial statements.  The Company will recognize future accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense if incurred.  The Company’s tax return from 2018 forward are open to federal and state income tax examination.  As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, there were no ongoing tax examinations.  

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This ASU requires a lessee to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability under most operating leases in its balance sheet.  Due to the FASB extension in June 2020, the guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021.  Early adoption is permitted.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact on its financial statements but does not expect it to have a significant impact on the operations or financial statements.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards could have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.  As new accounting pronouncements are issued, the Company will adopt those that are applicable under the circumstances.

NOTE 4 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

The Company’s property and equipment consist of the following amounts as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

Machinery and Equipment

 

$83,336

 

$27,165

Less: Accumulated Depreciation

 

(13,447)

 

(5,206)

 

 

$69,889

 

$21,959


10


Boxabl, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018


Machinery and equipment primarily consist of equipment, which is depreciated over five years.  

 

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized $8,241 and $5,206 in depreciation expense, respectively.

 

NOTE 5 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The Company has a verbal contract with the controlling member to share certain costs related to office space, support staff, and consultancy services for which the related party covers the costs for which are incurred on behalf of the Company. There are no markups on these shared costs by the related party for which are treated as contributed capital.

 

NOTE 6 – MEMBER’S EQUITY

 

Membership Units and Contributions

 

The Company accounts for membership units as a percentage. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, 100% of the membership units were issued and outstanding. Allocation of income and losses, as well as voting, is based upon the percentages held by the holder.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company’s member contributed $630,810 and $258,111 to fund operations, respectively.  

 

Preferred and Common Stock

Subsequent to December 31, 2019, the Company converted to a corporation.  The articles of incorporation were filed on June 16, 2020.  The Company authorized the issuance of 425,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001 and 75,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001.  The Company designated all shares of preferred stock as “Series A Preferred Stock”, see below for rights and preferences.

 

In connection with the conversion to a corporation, all the Company’s membership interest was exchanged for 300,000,000 shares of common stock.

 

The Series A Preferred Stock has the following preferences:

 

Holders of Series A Preferred Stock are not entitled to any voting rights. Shares of Series A preferred stock are convertible to common stock on a one for one basis upon the Company’s IPO or upon a Regulation A capital raise. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock before payment is made to any holders of common stock.

NOTE 7 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Operating Lease

The Company has a verbal lease agreement with a related party to rent warehouse and office space on a month-to-month basis.  The Company’s portion of the monthly rent is approximately $3,200.

 

Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $42,959 and $0, respectively.  

 

Litigation

 

There are no legal proceedings, which the Company believes will have a material adverse effect on its financial position.  


11


Boxabl, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018


NOTE 8 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Management has evaluated subsequent events through November 24, 2020, the date on which the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

The Company launched Regulation CF and Regulation D capital raises for which resulted in net proceeds of $1,673,207 and the issuance of 12,524,694 shares of common stock at $0.14 per share.  

 

The Company has received over $400,000 in customer deposits for over 2,000 Boxabl units.

 

The Company entered into an exclusive placement agency agreement with C2M Securities. Under the terms of the agreement the Company is to pay 7% of the aggregate subscription proceeds for equity sold under the Regulation CF and Regulation D capital raises.

 

The Company entered into a technology licensing platform agreement with Capital2Market LLC.  Under the terms of the agreement the Company will make a one-time payment of $5,000 which will give the Company access to various technology.

 

The Company entered into an exclusive license agreement with Build IP LLC, a related party. Under the terms of the agreement, Build IP LLC has agreed to license its structure, transport and trademark patents to the Company. Quarterly royalty payments of 1% are due on royalty-bearing sales.

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2019, the Company’s member has contributed additional money to the Company, with $282,748 coming in the form a verbal agreement for a loan that bears no interest and is due upon demand.

 

On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the coronavirus outbreak a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern” and on March 10, 2020, declared it to be a pandemic.  Actions taken around the world to help mitigate the spread of the coronavirus include restrictions on travel, and quarantines in certain areas, and forced closures for certain types of public places and businesses.  The coronavirus and actions taken to mitigate it have had and are expected to continue to have an adverse impact on the economic and financial markets of many countries, including the geographical area in which the Company operates. Measures taken by various governments to contain the virus have affected economic activity. We have taken a number of measures to monitor and mitigate the effects of COVID-19, such as safety and health measures for our people and securing the supply of materials that are essential to our production process. At this stage, the impact on our business and results has not been significant.  We do expect a reduction in the supply of goods and materials from our Chinese suppliers.  We will continue to follow the various government policies and advice, and, in parallel, we will do our utmost to continue our operations in the best and safest way possible without jeopardizing the health of our people.  

 

See Note 6 for additional subsequent events.


12



PART III

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

 

 

1.1

 

Broker-Dealer Agreement with Dalmore Group, LLC

 

 

 

2.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation

 

 

 

2.2

 

Bylaws**

 

 

 

3.1

 

Form of Amended Stockholders Agreement

 

 

 

4.1

 

Form of Subscription Agreement for Series A-1 Preferred Stock

 

 

 

4.2

 

Form of Subscription Agreement for Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

 

4.3

 

Form of Subscription Agreement for Series A Preferred Stock - Republic

 

 

 

6.1

 

License Agreement with Build IP, LLC**

 

 

 

6.2

 

Facilities Lease Agreement

 

 

 

6.3

 

Offering Listing Agreement with OpenDeal Broker LLC

 

 

 

8.1

 

Form of Escrow Agreement

 

 

 

11.1

 

Consent of dbbmckennon

 

 

 

12.1

 

Opinion regarding legality of the securities*

 

 

 

16.1

 

Draft Offering Circular

 

* To be filed by amendment

** Previously filed




SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation A, the issuer certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 1-A and has duly caused this Offering Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Las Vegas, Nevada, on January 22, 2021.

 

 

Boxabl, Inc.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paolo Tiramani

 

 

Paolo Tiramani, Chief Executive Officer

 

The following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated have signed this Offering Statement.

 

/s/ Paolo Tiramani

 

Paolo Tiramani, Chief Executive Officer, Director, Principal Financial Officer, and Principal Accounting Officer

 

Date: January 22, 2021

 

 

 

/s/ Galiano Tiramani

 

Galiano Tiramani, Director

 

Date: January 22, 2021

 

 

 

/s/ Hamid Firooznia

 

Hamid Firooznia, Director

 

Date: January 22, 2021

 

 

 

 


Dalmore Logo.png 


Broker-Dealer Agreement

This agreement (together with exhibits and schedules, the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Boxabl, Inc. (“Client”), a Nevada Corporation, and Dalmore Group, LLC., a New York Limited Liability Company (“Dalmore”).  Client and Dalmore agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, effective as of August 18, 2020 (the “Effective Date”):

Whereas, Dalmore is a registered broker-dealer providing services in the equity and debt securities market, including offerings conducted via SEC approved exemptions such as Reg D 506(b), 506(c), Regulation A+, Reg CF and others;  

Whereas, Client is offering securities directly to the public in an offering exempt from registration under Regulation A (the “Offering”); and

Whereas, Client recognizes the benefit of having Dalmore as a service provider for investors who participate in the Offering (“Investors”).

Now, Therefore, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

1.Appointment, Term, and Termination 

a.Client hereby engages and retains Dalmore to provide operations and compliance services at Client’s discretion.  

b.The Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and will remain in effect for a period of twelve (12) months and will renew automatically for successive renewal terms of twelve (12) months each unless any party provides notice to the other party of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the current term.  If Client defaults in performing the obligations under this Agreement, the Agreement may be terminated (i) upon sixty (60) days written notice if Client fails to perform or observe any material term, covenant or condition to be performed or observed by it under this Agreement and such failure continues to be unremedied, (ii) upon written notice, if any material representation or warranty made by either Provider or Client proves to be incorrect at any time in any material respect, (iii) in order to comply with a Legal Requirement, if compliance cannot be timely achieved using commercially reasonable efforts, after providing as much notice as practicable, or (iv) upon thirty (30) days’ written notice if Client or Dalmore commences a voluntary proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief, or is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or has entered against it a final and unappeable order for relief, under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or either party executes  



Dalmore Logo.png 


and delivers a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors. The description in this section of specific remedies will not exclude the availability of any other remedies.  Any delay or failure by Client to exercise any right, power, remedy or privilege will not be construed to be a waiver of such right, power, remedy or privilege or to limit the exercise of such right, power, remedy or privilege.  No single, partial or other exercise of any such right, power, remedy or privilege will preclude the further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, remedy or privilege.  All terms of the Agreement, which should reasonably survive termination, shall so survive, including, without limitation, limitations of liability and indemnities, and the obligation to pay Fees relating to Services provided prior to termination.

2.Services. Dalmore will perform the services listed on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof, in connection with the Offering (the “Services”). Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the parties.  

3.Compensation. As compensation for the Services, Client shall pay to Dalmore a fee equal to one hundred (100) basis points on the aggregate amount raised by the Client. This will only start after FINRA Corporate Finance issues a No Objection Letter for the offering. Client authorizes Dalmore to deduct the fee directly from the Client’s third party escrow or payment account. 

 

There will also be a one time advance payment for out of pocket expenses of $5,000. Payment is due and payable upon execution of this agreement. The advance payment will cover expenses anticipated to be incurred by the firm such a preparing the FINRA filing, due diligence expenses, working with the Client’s SEC counsel in providing information to the extent necessary, and any other services necessary and required prior to the approval of the offering. The firm will refund a portion of the payment related to the advance to the extent it was not used, incurred or provided to the Client.

The Client shall also engage Dalmore as a consultant to provide ongoing general consulting services relating to the Offering such as coordination with third party vendors and general guidance with respect to the Offering. The Client will pay a one time Consulting Fee of $20,000 which will be due and payable immediately after FINRA issues a No Objection Letter and the Client receives SEC Qualification.



Dalmore Logo.png 


4.Regulatory Compliance 

 

a. Client and all its third party providers shall at all times (i) comply with direct requests of Dalmore; (ii) maintain all required registrations and licenses, including foreign qualification, if necessary; and (iii) pay all related fees and expenses (including the FINRA Corporate Filing  Fee), in each case that are necessary or appropriate to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.  Client shall comply with and adhere to all Dalmore policies and procedures. 

 

FINRA Corporate Filing Fee for this $50,000,000, best efforts offering will be $8,000 and will be a pass- through fee payable to Dalmore, from the Client, who will then forward it to FINRA as payment for the filing. This fee is due and payable prior to any submission by Dalmore to FINRA.

 

 

b.Client and Dalmore will have the shared responsibility for the review of all documentation related to the Transaction but the ultimate discretion about accepting a client will be the sole decision of the Client. Each Investor will be considered to be that of the Client’s and NOT Dalmore. 

 

c.Client and Dalmore will each be responsible for supervising the activities and training of their respective sales employees, as well as all of their other respective employees in the performance of functions specifically allocated to them pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.   

 

d.Client and Dalmore agree to promptly notify the other concerning any material communications from or with any Governmental Authority or Self Regulatory Organization with respect to this Agreement or the performance of its obligations, unless such notification is expressly prohibited by the applicable Governmental Authority. 

 

5.Role of Dalmore.  Client acknowledges and agrees that Client will rely on Client’s own judgment in using Dalmore’ Services.  Dalmore (i) makes no representations with respect to the quality of any investment opportunity or of any issuer; (ii) does not guarantee the performance to and of any Investor; (iii) will make commercially reasonable efforts to perform the Services in accordance with its specifications; (iv) does not guarantee the performance of any party or facility which provides connectivity to Dalmore; and (v) is not an investment adviser, does not provide investment advice and does not recommend securities transactions and any display of data or other information about an investment opportunity, does not constitute a recommendation as to the appropriateness, suitability, legality, validity or profitability of any transaction.  Nothing in this  



Dalmore Logo.png 


Agreement should be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, or employer-employee relationship of any kind.

 

6.Indemnification

 

a.Indemnification by Client.  Client shall indemnify and hold Dalmore, its affiliates and their representatives and agents harmless from, any and all actual or direct losses, liabilities, judgments, arbitration awards, settlements, damages and costs (collectively, “Losses”),  resulting from or arising out of any third party suits, actions, claims, demands or similar proceedings (collectively, “Proceedings”) to the extent they are based upon (i) a breach of this Agreement by Client, (ii) the wrongful acts or omissions of Client, or (iii) the Offering. 

b.Indemnification by Dalmore.  Dalmore shall indemnify and hold Client, Client’s affiliates and Client’s representatives and agents harmless from any Losses resulting from or arising out of Proceedings to the extent they are based upon (i) a breach of this Agreement by Dalmore or (ii) the wrongful acts or omissions of Dalmore or its failure to comply with any applicable federal, state, or local laws, regulations, or codes in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement

c.Indemnification Procedure.  If any Proceeding is commenced against a party entitled to indemnification under this section, prompt notice of the Proceeding shall be given to the party obligated to provide such indemnification.  The indemnifying party shall be entitled to take control of the defense, investigation or settlement of the Proceeding and the indemnified party agrees to reasonably cooperate, at the indemnifying party's cost in the ensuing investigations, defense or settlement. 

7.Notices.  Any notices required by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be addressed, and delivered or mailed postage prepaid, or faxed or emailed to the other parties hereto at such addresses as such other parties may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notices.  Until further notice, the address of each party to this Agreement for this purpose shall be the following:  



Dalmore Logo.png 


If to the Client:

 

Boxabl, Inc.

6120 N Hollywood Blvd #104 

Las Vegas, NV  

Attn: GalianoTiramani – CEO 

Tel: 203-550-4493 

Email: gtiramani@boxabl.com 

 

 

If to the Dalmore:

 

Dalmore Group, LLC.

525 Green Place

Woodmere, NY 11598

Attn:  Etan Butler, Chairman

Tel:  917-319-3000

etan@dalmorefg.com

 

8.Confidentiality and Mutual Non-Disclosure: 

a.Confidentiality. 

i.Included Information. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” means all confidential and proprietary information of a party, including but not limited to (i) financial information, (ii) business and marketing plans, (iii) the names of employees and owners, (iv) the names and other personally-identifiable information of users of the third-party provided online fundraising platform, (v) security codes, and (vi) all documentation provided by Client or Investor. 

ii.Excluded Information. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “confidential and proprietary information” shall not include (i) information already known or independently developed by the recipient without the use of any confidential and proprietary information, or (ii) information known to the public through no wrongful act of the recipient. 

iii.Confidentiality Obligations. During the Term and at all times thereafter, neither party shall disclose Confidential Information of the other party or use such Confidential Information for any purpose without the prior written consent of such other party. Without limiting the preceding sentence, each party shall use at least the same degree of care in safeguarding the  



Dalmore Logo.png 


other party’s Confidential Information as it uses to safeguard its own Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a party may disclose Confidential Information (i) if required to do by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, provided that such party shall notify the other party in writing promptly upon receipt of knowledge of such order so that such other party may attempt to prevent such disclosure or seek a protective order; or (ii) to any applicable governmental authority as required by applicable law.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed to prohibit the SEC, FINRA, or other government official or entities from obtaining, reviewing, and auditing any information, records, or data. Issuer acknowledges that regulatory record-keeping requirements, as well as securities industry best practices, require Provider to maintain copies of practically all data, including communications and materials, regardless of any termination of this Agreement.

9.Miscellaneous. 

 

a.ANY DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY BETWEEN THE CLIENT AND PROVIDER RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SETTLED BY ARBITRATION BEFORE AND UNDER THE RULES OF THE ARBITRATION COMMITIEE OF FINRA.   

 

b.This Agreement is non-exclusive and shall not be construed to prevent either party from engaging in any other business activities 

 

c.This Agreement will be binding upon all successors, assigns or transferees of Client.  No assignment of this Agreement by either party will be valid unless the other party consents to such an assignment in writing. Either party may freely assign this Agreement to any person or entity that acquires all or substantially all of its business or assets. Any assignment by the either party to any subsidiary that it may create or to a company affiliated with or controlled directly or indirectly by it will be deemed valid and enforceable in the absence of any consent from the other party. 

 

d.Neither party will, without prior written approval of the other party, place or agree to place any advertisement in any website, newspaper, publication, periodical or any other media or communicate with the public in any manner whatsoever if such advertisement or communication in any manner makes reference to the other party, to any person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control, with the other party and to the clearing arrangements and/or any of the Services embodied in this Agreement.  Client and Dalmore will work together to authorize and approve co-branded notifications and client facing communication materials regarding the representations in  



Dalmore Logo.png 


this Agreement.  Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary within, Client agrees that Dalmore may make reference in marketing or other materials to any transactions completed during the term of this Agreement, provided no personal data or Confidential Information is disclosed in such materials.

 

e.THE CONSTRUCTION AND EFFECT OF EVERY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY QUESTIONS ARISING OUT OF THE AGREEMENT, WILL BE SUBJECT TO THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES.  The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party 

 

f.If any provision or condition of this Agreement will be held to be invalid or unenforceable by any court, or regulatory or self-regulatory agency or body, the validity of the remaining provisions and conditions will not be affected and this Agreement will be carried out as if any such invalid or unenforceable provision or condition were not included in the Agreement. 

 

g.This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreement relating to the subject matter herein. The Agreement may not be modified or amended except by written agreement. 

 

h.This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts and by facsimile or electronic means, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

 

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGE(S)]



Dalmore Logo.png 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

CLIENT: Boxabl, Inc.

 

 

By_______________________________ 

Name:Galiano Tiramani 

Its: CEO 

 

Dalmore Group, LLC:

 

 

By_______________________________ 

Name:Etan Butler 

Its:Chairman 



Dalmore Logo.png 


Exhibit A

 

Services:

a.Dalmore Responsibilities – Dalmore agrees to: 

 

 

 

i.

Review investor information, including KYC (Know Your Customer) data, perform AML (Anti-Money Laundering) and other compliance background checks, and provide a recommendation to Client whether or not to accept investor as a customer of the Client;

ii.

Review each investors subscription agreement to confirm such Investors participation in the offering, and provide a determination to Client whether or not to accept the use of the subscription agreement for the Investors participation; 

iii.

Contact and/or notify the issuer, if needed, to gather additional information or clarification on an investor;

iv.

Not provide any investment advice nor any investment recommendations to any investor;

v.

Keep investor details and data confidential and not disclose to any third-party except as required by regulators or in our performance under this Agreement (e.g. as needed for AML and background checks);

iv.

Coordinate with third party providers to ensure adequate review and compliance.


 


THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
BOXABL INC.

Boxabl Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the Nevada Revised Statutes of the State of Nevada (the “NRS”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1.That the name of the corporation is Boxabl Inc., and that the corporation was originally organized as a Nevada limited liability company pursuant to the Chapter 86 NRS on December 2, 2017, under the name Boxabl, LLC. 

2.The corporation converted from a Nevada limited liability company into a Nevada corporation on June 16, 2020, pursuant to Chapter 92A of the NRS. 

3.The corporation previously amended and restated its Articles of Incorporation on June 23, 2020. 

4.The corporation further amended and restated its Articles of Incorporation on July 8, 2020. 

5.That the corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of this corporation currently in effect, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of the corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor. 

6.That the following amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 78.390 of the NRS. 

7.That these Third Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, which amend the provisions of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation currently in effect, have been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 78.315 and 78.320 of the NRS. 

RESOLVED, that the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of this corporation currently in effect be amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:

FIRST:  The name of this corporation is Boxabl Inc. (the “Corporation”).

SECOND:  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Nevada is 6120 N. Hollywood Blvd., Ste. 104, in the City of Las Vegas, County of Clark, 89115.  The name of its registered agent at such address is Paolo Tiramani.

THIRD:  The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the NRS.

FOURTH:  The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 510,000,000, consisting of (a) 425,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value


1


 


per share (“Common Stock”) and (b) 85,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).  The Board is expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of all or any shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix for each such series such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such distinctive designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolutions adopted by the Board providing for the issuance of such series and as may be permitted by the NRS, including, without limitation, the authority to provide that any such series may be (a) subject to redemption at such time or times and at such price or prices, (b) entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rates, on such conditions, and at such times, and payable in preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes or any other series, or (c) entitled to such rights upon the dissolution of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation, all as may be stated in such resolution or resolutions.  

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

A.COMMON STOCK.   

1.General.  The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein. 

2.Voting.  The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings).  There shall be no cumulative voting.    

B.PREFERRED STOCK.   

Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to consist of such number of shares and to have such terms, rights, powers and preferences, and the qualifications and limitations with respect thereto, as stated or expressed herein.  The first series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 20,251,698 shares, and the second series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series A-1 Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 64,748,302 shares, which Preferred Stock shall be entitled and subject to the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations.  Unless otherwise indicated, references to “sections” or “subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.  

1.Dividends.  The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Articles of Incorporation) the holders of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock in an amount equal to the dividend payable on each outstanding share of Common Stock.  

2.Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.   

2.1Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock.  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, and in the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the  


2


 


holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the consideration payable to stockholders in such Deemed Liquidation Event or out of the Available Proceeds (as defined below), as applicable, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (a) with respect to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, (i) one (1) times the Series A Original Issue Price (as defined below), plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on a 1:1 (i.e., 1 share of Series A Preferred Stock for 1 share of Common Stock) basis immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event (the amount payable pursuant to clause (a) of this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “Series A Liquidation Amount”), and (b) with respect to the holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, (i) one (1) times the Series A-1 Original Issue Price (as defined below), plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on a 1:1 (i.e., 1 share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock for 1 share of Common Stock) basis immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event (the amount payable pursuant to clause (b) of this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “Series A-1 Liquidation Amount”).  If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.  The “Series A Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.17 per share, and the “Series A-1 Original Issue Price” shall mean [$0.79] per share, in each case subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, as the case may be.

2.2Payments to Holders of Common Stock.  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment in full of all Series A Liquidation Amounts and all Series A-1 Liquidation Amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, respectively, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders or, in the case of a Deemed Liquidation Event, the consideration not payable to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2.1 or the remaining Available Proceeds, as the case may be, shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder. 

2.3Deemed Liquidation Events.  

2.3.1Definition.  Each of the following events shall be considered a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless the holders of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, acting together as a single class on an as-converted basis (the “Requisite Holders”), elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least fifteen (15) days prior to the effective date of any such event: 

(a)a merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange in which: 

(i)the Corporation is a constituent party; or 

(ii)a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation, 


3


 


except any such merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation, or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation; or

(b)(1) the sale, transfer or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or (2) the sale or disposition (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, and whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation. 

2.3.2Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event.  The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i) unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “Merger Agreement”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation in such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be paid to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2

2.3.3Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed.  The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, sale, transfer, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities to be paid or distributed to such holders pursuant to such Deemed Liquidation Event.  The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board.   

2.3.4Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration.  In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event, and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.  For the purposes of this Subsection 2.3.4, consideration placed into escrow or retained as a holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.  


4


 


3.Voting.  To the fullest extent permitted under the NRS and other applicable law, the holders of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any matter submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for a vote, including, without limitation, any voting right otherwise afforded to the holders of Preferred Stock under NRS 78.2055, NRS 78.207 or NRS 78.390, which are hereby denied. 

4.Mandatory Conversion. 

4.1Trigger Events.  At such date and time as is specified by the Board in connection with, but prior to, (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (b) an offering of shares of Common Stock to the public pursuant to Regulation A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (such date and time is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time”), then (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock on a 1:1 (i.e., 1 share of Preferred Stock for 1 share of Common Stock) basis, and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation. 

4.2Procedural Requirements.  All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4.  Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time.  Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice.  If so required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.  All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Subsection 4.1, including the rights, if any, to receive notices (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 4.2.  As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall (a) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a notice of issuance of uncertificated shares and may, upon written request, issue and deliver a certificate for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, and (b) pay any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.   

4.3Effect of Mandatory Conversion.  All shares of Preferred Stock shall, from and after the Mandatory Conversion Time, no longer be deemed to be outstanding and, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates for such shares on or prior to such time, all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor and payment of any declared but unpaid dividends.  Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.   


5


 


5.Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares.  Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred.  Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption. 

6.Waiver.  Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the Requisite Holders.  

7.Notices.  Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the NRS, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission. 

FIFTH:  Subject to any additional vote required by the Articles of Incorporation or bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the bylaws of the Corporation.

SIXTH:  Subject to any additional vote required by the Articles of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the bylaws of the Corporation.  

SEVENTH:  Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

EIGHTH:  Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Nevada, as the bylaws of the Corporation may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Nevada at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board or in the bylaws of the Corporation.

NINTH:  To the fullest extent permitted under the NRS and other applicable law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  If the NRS or any other law of the State of Nevada is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the NRS or any other law, as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

TENTH:  To the fullest extent permitted under the NRS (including, without limitation, NRS 78.7502, NRS 78.751 and 78.752) and other applicable law, the Corporation shall indemnify any current and former directors and officers of the Corporation in their respective capacities as such and in any and all other capacities in which any of them serves at the request of the Corporation.  The liability of directors and officers of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the NRS and other applicable law.  If the NRS or any other law of the State of Nevada is amended to further eliminate or limit or authorize corporate action to further eliminate or limit the liability of directors or officers, the liability of directors and officers of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the NRS or any other law, as so amended.  Any amendment to or repeal of any provision or section of this Article Tenth shall be prospective only, and shall not apply to or have any effect on the right


6


 


or protection of, or the liability or alleged liability of, any current or former director or officer of the Corporation existing prior to or at the time of such amendment or repeal.  In the event of any conflict between any provision of this Article Tenth and any other article of the Articles of Incorporation, the terms and provisions of this Article Tenth shall control.

ELEVENTH:  The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity.  An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of (a) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (b) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, affiliate or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, the persons referred to in clauses (a) and (b) are “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.  Any repeal or modification of this Article Eleventh will only be prospective and will not affect the rights under this Article Eleventh in effect at the time of the occurrence of any actions or omissions to act giving rise to liability.  

TWELFTH:  To the fullest extent permitted by law, and unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Eighth Judicial District Court of Clark County, Nevada, shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, administrative or investigative (a) brought in the name or right of the Corporation or on its behalf, (b) asserting a claim for breach of any fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (c) arising or asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of NRS Chapters 78 or 92A or any provision of these Articles of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock designation) or the bylaws, (d) to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of these Articles of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock designation) or the bylaws or (e) asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that such exclusive forum provisions shall not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or to any claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.  In the event that the Eighth Judicial District Court of Clark County, Nevada does not have jurisdiction over any such action, suit or proceeding, then any other state district court located in the State of Nevada shall be the sole and exclusive forum therefor and in the event that no state district court in the State of Nevada has jurisdiction over any such action, suit or proceeding, then a federal court located within the State of Nevada shall be the sole and exclusive forum therefor.

THIRTEENTH:  For purposes of Section 500 of the California Corporations Code (to the extent applicable), in connection with any repurchase of shares of Common Stock permitted under the Articles of Incorporation from employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation in connection with a termination of employment or services pursuant to agreements or arrangements approved by the Board (in addition to any other consent required under the Articles of Incorporation), such repurchase may be made without regard to any “preferential dividends arrears amount” or “preferential rights amount” (as those terms are defined in Section 500 of the California Corporations Code).  Accordingly, for purposes of making any calculation under California Corporations Code Section 500 in connection with such repurchase, the amount of any “preferential dividends arrears amount” or “preferential rights amount” (as those terms are defined therein) shall be deemed to be zero (0).

FOURTEENTH:  To the fullest extent permitted by law, each and every natural person, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest (of any nature whatsoever) in any shares of


7


 


the capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed, by reason of and from and after the time of such purchase or other acquisition, to have notice of and to have consented to all of the provisions of (a) the Articles of Incorporation (including Article Twelfth), (b) the bylaws, and (c) any amendment to the Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws enacted or adopted in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation, the bylaws and applicable law.

FIFTEENTH:  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws, the Corporation is hereby specifically allowed to make any distribution that otherwise would be prohibited by NRS 78.288(2)(b).

SIXTEENTH:  At such time, if any, as the Corporation becomes a “resident domestic corporation” (as defined in NRS 78.427), the Corporation shall not be subject to, or governed by, any of the provisions in NRS 78.411 to 78.444, inclusive, as amended from time to time, or any successor statutes.

*     *     *

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


8


 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these Third Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation have been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 19 day of January 2021.

 

By:

 

Name: Paolo Tiramani

Title:  President



[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Boxabl Inc.]

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

among

Boxabl Inc.,
a Nevada corporation

and

EACH PERSON IDENTIFIED ON SCHEDULE A

dated effective as of

January 19, 2021


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page


ARTICLE IDEFINITIONS1 

ARTICLE IIMANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF THE COMPANY5 

Section 2.01Board of Directors5 

Section 2.02Voting Arrangements7 

Section 2.03Subsidiaries9 

ARTICLE IIITRANSFER OF INTERESTS9 

Section 3.01General Restrictions on Transfer9 

Section 3.02Right of First Refusal10 

Section 3.03Drag-Along12 

ARTICLE IVCALL OPTION14 

Section 4.01Grant of Call Option14 

Section 4.02Call Purchase Price14 

Section 4.03Closing15 

ARTICLE VCORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES AND CONFIDENTIALITY16 

Section 5.01Corporate Opportunities16 

Section 5.02Confidentiality16 

ARTICLE VIREPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES18 

Section 6.01Representations and Warranties18 

ARTICLE VIITERM AND TERMINATION19 

Section 7.01Termination19 

Section 7.02Effect of Termination19 

ARTICLE VIIIMISCELLANEOUS19 

Section 8.01Expenses19 

Section 8.02Further Assurances20 

Section 8.03Release of Liability20 

Section 8.04Notices20 

Section 8.05Preparation of Document; Independent Counsel20 

Section 8.06Interpretation21 

Section 8.07Severability21 

Section 8.08Entire Agreement21 


 

-i-

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

Page


Section 8.09Successors and Assigns; Assignment22 

Section 8.10No Third-Party Beneficiaries22 

Section 8.11Amendment and Modification22 

Section 8.12Waiver22 

Section 8.13Governing Law22 

Section 8.14Submission to Jurisdiction22 

Section 8.15Waiver of Jury Trial23 

Section 8.16Equitable Remedies23 

Section 8.17Remedies Cumulative23 

Section 8.18Counterparts23 

Section 8.19Spousal Consent23 

Section 8.20Stockholders Schedule24 


 

-ii-

 


 


AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of January 19, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), is entered into among Boxabl Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), each Person identified on Schedule A attached hereto (each, a “Current Stockholder” and collectively, the “Current Stockholders”), and each other Person who after the date hereof acquires Shares of the Company and becomes a party to this Agreement by executing a Joinder Agreement (all such Persons, collectively with the Current Stockholders, the “Stockholders”).  

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company was originally organized as a Nevada limited liability company on December 2, 2017;

WHEREAS, on June 16, 2020, the Initial Stockholders caused the Company to be converted to a Nevada corporation for the purposes of continuing to conduct and operate the Business;

WHEREAS, on June 16, 2020, the Company entered into that certain Stockholders Agreement by and among the Company and certain stockholders party thereto (the “Original Stockholders Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Stockholders deem it in their best interests and in the best interests of the Company to (a) set forth in this Agreement their respective rights and obligations in connection with their investment in the Company, and (b) amend, restate, and replace in its entirety, the Original Stockholders Agreement.  

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified or referenced in this Article I.  

Act” means Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, as amended from time to time and including any successor legislation thereto and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

Affiliate” means with respect to any Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly (including through one or more intermediaries), controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person, shall mean the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through ownership of voting


1


 


securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have correlative meanings.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Applicable Law” means all applicable provisions of:  (a) constitutions, treaties, statutes, laws (including the common law), rules, regulations, decrees, ordinances, codes, proclamations, declarations, or orders of any Governmental Authority; (b) any consents or approvals of any Governmental Authority; and (c) any orders, decisions, advisory or interpretative opinions, injunctions, judgments, awards, decrees of, or agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

Articles of Incorporation” means the articles of incorporation of the Company, as amended, modified, supplemented, or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Board” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

Business” means the design and manufacture of construction technology.

Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks in the State of Nevada are authorized or required to close.

Bylaws” means the bylaws of the Company, as amended, modified, supplemented, or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(a).

Corporate Opportunity” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01.

Current Stockholder” and “Current Stockholders” have the meanings set forth in the Preamble.

Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

Drag Along Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(b).

Drag Along Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(a).

Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Excluded Securities” means any Shares or other equity securities issued in connection with:  (a) a grant to any existing or prospective consultants, employees, officers, or Directors pursuant to any stock option, employee stock purchase, or similar equity-based plans or other compensation agreement; (b) the exercise or conversion of options to purchase Shares, or Shares issued to any existing or prospective consultants, employees, officers, or Directors pursuant to any stock option, employee stock purchase, or similar equity-based plans or any other


2


 


compensation agreement; (c) any acquisition by the Company of the shares of stock, assets, properties, or business of any Person; (d) any merger, consolidation, or other business combination involving the Company; (e) a share split, share dividend, or any similar recapitalization; or (f) any issuance of Financing Equity, in each case, approved in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Family Member” means with respect to any Stockholder that is an individual, such Stockholder’s Spouse, parent, sibling, descendant (including adoptive relationships and stepchildren), and the Spouses of each such individuals.

Financing Equity” means any Shares, warrants, or other similar rights to purchase Shares issued to lenders or other institutional investors (excluding the Stockholders) in any arm’s length transaction providing debt financing to the Company.

Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company fixed by resolution of the Board.

GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time.

Galiano” means Galiano Tiramani, an individual resident of the State of Nevada and an Initial Stockholder of the Company.

Government Approval” means any authorization, consent, approval, waiver, exception, variance, order, exemption, publication, filing, declaration, concession, grant, franchise, agreement, permission, permit, or license of, from, or with any Governmental Authority, the giving of notice to, or registration with, any Governmental Authority, or any other action in respect of any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, local, or foreign government or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of such government or political subdivision, or any self-regulated organization or other non-governmental regulatory authority or quasi-governmental authority (to the extent that the rules, regulations, or orders of such organization or authority have the force of law), or any arbitrator, court, or tribunal of competent jurisdiction.

Governing Documents” means the Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws.

Initial Public Offering” means any offering of Shares pursuant to a registration statement filed in accordance with the Securities Act.

Initial Stockholder” means each of Paolo and Galiano.

Initial Stockholders” means, collectively, Paolo and Galiano.

Joinder Agreement” means the joinder agreement in form and substance of Exhibit A attached hereto.


3


 


Lien” means any lien, claim, charge, mortgage, pledge, security interest, option, preferential arrangement, right of first offer, encumbrance, or other restriction or limitation of any nature whatsoever.

Marital Relationship” means a civil union, domestic partnership, marriage, or any other similar relationship that is legally recognized in any jurisdiction.

Non-Initial Stockholder” means each Stockholder, other than the Initial Stockholders, who acquires Shares of the Company and becomes a party to this Agreement after the Effective Date by executing a Joinder Agreement.

Offered Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a).

Offering Stockholder” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a).

Offering Stockholder Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(b).

Original Stockholders Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Paolo” means Paolo Tiramani, an individual resident of the State of Nevada and an Initial Stockholder of the Company.

Permitted Transferee” means (i) with respect to any Initial Stockholder that is an entity, any Affiliate of such Initial Stockholder; and (ii) with respect to any Initial Stockholder who is an individual:  (a) any Family Member of such Initial Stockholder, (b) a trust under which the distribution of Shares may be made only to such Initial Stockholder or any Family Member of such Initial Stockholder, (c) a charitable remainder trust, the income from which will be paid to such Initial Stockholder during his or her life, (d) a corporation, partnership, or limited liability company, the stockholders, partners, or members of which are only such Initial Stockholder or Family Members of such Initial Stockholder, or (e) such Initial Stockholder’s executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees, distributees, or beneficiaries by will or by the laws of intestate succession.

Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, Governmental Authority, unincorporated organization, trust, association, or other entity.

Purchasing Stockholder” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(d).

Related Party Agreement” means any agreement, arrangement, or understanding between the Company and any Stockholder or any Affiliate of a Stockholder or any Director, officer, or employee of the Company, as such agreement may be amended, modified, supplemented, or restated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Remaining Stockholder” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(a).


4


 


Representative” means, with respect to any Person, any and all directors, managers, members, partners, officers, employees, consultants, financial advisors, counsel, accountants, and other agents of such Person.

ROFR Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(c).

ROFR Notice Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(c).

Secondary ROFR Notice Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(d).

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder, which shall be in effect at the time.

Selling Stockholder” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(a).

Shares” means shares of authorized stock of the Company and any securities issued in respect thereof, or in substitution therefor, in connection with any share split, dividend, or combination, or any reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, exchange, or similar reorganization.

Spousal Consent” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.19.

Spouse” means a spouse, a party to a civil union, a domestic partner, a same-sex spouse or partner, or any individual in a Marital Relationship with a Stockholder.

Stockholders” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Subsidiary” means with respect to any Person, any other Person of which a majority of the outstanding shares or other equity interests having the power to vote for directors or comparable managers are owned, directly or indirectly, by the first Person.

Supermajority Approval” means with respect to any matter that must be approved by the Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement: (a) the affirmative vote of Stockholders holding at least 60% of the issued and outstanding voting Shares; or (b) the written consent of the Stockholders holding at least 60% of the issued and outstanding voting Shares.

Third Party Purchaser” means any Person who, immediately prior to the contemplated transaction:  (a) does not, directly or indirectly, own or have the right to acquire any outstanding Shares; and (b) is not a Permitted Transferee.

Transfer” means to, directly or indirectly, sell, transfer, assign, gift, pledge, encumber, hypothecate, or similarly dispose of, either voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, or to enter into any contract, option, or other arrangement or understanding with respect to the sale, transfer, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, or similar disposition of, any Shares owned by a Person or any interest (including a beneficial interest) in any Shares owned by a Person.  “Transfer” when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning.

Waived ROFR Transfer Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(f).


5


 


ARTICLE II 

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF THE COMPANY

Section 2.01Board of Directors.   

(a)Subject to Section 2.02, the Stockholders agree that the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed through a board of directors (the “Board”) initially consisting of three (3) members (each, a “Director”).  Following the date hereof, the number of Directors serving on the Board may increase or decrease from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. 

(b)Subject to the other provisions of this Section 2.01(b), so long as: (i) Paolo owns any issued and outstanding voting Shares, he shall have the right to designate one Director; (ii) Galiano owns any issued and outstanding voting Shares, he shall have the right to designate one Director; and (iii) Paolo and Galiano each own any issued and outstanding voting Shares, Paolo and Galiano shall mutually agree upon and designate a third Director.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the Transfer (whether through one transaction or a series of transactions) by Paolo or Galiano of more than 50% of the issued and outstanding voting Shares that Paolo or Galiano (as applicable) owns as of (i) June 16, 2020, or (ii) the date of such Transfer, whichever is greater (the “Share Reference Date”), to one or more Permitted Transferees: (A) if such Transfer results in any Permitted Transferee owning more than 50% of the issued and outstanding voting Shares that Paolo or Galiano (as applicable) owns as of the Share Reference Date, then Paolo or Galiano (as applicable) shall be deemed to have automatically assigned (without further action or notice on the part of any Person) his portion of the foregoing Director-designation rights to such Permitted Transferee; and (B) if such Transfer does not result in any Permitted Transferee owning more than 50% of the issued and outstanding voting Shares that Paolo or Galiano (as applicable) owns as of the Share Reference Date, then, upon written notice to the Company, Paolo or Galiano (as applicable) may (but shall not be required to) (I) assign his portion of the foregoing Director-designation rights to any Permitted Transferee who receives voting Shares in connection with such Transfer or (II) terminate his portion of the foregoing Director-designation rights.  For avoidance of doubt, if Paolo or Galiano (as applicable) elects not to transfer or terminate his portion of the foregoing Director-designation rights in connection with a Transfer of more than 50% (but not more than 50% to any one Permitted Transferee) of the issued and outstanding voting Shares that Paolo or Galiano (as applicable) owns as of the Share Transfer Date, to a Permitted Transferee (or if Paolo or Galiano (as applicable) does not notify the Company of his election to transfer or terminate his portion of such rights in connection with such a Transfer), then such Director-designation rights shall: (i) be retained by Paolo or Galiano (as applicable), if he continues to own any issued and outstanding voting Shares following such Transfer; or (ii) automatically cease, if Paolo or Galiano (as applicable) no longer owns any issued and outstanding voting Shares following such Transfer.  For purposes of this Section 2.01, each reference to an “Initial Stockholder” shall be deemed to include any Permitted Transferee who succeeds to an Initial Stockholder’s Director-designation rights in accordance with this Section 2.01(b).  The Directors shall initially be those individuals identified on Schedule B hereto, and each Director shall hold office until the earlier to occur of: (i) the next annual stockholders’ meeting at which time such Director’s successor is designated by the Initial Stockholder that designated such Director as set forth in this Section 2.01(b); or (ii) such Director’s term of office  


6


 


expires as set forth in this Section 2.01(b).  In the event an Initial Stockholder ceases to own any issued and outstanding voting Shares, then (i) such Initial Stockholder shall cease to have the right to designate any Directors pursuant to this Section 2.01(b); (ii) the term of office of the Director designated exclusively by such Initial Stockholder shall expire; (iii) the Directors remaining in office shall decrease the size of the Board to eliminate the resulting Director vacancy; and (iv) the remaining Initial Stockholder shall thereafter have the right to appoint two (2) Directors so long as such remaining Initial Stockholder owns any issued and outstanding voting Shares.

(c)In the event a Non-Initial Stockholder acquires at least fifteen percent (15%) of the issued and outstanding voting Shares, then the Board shall be expanded by one (1) Director and such Non-Initial Stockholder (“Designating Stockholder”) shall have the right to designate the new Director. Thereafter, in the event the Designating Stockholder ceases to own at least fifteen percent (15%) of the issued and outstanding voting Shares, then:  (i) such Designating Stockholder shall cease to have the right to designate a Director pursuant to this Section 2.01(c); (ii) the term of office of the Director designated by such Designating Stockholder shall expire; and (iii) the Directors remaining in office shall decrease the size of the Board to eliminate the resulting Director vacancy. 

(d)Each Stockholder shall vote all Shares over which such Stockholder has voting control and shall take all other necessary or desirable actions within such Stockholder’s control (including in its capacity as stockholder, director, member of a board committee, or officer of the Company, or otherwise, and whether at a regular or special meeting of the Stockholders or by written consent in lieu of a meeting) to elect to the Board any individual designated by an Initial Stockholder or a Designating Stockholder, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 2.01(b) and Section 2.01(c)

(e)Each Initial Stockholder and Designating Stockholder, as the case may be, shall have the right at any time to remove (with or without cause) any Director designated by such Stockholder for election to the Board and each other Stockholder shall vote all Shares over which such Stockholder has voting control and shall take all other necessary or desirable actions within such Stockholder’s control (including in its capacity as stockholder, director, member of a board committee, or officer of the Company, or otherwise, and whether at a regular or special meeting of the Stockholders or by written consent in lieu of a meeting) to remove from the Board any individual designated by such Initial Stockholder or Designating Stockholder that such Initial Stockholder or Designating Stockholder desires to remove pursuant to this Section 2.01(e).  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, unless an Initial Stockholder or Designating Stockholder otherwise consents in writing, no other Stockholder shall take any action to cause the removal of any Directors designated by such Initial Stockholder or Designating Stockholder. 

(f)Subject to Section 2.01(b) and Section 2.01(c), in the event a vacancy is created on the Board at any time and for any reason (whether as a result of death, disability, retirement, resignation, or removal pursuant to Section 2.01(e)), the Initial Stockholder or Designating Stockholder that designated such Director (or the Initial Stockholders that mutually agreed upon such Director in accordance with Section 2.01(b)) shall have the right to designate a different individual to replace such Director and each other Stockholder shall vote all Shares over which such Stockholder has voting control and shall take all other necessary or desirable actions within such Stockholder’s control (including in its capacity as stockholder, director, member of a  


7


 


board committee, or officer of the Company, or otherwise, and whether at a regular or special meeting of the Stockholders or by written consent in lieu of a meeting) to elect to the Board such individual designated by such Initial Stockholder or Designating Stockholder, as the case may be.

(g)The Board shall have the right to establish any committee of Directors as the Board shall deem appropriate from time to time.  Subject to this Agreement, the Governing Documents, and Applicable Law, committees of the Board shall have the rights, powers, and privileges granted to such committee by the Board from time to time.   

Section 2.02Voting Arrangements.  In addition to any vote or consent of the Board or the Stockholders of the Company required by Applicable Law, including the Act, without Supermajority Approval, the Company shall not, and shall not enter into any commitment to: 

(a)amend, modify, restate, or waive any provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; 

(b)(i) make any material change to the nature of the Business conducted by the Company; or (ii) enter into any business other than the Business; 

(c)enter into or effect any transaction or series of related transactions involving the repurchase, redemption, or other acquisition of Shares from any Person, in each case, other than any Excluded Securities approved in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or as otherwise contemplated by the terms of this Agreement; 

(d)incur any indebtedness, pledge or grant Liens on any assets, or guarantee, assume, endorse, or otherwise become responsible for the obligations of any other Person in excess of $500,000 in a single transaction or series of related transactions, or in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding; 

(e)make any loan or advance to, or a capital contribution or investment in, any Person in excess of $500,000; 

(f)appoint or remove the Company’s auditors or make any changes in the accounting methods or policies of the Company (other than as required by GAAP); 

(g)enter into, amend in any material respect, waive, or terminate any Related Party Agreement other than the entry into a Related Party Agreement that is on an arm’s length basis and on terms no less favorable to the Company than those that could be obtained from an unaffiliated third party; 

(h)enter into or effect any transaction or series of related transactions involving the purchase, lease, license, exchange, or other acquisition (including by merger, consolidation, acquisition of shares of stock or acquisition of assets) by the Company of any assets and/or equity interests of any Person, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; 

(i)enter into or effect any transaction or series of related transactions involving the sale, lease, license, exchange, or other disposition (including by merger, consolidation, sale of shares of stock, or sale of assets) by the Company of any assets, individually or cumulatively,  


8


 


having a value in excess of $1,000,000, other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(j)establish a Subsidiary or enter into any joint venture or similar business arrangement; 

(k)enter into or amend any material term of:  (i) any employment agreement or arrangement with any senior employee of the Company; (ii) the compensation (including salary, bonus, deferred compensation, or otherwise) or benefits of any senior employee of the Company; (iii) any stock option, employee stock purchase, or similar equity-based plans; (iv) any benefit, severance, or other similar plan; or (v) any annual bonus plan or any management equity plan; 

(l)settle any lawsuit, action, dispute, or other proceeding or otherwise assume any liability with a value in excess of $500,000 or agree to the provision of any equitable relief by the Company; 

(m)elect or remove (with or without cause) any officer of the Company; 

(n)initiate or consummate an Initial Public Offering or make a public offering and sale of Shares or any other securities; 

(o)make any investments in any other Person in excess of $500,000; or 

(p)wind up, dissolve, liquidate, or terminate the Company or initiate a bankruptcy proceeding involving the Company. 

Section 2.03Subsidiaries.  With respect to any Subsidiary of the Company that is established in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Initial Stockholders shall have the same management, voting, and board of director representation rights with respect to such Subsidiary as the Initial Stockholders have with respect to the Company.  The Initial Stockholders shall, and shall cause their Director designees to, take all such actions as may be necessary or desirable to give effect to this provision. 

ARTICLE III 

TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

Section 3.01General Restrictions on Transfer.   

(a)Except as permitted pursuant to Section 3.01(b) or in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3.02 or Article IV, each Stockholder agrees that such Stockholder will not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or involuntarily, Transfer any of its Shares. 

(b)The provisions of Section 3.01(a) and Section 3.02 shall not apply to any of the following Transfers by any Stockholder of any of its Shares: 

(i)to a Permitted Transferee; or 


9


 


(ii)pursuant to a merger, consolidation, or other business combination of the Company with a Third Party Purchaser that has been approved in compliance with Section 2.02(i) or Section 2.02(p)

(c)In addition to any legends required by Applicable Law, each certificate representing the Shares of the Company now owned or that may hereafter be acquired by the Stockholders shall bear a legend substantially in the following form: 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY AND ITS STOCKHOLDERS, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.  NO TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION, OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE MADE EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED EXCEPT (A) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT EFFECTIVE UNDER SUCH ACT AND LAWS, OR (B) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER.”

(d)Prior notice shall be given to the Company by a Stockholder of any proposed Transfer of Shares, including a Transfer to a Permitted Transferee. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each Stockholder agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly, Transfer any of its Shares, except as permitted under Section 3.01(b), without the prior written approval of the Board. Prior to consummation of any Transfer by any Stockholder of any of its Shares, including a Transfer to a Permitted Transferee, such Stockholder shall cause:  (i) any transferee who is not already a party to this Agreement to execute and deliver to the Company a Joinder Agreement in which such transferee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and (ii) if the transferee is an individual, any Spouse of such transferee to execute and deliver to the Company a Spousal Consent.  Upon any Transfer of Shares by any Stockholder, in accordance with this Section 3.01(d) and the other terms of this Agreement, the transferee thereof (including a Permitted Transferee) shall be substituted for, and shall assume all the rights and obligations under this Agreement of, the transferor thereof.   

(e)Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each Stockholder agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly, Transfer any of its Shares (including any Transfer to a Permitted Transferee):  (i) except as permitted under the Securities Act and other applicable federal or state securities laws, and then, if requested by the Company, only upon delivery to the Company of an opinion of counsel in form and substance satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such Transfer may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) if it would cause the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; or (iii) if it would cause the assets of the  


10


 


Company or any of its Subsidiaries to be deemed plan assets as defined under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or its accompanying regulations or result in any “prohibited transaction” thereunder involving the Company.  In any event, the Board may refuse the Transfer to any Person if such Transfer would have a material adverse effect on the Company as a result of any regulatory or other restrictions imposed by any Governmental Authority.  

(f)Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of any Shares in violation of this Agreement shall be null and void, no such Transfer shall be recorded on the Company’s books, and the purported transferee in any such Transfer shall not be treated (and the purported transferor shall continue be treated) as the owner of such Shares for all purposes of this Agreement and the Governing Documents of the Company. 

(g)This Agreement shall cover all of the Shares now owned or hereafter acquired by the Stockholders while this Agreement remains in effect. 

Section 3.02Right of First Refusal.   

(a)If at any time a Non-Initial Stockholder (such Non-Initial Stockholder, for purposes of this Section 3.02, an “Offering Stockholder”) receives a bona fide offer from any Third Party Purchaser to purchase all or any portion of the Shares (the “Offered Shares”) owned by the Offering Stockholder and the Offering Stockholder desires to Transfer the Offered Shares (other than Transfers that are permitted by Section 3.01(b)), then the Offering Stockholder must first make an offering of the Offered Shares to the Company and then to the Initial Stockholders in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.02

(b)The Offering Stockholder shall, within five (5) Business Days of receipt of the offer from the Third Party Purchaser, give written notice (the “Offering Stockholder Notice”) to the Company stating that it has received a bona fide offer from a Third Party Purchaser and specifying: 

(i)the number of Offered Shares to be Transferred by the Offering Stockholder; 

(ii)the name of the Third Party Purchaser; 

(iii)the per share purchase price and the other material terms and conditions of the Transfer, including a description of any non-cash consideration in sufficient detail to permit the valuation thereof; and 

(iv)the proposed date, time, and location of the closing of the Transfer, which shall not be less than sixty (60) days from the date of the Offering Stockholder Notice is sent to the Company. 

The Offering Stockholder Notice shall constitute the Offering Stockholder’s offer to Transfer the Offered Shares to the Company, which offer shall be irrevocable until the end of the ROFR Notice Period.


11


 


(c)Upon receipt of the Offering Stockholder Notice, the Company shall have ten (10) Business Days (the “ROFR Notice Period”) to elect to redeem all (but not less than all) of the Offered Shares by delivering a written notice (a “ROFR Notice”) to the Offering Stockholder stating that it offers to redeem such Offered Shares on the terms specified in the Offering Stockholder Notice.  Any ROFR Notice shall be binding upon delivery and irrevocable by the Company.   

(d)If the Company affirmatively declines or fails to elect to redeem the Offered Shares within the ROFR Notice Period as provided in Section 3.02(c), then the Offering Stockholder shall promptly deliver the Offering Stockholder Notice to the Initial Stockholders. Upon receipt of the Offering Stockholder Notice, each Initial Stockholder shall have ten (10) Business Days (the “Secondary ROFR Notice Period”) to elect to purchase all (but not less than all) of the Offered Shares by delivering a ROFR Notice to the Offering Stockholder and the Company stating that it offers to purchase such Offered Shares on the terms specified in the Offering Stockholder Notice.  Any ROFR Notice shall be binding upon delivery and irrevocable by the applicable Initial Stockholder.  If more than one Initial Stockholder delivers a ROFR Notice, each such Stockholder (the “Purchasing Stockholder”) shall be allocated its pro-rata portion of the Offered Shares, which shall be based on the proportion of the number of Shares such Purchasing Stockholder owns relative to the total number of Shares owed by all of the Purchasing Stockholders. 

(e)If an Initial Stockholder does not deliver a ROFR Notice during the Secondary ROFR Notice Period, then such Initial Stockholder shall be deemed to have waived all of such Initial Stockholder’s rights to purchase the Offered Shares under this Section 3.02, and the Offering Stockholder shall thereafter, subject to the rights of any Purchasing Stockholder and compliance with Section 3.01(d) and Section 3.01(e), be free to sell the Offered Shares to the Third Party Purchaser on terms and conditions no more favorable to the Third Party Purchaser than those set forth in the Offering Stockholder Notice. 

(f)If no Initial Stockholder delivers a ROFR Notice during the Secondary ROFR Notice Period, then Offering Stockholder may, during the sixty (60) day period immediately following the expiration of the Secondary ROFR Notice Period, which period may be extended for a reasonable time not to exceed ninety (90) days following expiration of the Secondary ROFR Notice Period to the extent reasonably necessary to obtain any required Government Approvals (the “Waived ROFR Transfer Period”), and subject to compliance with Section 3.01(d) and Section 3.01(e), Transfer all of the Offered Shares to the Third Party Purchaser on terms and conditions no more favorable to the Third Party Purchaser than those set forth in the Offering Stockholder Notice.  If the Offering Stockholder does not Transfer the Offered Shares within such period or, if applicable, within the Waived ROFR Transfer Period, the rights provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and the Offered Shares shall not be Transferred to the Third Party Purchaser unless the Offering Stockholder sends a new Offering Stockholder Notice to the Company and the Initial Stockholders in accordance with, and otherwise complies with, this Section 3.02

(g)By delivering the Offering Stockholder Notice, the Offering Stockholder represents and warrants to the Company and to each Initial Stockholder that:  (i) the Offering Stockholder has full right, title, and interest in and to the Offered Shares; (ii) the Offering  


12


 


Stockholder has all the necessary power and authority and has taken all necessary action to Transfer such Offered Shares as contemplated by this Section 3.02; and (iii) the Offered Shares are free and clear of any and all Liens other than those arising as a result of or under the terms of this Agreement.

(h)Each Stockholder shall take all actions as may be reasonably necessary to consummate the Transfer contemplated by this Section 3.02, including entering into agreements and delivering certificates and instruments and consents as may be deemed necessary or appropriate. 

(i)At the closing of any Transfer pursuant to this Section 3.02, the Offering Stockholder shall deliver to the Company or the Purchasing Stockholders, as the case may be, a certificate or certificates representing the Offered Shares to be sold (if any), accompanied by stock powers and all necessary stock transfer taxes paid and stamps affixed, if necessary, against receipt of the purchase price therefor from the Company or such Purchasing Stockholders by certified or official bank check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds. 

Section 3.03Drag-Along.   

(a)If one or more Stockholders (each, a “Selling Stockholder”) intend to sell, in one transaction or a series of transactions, Shares to a Third Party Purchaser, after complying with Sections 3.01 and 3.02, as applicable, that constitute in the aggregate more than 50% of the Company’s total outstanding Shares, and it is a condition of the Third Party Purchaser for the completion of such sale that such Third Party Purchaser purchase all of the Company’s issued and outstanding Shares, then the Selling Stockholder(s) shall have the right (the “Drag-Along Right”) to require each other Stockholder (each, a “Remaining Stockholder”) to sell all, but not less than all of its Shares to the Third Party Purchaser on the same terms and conditions, mutatis mutandis, as are applicable to the sale by the Selling Stockholder(s) of all of its/their Shares to the Third Party Purchaser and otherwise in accordance with the following provisions: 

(b)The Drag-Along Right may only be exercised by written notice (the “Drag Along Notice”) from the Selling Stockholder(s) and the Third Party Purchaser to the Remaining Stockholders.   

(c)The Drag-Along Notice shall: 

(i)state the name of the Third Party Purchaser, the name of each Selling Stockholder and the number of Shares of each Selling Stockholder being sold, the purchase price for the Shares being sold (expressed and payable in United States funds on a per-Share basis) and the time, date and place of completion of the sale and purchase of such Shares; 

(ii)include written confirmation from the Third Party Purchaser that it is a condition of the completion of such purchase and sale that the Third Party Purchaser purchase all of the Company’s issued and outstanding Shares; and  

(iii)be given no later than 30 days before the date fixed for completion of the sale by the Selling Stockholder(s) of its/their Shares to the Third Party Purchaser.   


13


 


(d)The delivery of the Drag-Along Notice to a Remaining Stockholder shall constitute an irrevocable and binding obligation of the Remaining Stockholder to sell, and the Third Party Purchaser to purchase, all of the Remaining Stockholder’s Shares on the same terms and conditions, mutatis mutandis, as are applicable to the sale by the Selling Stockholder(s) of its/their Shares to the Third Party Purchaser and on such other applicable terms and conditions as set forth in this Section 3.03.   

(e)Notwithstanding the forgoing provisions of this Section 3.03, any Remaining Stockholder who is not a director, officer, or management-level employee of the Company (or an Affiliate of such a Person) shall only be obligated to make individual representations and warranties with respect to such Remaining Stockholder’s title to and ownership of such Remaining Stockholder’s Shares, authorization, execution and delivery of relevant documents, enforceability of such documents against such Remaining Stockholder, and other matters directly relating to such Remaining Stockholder, but not with respect to any of the foregoing with respect to Shares owned by the Selling Stockholder(s); provided, further, that all representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities shall be made by each Selling Stockholder(s) and each Remaining Stockholder severally and not jointly and any indemnification obligation shall be pro rata based on the consideration received by each Selling Stockholder and each Remaining Stockholder, in each case in an amount not to exceed the aggregate proceeds received by each Selling Stockholder and each such Remaining Stockholder in connection with the sale of Shares. 

(f)At or before the time of completion of the sale of the Shares of each Remaining Stockholder to the Third Party Purchaser, each such Remaining Stockholder shall (i) cause to be discharged any and all Liens against its Shares, and (ii) execute and deliver to the Third Party Purchaser, against payment for such Shares, all stock certificates representing such Shares, duly endorsed for transfer or with duly executed stock powers or other assignment forms attached.   

(g)Effective upon a Remaining Stockholder failing at the prescribed time to complete a sale of its Shares to a Third Party Purchaser, as described in Section 3.03(f), such Remaining Stockholder hereby irrevocably appoints the Secretary of the Company or, in the Secretary’s absence or failure to act, any other officer of the Company as attorney and agent for, and in the name and on behalf of, such Remaining Stockholder to execute and deliver to the Third Party Purchaser a stock power or other assignment form and all such other agreements, instruments and documents as such Third Party Purchaser may reasonably require to effectuate the sale to it of the Shares of such Remaining Stockholder, and such Remaining Stockholder hereby ratifies and confirms all that the Secretary or such other officer of the Company may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue of his/her appointment herein as the attorney and agent for such Remaining Stockholder for the limited purposes set forth in this Section 3.03(g).  The foregoing power of attorney is coupled with an interest and may not be revoked in any manner or for any reason.  Any out-of-pocket costs incurred by any Company officer in taking any such authorized actions in his/her capacity as attorney and agent for such Remaining Stockholder (including legal and other professional fees and amounts paid to creditors holding Liens in or over the Shares of such Remaining Stockholder) shall be for the sole account of such Remaining Stockholder, and shall be deducted from the purchase price payable to such Remaining Stockholder for its Shares.   


14


 


ARTICLE IV 

CALL OPTION

Section 4.01Grant of Call Option.  From and after the Effective Date of this Agreement, Paolo and Galiano shall each have the right (the “Call Option”), but not the obligation, to cause the Non-Initial Stockholders to sell all of their Shares to Paolo or Galiano (as applicable), or to his designee, at the Call Purchase Price (as defined in Section 4.02) and according to the terms set forth in this Article IV.  Upon written notice to the Company, Paolo or Galiano may (but shall not be required to) assign his Call Option to a Permitted Transferee in connection with a Transfer of voting Shares to such Permitted Transferee. For avoidance of doubt, if Paolo or Galiano (as applicable) elects not to transfer his Call Option in connection with a Transfer of voting Shares to a Permitted Transferee, then such Call Option shall be retained by Paolo or Galiano (as applicable). If an Initial Stockholder desires to exercise its option to cause the Non-Initial Stockholders to sell all of their Shares to such Initial Stockholder, or to such Initial Stockholder’s designee, pursuant to this Article IV, then such Initial Stockholder shall deliver written notice (the “Call Exercise Notice”) to the Non-Initial Stockholders of the Initial Stockholder’s election to exercise the Call Option.  The Non-Initial Stockholders shall take all actions as may be reasonably necessary to consummate the sale contemplated by this Article IV, including, without limitation, entering into agreements and delivering certificates and instruments and consents as may be deemed necessary or appropriate. 

Section 4.02Call Purchase Price.  In the event an Initial Stockholder exercises the Call Option hereunder, the purchase price per Share at which each Non-Initial Stockholder shall be required to sell its Shares to such Initial Stockholder or its designee (the “Call Purchase Price”) shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date of the Call Exercise Notice.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Fair Market Value” shall mean the fair market value, determined on a per Share basis as of the date of the Call Exercise Notice, taking into account any rights and preferences associated with such Share, as determined by an independent nationally recognized investment banking, accounting or valuation firm (the “Valuation Firm”) selected by the Board.  The Company shall provide the Valuation Firm with all reasonably necessary Company financial and other records as the Valuation Firm may request.  The Valuation Firm shall deliver its written determination of the Fair Market Value per Share within sixty (60) days of its engagement and such determination of the Fair Market Value per Share shall be final, conclusive, and binding on the parties. The fees and expenses of the Valuation Firm shall be borne by the Company.  

Section 4.03Closing.  

(a)The closing of any sale of Shares pursuant to this Article IV shall take place no later than one hundred eighty (180) days following the date of the Call Exercise Notice.  The Initial Stockholder exercising the Call Option shall give the Non-Initial Stockholders at least five (5) Business Days’ notice of the date of closing (the “Call Option Closing Date”). 

(b)On the Call Option Closing Date, the Initial Stockholder exercising the Call Option, or its designee, shall pay the Call Purchase Price for the Shares by certified or official bank check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds. 


15


 


(c)Any Non-Initial Stockholder who is not a director, officer, or management-level employee of the Company (or an Affiliate of such a Person) shall only be obligated to make individual representations and warranties with respect to such Non-Initial Stockholder’s title to and ownership of such Non-Initial Stockholder’s Shares, authorization, execution and delivery of relevant documents, enforceability of such documents against such Non-Initial Stockholder, and other matters directly relating to such Non-Initial Stockholder, but not with respect to any of the foregoing with respect to Shares owned by any other Non-Initial Stockholder; provided, further, that all representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities shall be made by each Non-Initial Stockholder severally and not jointly and any indemnification obligation shall be pro rata based on the consideration received by each Non-Initial Stockholder, in each case in an amount not to exceed the aggregate proceeds received by each Non-Initial Stockholder in connection with the sale of Shares. 

(d)At or before the Call Option Closing Date, each Non-Initial Stockholder shall (i) cause to be discharged any and all Liens against its Shares, and (ii) execute and deliver to the Initial Stockholder exercising the Call Option, or its designee, against payment for such Shares, all stock certificates representing such Shares, duly endorsed for transfer or with duly executed stock powers or other assignment forms attached.   

(e)At the closing of any sale and purchase pursuant to this Article IV, each Non-Initial Stockholder shall deliver to the Initial Stockholder exercising the Call Option, or its designee, a certificate or certificates representing the Shares to be sold (if any), accompanied by stock powers and all necessary stock transfer taxes paid and stamps affixed, if necessary, against receipt of the Call Purchase Price. 

(f)Effective upon a Non-Initial Stockholder failing at the prescribed time to complete a sale of its Shares in accordance with this Article IV, such Non-Initial Stockholder hereby irrevocably appoints the Secretary of the Company or, in the Secretary’s absence or failure to act, any other officer of the Company as attorney and agent for, and in the name and on behalf of, such Non-Initial Stockholder to execute and deliver to the Initial Stockholder exercising the Call Option, or its designee, a stock power or other assignment form and all such other agreements, instruments and documents as the Initial Stockholder exercising the Call Option or its designee may reasonably require to effectuate the sale to it of the Shares of such Non-Initial Stockholder, and such Non-Initial Stockholder hereby ratifies and confirms all that the Secretary or such other officer of the Company may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue of his/her appointment herein as the attorney and agent for such Non-Initial Stockholder for the limited purposes set forth in this Section 4.03(f).  The foregoing power of attorney is coupled with an interest and may not be revoked in any manner or for any reason.  Any out-of-pocket costs incurred by any Company officer in taking any such authorized actions in his/her capacity as attorney and agent for such Non-Initial Stockholder (including legal and other professional fees and amounts paid to creditors holding Liens in or over the Shares of such Non-Initial Stockholder) shall be for the sole account of such Non-Initial Stockholder, and shall be deducted from the Call Purchase Price payable to such Non-Initial Stockholder for its Shares.   


16


 


ARTICLE V 

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES AND CONFIDENTIALITY

Section 5.01Corporate Opportunities.  Except as otherwise provided in the second sentence of this Section 5.01:  (a) no Stockholder or any of its Permitted Transferees or any of their respective Representatives shall have any duty to communicate or present an investment or business opportunity or prospective economic advantage to the Company in which the Company may, but for the provisions of this Section 5.01, have an interest or expectancy (a “Corporate Opportunity”); and (b) no Stockholder or any of its Permitted Transferees or any of their respective Representatives (even if such Person is also an officer or Director of the Company) shall be deemed to have breached any fiduciary or other duty or obligation to the Company by reason of the fact that any such Person pursues or acquires a Corporate Opportunity for itself or its Permitted Transferees or directs, sells, assigns, or transfers such Corporate Opportunity to another Person or does not communicate information regarding such Corporate Opportunity to the Company.  The Company renounces any interest in a Corporate Opportunity and any expectancy that a Corporate Opportunity will be offered to the Company; provided, that the Company does not renounce any interest or expectancy it may have in any Corporate Opportunity that is offered to an officer or Director of the Company (whether or not such individual is also a Director or officer of a Stockholder) if such opportunity is expressly offered to such Person in his or her capacity as an officer or Director of the Company.  The Stockholders hereby recognize that the Company reserves such rights. 

Section 5.02Confidentiality.   

(a)Each Stockholder acknowledges that during the term of this Agreement, it may have access to and become acquainted with trade secrets, proprietary information, and confidential information belonging to the Company and its Affiliates that are not generally known to the public, including, but not limited to, information concerning business plans, financial statements, and other information provided pursuant to this Agreement, operating practices and methods, expansion plans, strategic plans, marketing plans, contracts, customer lists, or other business documents that the Company treats as confidential, in any format whatsoever (including oral, written, electronic, or any other form or medium) (collectively, “Confidential Information”).  In addition, each Stockholder acknowledges that:  (i) the Company has invested, and continues to invest, substantial time, expense, and specialized knowledge in developing its Confidential Information; (ii) the Confidential Information provides the Company with a competitive advantage over others in the marketplace; and (iii) the Company would be irreparably harmed if the Confidential Information were disclosed to Competitors or made available to the public.  Without limiting the applicability of any other agreement to which any Stockholder is subject, each Stockholder shall, and shall cause its Representatives to, keep confidential and not, directly or indirectly, disclose or use (other than solely for the purposes of such Stockholder monitoring and analyzing its investment in the Company) at any time, including, without limitation, use for personal, commercial, or proprietary advantage or profit, either during its association with the Company or thereafter, any Confidential Information of which such Stockholder is or becomes aware.  Each Stockholder in possession of Confidential Information shall, and shall cause its Representatives to, take all appropriate steps to safeguard such information and to protect it against disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss, and theft. 


17


 


(b)Nothing contained in Section 5.02(a) shall prevent any Stockholder from disclosing Confidential Information:  (i) upon the order of any court or administrative agency; (ii) upon the request or demand of any regulatory agency or authority having jurisdiction over such Stockholder; (iii) to the extent compelled by legal process or required or requested pursuant to subpoena, interrogatories, or other discovery requests; (iv) to the extent necessary in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder; (v) to other Stockholders; (vi) to such Stockholder’s Representatives who, in the reasonable judgment of such Stockholder, need to know such Confidential Information and agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 5.02 as if a Stockholder before receiving such Confidential Information; or (vii) to any Permitted Transferee of such Stockholder in connection with a potential Transfer of Shares from such Stockholder, as long as such Permitted Transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Section 5.02 as if a Stockholder before receiving such Confidential Information; provided, that in the case of clause (i), (ii), or (iii), such Stockholder shall notify the Company of the proposed disclosure as far in advance of such disclosure as practicable (but in no event make any such disclosure before notifying the Company) and use reasonable efforts to ensure that any Confidential Information so disclosed is accorded confidential treatment satisfactory to the Company, when and if available. 

(c)The restrictions of Section 5.02(a) shall not apply to Confidential Information that:  (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by a Stockholder or any of its Representatives in violation of this Agreement; (ii) is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Stockholder without use of Confidential Information; or (iii) becomes available to such Stockholder or any of its Representatives on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company, the other Stockholders, or any of their respective Representatives, provided, that such source is not known by the receiving Stockholder to be bound by a confidentiality agreement regarding the Company. 

(d)The obligations of each Stockholder under this Section 5.02 shall survive:  (i) the termination, dissolution, liquidation, and winding up of the Company; and (ii) such Stockholder’s Transfer of its Shares.  

ARTICLE VI 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 6.01Representations and Warranties.  Each Stockholder, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to the Company and each other Stockholder that: 

(a)For each such Stockholder that is not an individual, such Stockholder is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of its state of formation. 

(b)Such Stockholder has full capacity and, for each such Stockholder that is not an individual, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  For each such Stockholder that is not an individual, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of its obligations hereunder, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated  


18


 


hereby have been duly authorized by all requisite action of such Stockholder.  Such Stockholder has duly executed and delivered this Agreement.

(c)This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of such Stockholder, enforceable against such Stockholder in accordance with its terms except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).  The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby require no action by, or in respect of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority. 

(d)The execution, delivery, and performance by such Stockholder of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not:  (i) conflict with or result in any violation or breach of any provision of any of the governing documents of such Stockholder; (ii) conflict with or result in any violation or breach of any provision of any Applicable Law; or (iii) require any consent or other action by any Person under any provision of any material agreement or other instrument to which the Stockholder is a party. 

(e)Except for this Agreement (and the Original Stockholders Agreement, if such Stockholder was a party thereto, and which agreement is being amended and replaced by this Agreement), such Stockholder has not entered into or agreed to be bound by any other agreements or arrangements of any kind with any other party with respect to the Shares, including agreements or arrangements with respect to the acquisition or disposition of the Shares or any interest therein or the voting of the Shares (whether or not such agreements and arrangements are with the Company or any other Stockholder). 

(f)Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the date of this Agreement and shall remain in full force and effect for the full period of all applicable statutes of limitations (giving effect to any waiver, mitigation, or extension thereof). 

ARTICLE VII 

TERM AND TERMINATION

Section 7.01Termination.  This Agreement shall terminate upon the earliest of: 

(a)the consummation of an Initial Public Offering; 

(b)the consummation of a merger or other business combination involving the Company whereby the Shares become listed or admitted to trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the New York Stock Exchange, or another national securities exchange; 

(c)the date on which none of the Stockholders holds any Shares; 

(d)the termination, dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Company; or 


19


 


(e)the agreement of the Stockholders holding all of the issued and outstanding Shares, acting together and by written instrument. 

Section 7.02Effect of Termination.   

(a)The termination of this Agreement shall terminate all further rights and obligations of the Stockholders under this Agreement except that such termination shall not effect: 

(i)the existence of the Company; 

(ii)the obligation of any party to this Agreement to pay any amounts arising on or prior to the date of termination, or as a result of or in connection with such termination; 

(iii)the rights which any Stockholder may have by operation of law as a stockholder of the Company; or 

(iv)the rights contained herein which by their terms are intended to survive termination of this Agreement. 

(b)The following provisions shall survive the termination of this Agreement:  Section 5.02 (as and to the extent provided in Section 5.02(d)), this Section 7.02, Section 8.04, Section 8.12, Section 8.13, Section 8.14, Section 8.15, Section 8.16, and Section 8.17

ARTICLE VIII 

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.01Expenses.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors, and accountants, incurred in connection with the preparation and execution of this Agreement, or any amendment or waiver hereof, and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such costs and expenses. 

Section 8.02Further Assurances.  In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the Company and each Stockholder hereby agrees, at the request of the Company or any other Stockholder, to execute and deliver such additional documents, certificates, instruments, conveyances, and assurances and to take such further actions as may be required to carry out the provisions hereof and give effect to the transactions contemplated hereby. 

Section 8.03Release of Liability.  In the event any Stockholder Transfers all the Shares held by such Stockholder in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement without retaining any interest therein, then such Stockholder shall cease to be a party to this Agreement and shall be relieved and have no further liability arising hereunder for events occurring from and after the date of such Transfer. 


20


 


Section 8.04Notices.   

(a)All notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given:  (i) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (ii) when received by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier (receipt requested); (iii) on the date sent by facsimile or email of a PDF document (with confirmation of transmission) if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next Business Day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient; or (iv) on the third day after the date mailed, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. 

(b)Such communications in Section 8.04(a) must be sent to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 8.04): 

(i)if to the Company, at its principal office address; 

(ii)if to a Stockholder, at the address set forth on Schedule A attached hereto; 

(iii)if to a Permitted Transferee of Shares or any other Stockholder other than the Current Stockholders (A) at the address set forth on the respective Joinder Agreement executed by such party; or (B) if an address is neither set forth on such Joinder Agreement nor provided to the Company in a notice given in accordance with this Section 8.04, at such party’s last known address; and 

(iv)if to the Spouse of a Stockholder:  (A) if applicable, in care of the Spouse’s attorney of record at the attorney’s address; or (B) if the Spouse is unrepresented, at the Spouse’s last known address. 

Section 8.05Preparation of Document; Independent Counsel.  Each party to this Agreement has read this Agreement and acknowledges that: 

(a)Snell & Wilmer L.L.P. has only represented Paolo with respect to the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement, and has not represented any other Stockholder or the Company with respect to such matters or any other matter; 

(b)each Stockholder has been advised that a conflict may exist between such Stockholder’s interests, the interests of the other Stockholders, and/or the interests of the Company; 

(c)this Agreement may have significant legal, financial planning, and/or tax consequences to each Stockholder; 

(d)each Stockholder has sought, or has had the full opportunity to seek, the advice of independent legal, financial planning, and/or tax counsel of its choosing regarding such consequences; and 


21


 


(e)Snell & Wilmer L.L.P. has made no representations to any Stockholder (other than Paolo) or the Company regarding such consequences.   

Section 8.06Interpretation.  For purposes of this Agreement:  (a) the words “include,” “includes,” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (b) the word “or” is not exclusive; and (c) the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereto,” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole.  The definitions given for any defined terms in this Agreement shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine, and neuter forms.  Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein:  (x) to Articles, Sections, Exhibits, and Schedules mean the Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules attached to, this Agreement; (y) to an agreement, instrument, or other document means such agreement, instrument, or other document as amended, supplemented, and modified from time to time to the extent permitted by the provisions thereof; and (z) to a statute means such statute as amended from time to time and includes any successor legislation thereto and any regulations promulgated thereunder.  This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting an instrument or causing any instrument to be drafted.  The Exhibits and Schedules referred to herein shall be construed with, and as an integral part of, this Agreement to the same extent as if they were set forth verbatim herein.  The headings in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. 

Section 8.07Severability.  If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.  Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible. 

Section 8.08Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and the Governing Documents constitute the sole and entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein and therein, and supersede all prior and contemporaneous understandings and agreements, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter.  In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between this Agreement and any Governing Document, the Stockholders and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, amend such Governing Document to comply with the terms of this Agreement. 

Section 8.09Successors and Assigns; Assignment.  Subject to the rights and restrictions on Transfers set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns.  This Agreement may not be assigned by any Stockholder except as permitted in this Agreement (or as otherwise consented to in writing by all the other Stockholders prior to the assignment) and any such assignment in violation of this Agreement shall be null and void. 


22


 


Section 8.10No Third-Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person or entity any legal or equitable right, benefit, or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement. 

Section 8.11Amendment and Modification.  This Agreement may only be amended, modified, or supplemented by an instrument in writing executed by the Company and the Stockholders by Supermajority Approval.  Any such written amendment, modification, or supplement will be binding upon the Company and each Stockholder. 

Section 8.12Waiver.  No waiver by any party of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving.  No waiver by any party shall operate or be construed as a waiver in respect of any failure, breach, or default not expressly identified by such written waiver, whether of a similar or different character, and whether occurring before or after that waiver.  No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right, remedy, power, or privilege arising from this Agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power, or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power, or privilege. 

Section 8.13Governing Law.  This Agreement, including all Exhibits and Schedules hereto, and all matters arising out of or relating to this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Nevada without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Nevada or any other jurisdiction). 

Section 8.14Submission to Jurisdiction.   

(a)The parties hereby agree that any suit, action, or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, whether in contract, tort, or otherwise, shall be brought in the Eighth Judicial District Court of Clark County, Nevada (or, if the Eighth Judicial District Court of Clark County, Nevada does not have jurisdiction over any such suit, action, or proceeding, then any other state district court located in the State of Nevada shall be the sole and exclusive forum therefor, and in the event that no state district court in the State of Nevada has jurisdiction over any such suit, action, or proceeding, then a federal court located within the State of Nevada shall be the sole and exclusive forum therefor), so long as one of such courts shall have subject-matter jurisdiction over such suit, action, or proceeding, and that any cause of action arising out of this Agreement shall be deemed to have arisen from a transaction of business in the State of Nevada. 

(b)Each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action, or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such suit, action, or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action, or proceeding which is brought in any such court has been brought in an  


23


 


inconvenient forum.  Service of process, summons, notice, or other document by certified or registered mail to the address set forth in Section 8.04 shall be effective service of process for any suit, action, or other proceeding brought in any such court.

Section 8.15Waiver of Jury Trial.  EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION, PROCEEDING, CAUSE OF ACTION, OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING ANY EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES ATTACHED TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

Section 8.16Equitable Remedies.  Each party hereto acknowledges that a breach or threatened breach by such party of any of its obligations under this Agreement would give rise to irreparable harm to the other parties, for which monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy, and hereby agrees that in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by such party of any such obligations, each of the other parties hereto shall, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies that may be available to them in respect of such breach, be entitled to equitable relief, including a temporary restraining order, an injunction, specific performance, and any other relief that may be available from a court of competent jurisdiction (without any requirement to post bond). 

Section 8.17Remedies Cumulative.  The rights and remedies under this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to and not in substitution for any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity or otherwise. 

Section 8.18Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.  A signed copy of this Agreement delivered by facsimile, email, or other means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Agreement. 

Section 8.19Spousal Consent.  Each Stockholder who has a Spouse on the date of this Agreement shall cause such Stockholder’s Spouse to execute and deliver to the Company a spousal consent in the form of Exhibit B hereto (a “Spousal Consent”), pursuant to which the Spouse acknowledges that he or she has read and understood the Agreement and agrees to be bound by its terms and conditions.  If any Stockholder should marry or engage in a Marital Relationship following the date of this Agreement, such Stockholder shall cause his or her Spouse to execute and deliver to the Company a Spousal Consent within fifteen (15) days thereof.   

Section 8.20Stockholders Schedule.  As of the date hereof, each Stockholder owns the number, class, and percentage of the issued and outstanding Shares set forth opposite such Stockholder’s name on Schedule A hereto.  After the date hereof, the Company shall update Schedule A from time to time to reflect any additional Shares issued by the Company and the Transfer of any Shares in accordance with this Agreement.  


24


 


[signature(s) on following page(s)]


25


 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

COMPANY:

 

 

BOXABL INC.,

a Nevada corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Name: Paolo Tiramani

Title: President


S-1


 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement, effective as of as the Effective Date.

 

STOCKHOLDERS: (only complete one signature block—either “individual” or “entity”)

 

INDIVIDUAL:CORPORATION, LLC, PARTNERSHIP, TRUST OR OTHER ENTITY: 

 

 

_______________________________________________________________________ 

Name of Stockholder (print or type)Name of Stockholder (print or type) 

 

____________________________________By:  _______________________________ 

Signature of Stockholder                Signature of Stockholder 

 

Date: _______________________________Name:  _____________________________ 

Print or type name of Stockholder 

 

Title:  ______________________________

Print or type title of Stockholder   

 

Date:  ______________________________


[Stockholder Signature Page]


 


SCHEDULE A

STOCKHOLDERS

[To be updated by Transfer Agent]


Schedule A
Page 1


 


SCHEDULE B

DIRECTORS

 

Designating Stockholder

Director

Paolo Tiramani

Paolo Tiramani

6120 N. Hollywood Blvd.

Suite 104

Las Vegas, NV 89115

Galiano Tiramani

Galiano Tiramani

6120 N. Hollywood Blvd.

Suite 104

Las Vegas, NV 89115

Mutually Agreed Upon by the Initial Stockholders

Hamid Farooznia

6120 N. Hollywood Blvd.

Suite 104

Las Vegas, NV 89115


Schedule B
Page 1


 


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

The undersigned hereby agrees, effective as of ____________, 20___ to become a party to and be bound by that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement (as it may be amended or restated hereafter and from time to time, the “Agreement”) dated as of January 19, 2021, by and among Boxabl Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), and the other parties named therein, and for all purposes of the Agreement, the undersigned shall be included within the term “Stockholder” (as defined in the Agreement).  The address to which notices may be sent to the undersigned is as follows:

 

Address for notices:

__________________________________

__________________________________

__________________________________

 

 

 

 

____________________________________

 

Name:

 


Exhibit A
Page 1


 


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF SPOUSAL CONSENT

The undersigned is the spouse of _____________________, a Stockholder of Boxabl Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), and acknowledges that the undersigned has read the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement of the Company dated as of January 19, 2021 (as it may be amended or restated hereafter and from time to time, the “Agreement”), and understands its provisions.  Initially capitalized terms used but not defined in this Spousal Consent have the respective meanings given to them in the Agreement.

The undersigned is aware that, pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement, the undersigned and the undersigned’s spouse have agreed to sell or transfer all of the Shares in the Company in which the undersigned has a direct or beneficial interest, including any community property interest, in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Agreement.

The undersigned hereby expressly approves of and agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement in its entirety, including, but not limited to, all provisions relating to the sale, purchase, redemption and other Transfer of Shares and the restrictions on the Transfer thereof.

If the undersigned predeceases the undersigned’s spouse when the undersigned’s spouse directly or indirectly owns or controls any Shares, the undersigned agrees not to devise or bequeath whatever community property interest or quasi-community property interest the undersigned may have in such Shares in contravention of the intent and express provisions of the Agreement.

DATED this ____ day of ______________, 20___.

  

Signature

  

Print Name


Exhibit B
Page 1

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INVESTMENT INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.  THIS INVESTMENT IS SUITABLE ONLY FOR PERSONS WHO CAN BEAR THE ECONOMIC RISK FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME AND WHO CAN AFFORD TO LOSE THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. FURTHERMORE, INVESTORS MUST UNDERSTAND THAT SUCH INVESTMENT IS ILLIQUID AND IS EXPECTED TO CONTINUE TO BE ILLIQUID FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. NO PUBLIC MARKET EXISTS FOR THE SECURITIES, AND NO PUBLIC MARKET IS EXPECTED TO DEVELOP FOLLOWING THIS OFFERING.

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS. ALTHOUGH AN OFFERING STATEMENT HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “SEC”), THAT OFFERING STATEMENT DOES NOT INCLUDE THE SAME INFORMATION THAT WOULD BE INCLUDED IN A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.  THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SEC, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR OTHER REGULATORY AUTHORITY, NOR HAVE ANY OF THE FOREGOING AUTHORITIES PASSED UPON THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING OR THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER MATERIALS OR INFORMATION MADE AVAILABLE TO SUBSCRIBER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING OVER THE WEB-BASED PLATFORM MAINTAINED BY THE COMPANY (THE “PLATFORM”) OR THROUGH DALMORE GROUP, LLC (THE “BROKER”).  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.

INVESTORS WHO ARE NOT “ACCREDITED INVESTORS” (AS THAT TERM IS DEFINED IN SECTION 501 OF REGULATION D PROMULGATED UNDER THE ACT) ARE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS ON THE AMOUNT THEY MAY INVEST, AS SET OUT IN SECTION 4.  THE COMPANY IS RELYING ON THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH BY EACH SUBSCRIBER IN THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER INFORMATION PROVIDED BY SUBSCRIBER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING TO DETERMINE THE APPLICABILITY TO THIS OFFERING OF EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT.

THE OFFERING MATERIALS MAY CONTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION RELATING TO, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE COMPANY, ITS BUSINESS PLAN AND STRATEGY, AND ITS INDUSTRY.  THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE BASED ON THE BELIEFS OF, ASSUMPTIONS MADE BY, AND INFORMATION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY’S MANAGEMENT.  WHEN USED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS, THE WORDS “ESTIMATE,” “PROJECT,” “BELIEVE,” “ANTICIPATE,” “INTEND,” “EXPECT” AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH CONSTITUTE FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS. THESE STATEMENTS REFLECT MANAGEMENT’S CURRENT VIEWS WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE EVENTS AND ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE THE COMPANY’S ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE CONTAINED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.  INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO



PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH SPEAK ONLY AS OF THE DATE ON WHICH THEY ARE MADE.  THE COMPANY DOES NOT UNDERTAKE ANY OBLIGATION TO REVISE OR UPDATE THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS TO REFLECT EVENTS OR CIRCUMSTANCES AFTER SUCH DATE OR TO REFLECT THE OCCURRENCE OF UNANTICIPATED EVENTS.

THE COMPANY MAY NOT BE OFFERING THE SECURITIES IN EVERY STATE. THE OFFERING MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN ANY STATE OR JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE SECURITIES ARE NOT BEING OFFERED.

THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION AND FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER TO MODIFY, AMEND AND/OR WITHDRAW ALL OR A PORTION OF THE OFFERING AND/OR ACCEPT OR REJECT IN WHOLE OR IN PART ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTMENT IN THE SECURITIES OR TO ALLOT TO ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR LESS THAN THE AMOUNT OF SECURITIES SUCH INVESTOR DESIRES TO PURCHASE. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE OFFERING MATERIALS SPEAK AS OF THEIR DATE. NEITHER THE DELIVERY NOR THE PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THAT DATE.



 

 

TO:Boxabl, Inc. 

6120 N. Hollywood Blvd. #104 

Las Vegas, NV 89115 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Subscription.  

(a) The undersigned (“Subscriber”) hereby irrevocably subscribes for and agrees to purchase the Non-Voting Series A-1 Preferred Stock (the “Securities”), of Boxabl, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), at a purchase price of $0.79 per share (the “Per Security Price”), upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.  The minimum subscription is $1000. The rights of the Common Stock are as set forth in the Articles of Incorporation to the Offering Statement of the Company filed with the SEC (the “Offering Statement”).

(b) Subscriber understands that the Securities are being offered pursuant to an offering circular dated [XX, 2021] (the “Offering Circular”) filed with the SEC as part of the Offering Statement. By executing this Subscription Agreement, Subscriber acknowledges that Subscriber has received this Subscription Agreement, copies of the Offering Circular and Offering Statement including exhibits thereto and any other information required by the Subscriber to make an investment decision.    

(d) The Subscriber’s subscription may be accepted or rejected in whole or in part, at any time prior to a Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), by the Company at its sole discretion.  In addition, the Company, at its sole discretion, may allocate to Subscriber only a portion of the number of Securities Subscriber has subscribed for.  The Company will notify Subscriber whether this subscription is accepted (whether in whole or in part) or rejected.  If Subscriber’s subscription is rejected, Subscriber’s payment (or portion thereof if partially rejected) will be returned to Subscriber within 30 days of such rejection without interest and all of Subscriber’s obligations hereunder shall terminate.

(e) The aggregate number of Securities sold shall not exceed 62,658,228 (the “Maximum Offering”).    The Company may accept subscriptions until ______, 2022, unless otherwise extended by the Company in its sole discretion in accordance with applicable SEC regulations for such other period required to sell the Maximum Offering (the “Termination Date”). Providing that subscriptions for 1,265,883 Securities are received (the “Minimum Offering”), the Company may elect at any time to close all or any portion of this offering, on various dates at or prior to the Termination Date (each a “Closing Date”).

(f) In the event of rejection of this subscription in its entirety, or in the event the sale of the Securities (or any portion thereof) is not consummated for any reason, this Subscription Agreement shall have no force or effect, except for Section 6 hereof, which shall remain in force and effect.



(g) The terms of this Subscription Agreement shall be binding upon Subscriber and its transferees, heirs, successors and assigns (collectively, “Transferees”); provided that for any such transfer to be deemed effective, the Transferee shall have executed and delivered to the Company in advance an instrument in a form acceptable to the Company in its sole discretion, pursuant to which the proposed Transferee shall acknowledge, agree, and be bound by the representations and warranties of Subscriber, terms of this Subscription Agreement, including the Proxy in Section 5, substantially in the form set forth in Section 5. The Company shall not record any transfer of Securities on its books unless and until such Transferee shall have complied with the terms of this Section 1(g).

2. Purchase Procedure.  

(a) Payment. The purchase price for the Securities shall be paid simultaneously with the execution and delivery to the Company of the signature page of this Subscription Agreement.  Subscriber shall deliver a signed copy of this Subscription Agreement, along with payment for the aggregate purchase price of the Securities by ACH electronic transfer or wire transfer to an account designated by the Company, by credit or debit card, or by any combination of such methods.

(b) Escrow arrangements. Payment for the Securities shall be received by Prime Trust, LLC (the “Escrow Agent”) from the undersigned by transfer of immediately available funds, credit or debit card, or other means approved by the Company at least two days prior to the applicable Closing Date, in the amount as set forth on the signature page hereto. Upon such Closing Date, the Escrow Agent shall release such funds to the Company. The undersigned shall receive notice and evidence of the digital entry of the number of the Securities owned by undersigned reflected on the books and records of the Company and verified by Colonial Stock Transfer (the “Transfer Agent”), which books and records shall bear a notation that the Securities were sold in reliance upon Regulation A.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company.  

The Company represents and warrants to Subscriber that the following representations and warranties are true and complete in all material respects as of the date of each Closing Date, except as otherwise indicated. For purposes of this Agreement, an individual shall be deemed to have “knowledge” of a particular fact or other matter if such individual is actually aware of such fact. The Company will be deemed to have “knowledge” of a particular fact or other matter if one of the Company’s current officers has, or at any time had, actual knowledge of such fact or other matter.  

(a) Organization and standing.  The Company is a corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada.  The Company has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to execute and deliver this Subscription Agreement, and any other agreements or instruments required hereunder. The Company is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its activities and of its properties (both owned and leased) makes such qualification necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business.



(b) Issuance of the Securities.  The issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities in accordance with this Subscription Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company.  The Securities, when so issued, sold and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the provisions of this Subscription Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.  

(c) Authority for Agreement.  The execution and delivery by the Company of this Subscription Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (including the issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities) are within the Company’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company.  Upon full execution hereof, this Subscription Agreement shall constitute a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies and (iii) with respect to provisions relating to indemnification and contribution, as limited by considerations of public policy and by federal or state securities laws.

(d) No filings. Assuming the accuracy of the Subscriber’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof, no order, license, consent, authorization or approval of, or exemption by, or action by or in respect of, or notice to, or filing or registration with, any governmental body, agency or official is required by or with respect to the Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Subscription Agreement except (i) for such filings as may be required under Regulation A or under any applicable state securities laws, (ii) for such other filings and approvals as have been made or obtained, or (iii) where the failure to obtain any such order, license, consent, authorization, approval or exemption or give any such notice or make any filing or registration would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder.

(e) Capitalization.  The authorized and outstanding securities of the Company immediately prior to the initial investment in the Securities is as set forth “Securities Being Offered” in the Offering Circular.  Except as set forth in the Offering Circular, there are no outstanding options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights and rights of first refusal), or agreements of any kind (oral or written) for the purchase or acquisition from the Company of any of its securities.  

(f) Financial statements.  Complete copies of the Company’s financial statements consisting of the balance sheets of the Company as at December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal years then ended  (the “Audited Financial Statements”), as well as unaudited financial statements consisting of the balance sheets of the Company as at June 30, 2020 and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the six-month period then ended (together with the Audited Financial Statements, the “Financial Statements”) have been made available to the Subscriber and appear in the Offering Circular. The Financial Statements are based on the books and records of the Company and fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company as of the respective dates they were prepared



and the results of the operations and cash flows of the Company for the periods indicated. Dbbmckennon, which has audited the Audited Financial Statements, is an independent accounting firm within the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC.

(g) Proceeds.  The Company shall use the proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Securities as set forth in “Use of Proceeds to issuer” in the Offering Circular.

(h) Litigation.  Except as set forth in the Offering Circular,  there is no pending action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, mediation, complaint, claim, charge or investigation before any court, arbitrator, mediator or governmental body, or to the Company’s knowledge, currently threatened in writing (a) against the Company or (b) against any consultant, officer, manager, director or key employee of the Company arising out of his or her consulting, employment or board relationship with the Company or that could otherwise materially impact the Company.

4. Representations and Warranties of Subscriber.  By executing this Subscription Agreement, Subscriber (and, if Subscriber is purchasing the Securities subscribed for hereby in a fiduciary capacity, the person or persons for whom Subscriber is so purchasing) represents and warrants, which representations and warranties are true and complete in all material respects as of such Subscriber’s respective Closing Date(s):

(a) Requisite Power and Authority.  Such Subscriber has all necessary power and authority under all applicable provisions of law to execute and deliver this Subscription Agreement, and other agreements required hereunder and to carry out their provisions.  All action on Subscriber’s part required for the lawful execution and delivery of this Subscription Agreement and other agreements required hereunder have been or will be effectively taken prior to the Closing Date.  Upon their execution and delivery, this Subscription Agreement and other agreements required hereunder will be valid and binding obligations of Subscriber, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights and (b) as limited by general principles of equity that restrict the availability of equitable remedies.

(b) Investment Representations.  Subscriber understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).  Subscriber also understands that the Securities are being offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in the Securities Act based in part upon Subscriber’s representations contained in this Subscription Agreement.

(c) Illiquidity and Continued Economic Risk.  Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that there is no ready public market for the Securities and that there is no guarantee that a market for their resale will ever exist. Subscriber must bear the economic risk of this investment indefinitely and the Company has no obligation to list the Securities on any market or take any steps (including registration under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) with respect to facilitating trading or resale of the Securities.  Subscriber acknowledges that Subscriber is able to bear the economic risk of losing Subscriber’s entire investment in the Securities.  Subscriber also understands that an investment



in the Company involves significant risks and has taken full cognizance of and understands all of the risk factors relating to the purchase of Securities.

(d) Accredited Investor Status or Investment Limits.  Subscriber represents that either:

(i) Subscriber is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act. Subscriber represents and warrants that the information set forth in response to question (c) on the signature page hereto concerning Subscriber is true and correct; or

(ii) The purchase price set out in paragraph (b) of the signature page to this Subscription Agreement, together with any other amounts previously used to purchase Securities in this offering, does not exceed 10% of the greater of the Subscriber’s annual income or net worth.

Subscriber represents that to the extent it has any questions with respect to its status as an accredited investor, or the application of the investment limits, it has sought professional advice.

(e) Shareholder information. Within five days after receipt of a request from the Company, the Subscriber hereby agrees to provide such information with respect to its status as a shareholder (or potential shareholder) and to execute and deliver such documents as may reasonably be necessary to comply with any and all laws and regulations to which the Company is or may become subject. Subscriber further agrees that in the event it transfers any Securities, it will require the transferee of such Securities to agree to provide such information to the Company as a condition of such transfer.

(f) Company Information.  Subscriber has had such opportunity as it deems necessary (which opportunity may have presented through online chat or commentary functions) to discuss the Company’s business, management and financial affairs with managers, officers and management of the Company and has had the opportunity to review the Company’s operations and facilities.  Subscriber has also had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the Company and its management regarding the terms and conditions of this investment.  Subscriber acknowledges that except as set forth herein, no representations or warranties have been made to Subscriber, or to Subscriber’s advisors or representative, by the Company or others with respect to the business or prospects of the Company or its financial condition.

(g) Valuation. The Subscriber acknowledges that the price of the Securities was set by the Company on the basis of the Company’s internal valuation and no warranties are made as to value. The Subscriber further acknowledges that future offerings of Securities may be made at lower valuations, with the result that the Subscriber’s investment will bear a lower valuation.

(h) Domicile.  Subscriber maintains Subscriber’s domicile (and is not a transient or temporary resident) at the address shown on the signature page.

(i) No Brokerage Fees. There are no claims for brokerage commission, finders’ fees or similar compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Subscription Agreement or related documents based on any arrangement or agreement binding upon Subscriber.  



(j) Foreign Investors.  If Subscriber is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), Subscriber hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Securities or any use of this Subscription Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Securities, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Securities.  Subscriber’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Securities will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Subscriber’s jurisdiction.

5. Joinder to Stockholders Agreement.

 

By subscribing to the Offering and executing this Subscription Agreement, Subscriber (and, if Subscriber is purchasing the Securities subscribed for hereby in a fiduciary capacity, the person or persons for whom Subscriber is so purchasing) hereby joins as a party that is designated as a “Stockholder” under the Stockholders Agreement, in substantially the form provided as an exhibit to the Offering Statement.

 

6. Survival of Representations and Indemnity.  The representations, warranties and covenants made by the Subscriber shall survive the Termination Date of this Agreement.  The Subscriber agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its respective officers, directors and affiliates, and each other person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any and all reasonable attorneys’ fees, including attorneys’ fees on appeal) and expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any false representation or warranty or breach of failure by the Subscriber to comply with any covenant or agreement made by the Subscriber herein or in any other document furnished by the Subscriber to any of the foregoing in connection with this transaction.

7. Governing Law; Jurisdiction.  This Subscription Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada.

EACH OF THE SUBSCRIBER AND THE COMPANY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION LOCATED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEVADA AND NO OTHER PLACE AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT MAY BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS.  EACH OF SUBSCRIBER AND THE COMPANY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND HIMSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS AND HIS RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT.  EACH OF SUBSCRIBER AND THE COMPANY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN THE MANNER AND IN THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 8 AND PROVIDED WITH THE EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT.



EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE AND INCLUDING CLAIMS UNDER THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF EITHER PARTY IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO ALSO WAIVES ANY BOND OR SURETY OR SECURITY UPON SUCH BOND WHICH MIGHT, BUT FOR THIS WAIVER, BE REQUIRED OF SUCH PARTY.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.  THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT.  IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT. BY AGREEING TO THIS WAIVER, THE SUBSCRIBER IS NOT DEEMED TO WAIVE THE COMPANY’S COMPLIANCE WITH THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER,

8. Notices. Notice, requests, demands and other communications relating to this Subscription Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if and when (a) delivered personally, on the date of such delivery; or (b) mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, in the third day after the posting thereof; or (c) emailed, telecopied or cabled, on the date of such delivery to the address of the respective parties as follows:

 

If to the Company, to:

Boxabl, Inc.

6120 N. Hollywood Blvd. #104

Las Vegas, NV 89115

 

with a required copy to:

 

 

 

If to a Subscriber, to Subscriber’s address as provided with the execution of this Agreement

 

or to such other address as may be specified by written notice from time to time by the party entitled to receive such notice.  Any notices, requests, demands or other communications by telecopy or cable shall be confirmed by letter given in accordance with (a) or (b) above.

9. Miscellaneous.

(a) All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons or entity or entities may require.  



(b) This Subscription Agreement is not transferable or assignable by Subscriber.  

(c) The representations, warranties and agreements contained herein shall be deemed to be made by and be binding upon Subscriber and its heirs, executors, administrators and successors and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns.  

(d) None of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement may be waived, changed or terminated orally or otherwise, except as specifically set forth herein or except by a writing signed by the Company and Subscriber.

(e) In the event any part of this Subscription Agreement is found to be void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions are intended to be separable and binding with the same effect as if the void or unenforceable part were never the subject of agreement.

(f) The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of one or more of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Subscription Agreement in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of this Subscription Agreement, including any such provision, in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

(g) This Subscription Agreement supersedes all prior discussions and agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and contains the sole and entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(h) The terms and provisions of this Subscription Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer, and no provision hereof shall confer, third-party beneficiary rights upon any other person.

(i) The headings used in this Subscription Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not define or limit the provisions hereof.

(j) This Subscription Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

(k) If any recapitalization or other transaction affecting the stock of the Company is effected, then any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is distributed with respect to the Securities shall be immediately subject to this Subscription Agreement, to the same extent that the Securities, immediately prior thereto, shall have been covered by this Subscription Agreement.

(l) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Subscription Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The rights and



remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

10. Subscription Procedure. Each Subscriber, by providing his or her name and subscription amount and clicking “accept” and/or checking the appropriate box on the Platform (“Online Acceptance”), confirms such Subscriber’s investment through the Platform and confirms such Subscriber’s electronic signature to this Subscription Agreement. Subscriber agrees that his or her electronic signature as provided through Online Acceptance is the legal equivalent of his or her manual signature on this Subscription Agreement and Online Acceptance establishes such Subscriber’s acceptance of the terms and conditions of this Subscription Agreement.



 

APPENDIX A

An accredited investor includes the following categories of investor:

(1) Any bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; any insurance company as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Act; any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of that Act; any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958; any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; any employee benefit plan within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3(21) of such act, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors;

(2) Any private business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

(3) Any organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, or partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

(4) Any director, executive officer, or general partner of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold, or any director, executive officer, or general partner of a general partner of that issuer;

(5) Any natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person's spouse, exceeds $1,000,000.

(i) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(5)(ii) of this section, for purposes of calculating net worth under this paragraph (a)(5):

(A) The person's primary residence shall not be included as an asset;

(B) Indebtedness that is secured by the person's primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of securities, shall not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of sale of securities exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of the primary residence, the amount of such excess shall be included as a liability); and



(C) Indebtedness that is secured by the person's primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of securities shall be included as a liability;

(ii) Paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section will not apply to any calculation of a person's net worth made in connection with a purchase of securities in accordance with a right to purchase such securities, provided that:

(A) Such right was held by the person on July 20, 2010;

(B) The person qualified as an accredited investor on the basis of net worth at the time the person acquired such right; and

(C) The person held securities of the same issuer, other than such right, on July 20, 2010.

(6) Any natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person's spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

(7) Any trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in §230.506(b)(2)(ii); and

(8) Any entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors.


SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INVESTMENT INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.  THIS INVESTMENT IS SUITABLE ONLY FOR PERSONS WHO CAN BEAR THE ECONOMIC RISK FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME AND WHO CAN AFFORD TO LOSE THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. FURTHERMORE, INVESTORS MUST UNDERSTAND THAT SUCH INVESTMENT IS ILLIQUID AND IS EXPECTED TO CONTINUE TO BE ILLIQUID FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. NO PUBLIC MARKET EXISTS FOR THE SECURITIES, AND NO PUBLIC MARKET IS EXPECTED TO DEVELOP FOLLOWING THIS OFFERING.

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS. ALTHOUGH AN OFFERING STATEMENT HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “SEC”), THAT OFFERING STATEMENT DOES NOT INCLUDE THE SAME INFORMATION THAT WOULD BE INCLUDED IN A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.  THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SEC, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR OTHER REGULATORY AUTHORITY, NOR HAVE ANY OF THE FOREGOING AUTHORITIES PASSED UPON THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING OR THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER MATERIALS OR INFORMATION MADE AVAILABLE TO SUBSCRIBER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING OVER THE WEB-BASED PLATFORM MAINTAINED BY THE COMPANY (THE “PLATFORM”) OR THROUGH DALMORE GROUP, LLC (THE “BROKER”).  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.

INVESTORS WHO ARE NOT “ACCREDITED INVESTORS” (AS THAT TERM IS DEFINED IN SECTION 501 OF REGULATION D PROMULGATED UNDER THE ACT) ARE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS ON THE AMOUNT THEY MAY INVEST, AS SET OUT IN SECTION 4.  THE COMPANY IS RELYING ON THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH BY EACH SUBSCRIBER IN THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER INFORMATION PROVIDED BY SUBSCRIBER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING TO DETERMINE THE APPLICABILITY TO THIS OFFERING OF EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT.

THE OFFERING MATERIALS MAY CONTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION RELATING TO, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE COMPANY, ITS BUSINESS PLAN AND STRATEGY, AND ITS INDUSTRY.  THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE BASED ON THE BELIEFS OF, ASSUMPTIONS MADE BY, AND INFORMATION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY’S MANAGEMENT.  WHEN USED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS, THE WORDS “ESTIMATE,” “PROJECT,” “BELIEVE,” “ANTICIPATE,” “INTEND,” “EXPECT” AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH CONSTITUTE FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS. THESE STATEMENTS REFLECT MANAGEMENT’S CURRENT VIEWS WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE EVENTS AND ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE THE COMPANY’S ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE CONTAINED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.  INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO



PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH SPEAK ONLY AS OF THE DATE ON WHICH THEY ARE MADE.  THE COMPANY DOES NOT UNDERTAKE ANY OBLIGATION TO REVISE OR UPDATE THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS TO REFLECT EVENTS OR CIRCUMSTANCES AFTER SUCH DATE OR TO REFLECT THE OCCURRENCE OF UNANTICIPATED EVENTS.

THE COMPANY MAY NOT BE OFFERING THE SECURITIES IN EVERY STATE. THE OFFERING MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN ANY STATE OR JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE SECURITIES ARE NOT BEING OFFERED.

THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION AND FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER TO MODIFY, AMEND AND/OR WITHDRAW ALL OR A PORTION OF THE OFFERING AND/OR ACCEPT OR REJECT IN WHOLE OR IN PART ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTMENT IN THE SECURITIES OR TO ALLOT TO ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR LESS THAN THE AMOUNT OF SECURITIES SUCH INVESTOR DESIRES TO PURCHASE. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE OFFERING MATERIALS SPEAK AS OF THEIR DATE. NEITHER THE DELIVERY NOR THE PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THAT DATE.



 

 

TO:Boxabl, Inc. 

6120 N. Hollywood Blvd. #104 

Las Vegas, NV 89115 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Subscription.  

(a) The undersigned (“Subscriber”) hereby irrevocably subscribes for and agrees to purchase the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock (the “Securities”), of Boxabl, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), at a purchase price of $0.14 per share (the “Per Security Price”), upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.  The minimum subscription is $1000. The rights of the Common Stock are as set forth in the Articles of Incorporation to the Offering Statement of the Company filed with the SEC (the “Offering Statement”).

(b) Subscriber understands that the Securities are being offered pursuant to an offering circular dated [XX, 2021] (the “Offering Circular”) filed with the SEC as part of the Offering Statement. By executing this Subscription Agreement, Subscriber acknowledges that Subscriber has received this Subscription Agreement, copies of the Offering Circular and Offering Statement including exhibits thereto and any other information required by the Subscriber to make an investment decision.    

(d) The Subscriber’s subscription may be accepted or rejected in whole or in part, at any time prior to a Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), by the Company at its sole discretion.  In addition, the Company, at its sole discretion, may allocate to Subscriber only a portion of the number of Securities Subscriber has subscribed for.  The Company will notify Subscriber whether this subscription is accepted (whether in whole or in part) or rejected.  If Subscriber’s subscription is rejected, Subscriber’s payment (or portion thereof if partially rejected) will be returned to Subscriber within 30 days of such rejection without interest and all of Subscriber’s obligations hereunder shall terminate.

(e) The aggregate number of Securities sold shall not exceed 3,571,429 (the “Maximum Offering”).    The Company may accept subscriptions until ______, 2022, unless otherwise extended by the Company in its sole discretion in accordance with applicable SEC regulations for such other period required to sell the Maximum Offering (the “Termination Date”). The Company may elect at any time to close all or any portion of this offering, on various dates at or prior to the Termination Date (each a “Closing Date”).

(f) In the event of rejection of this subscription in its entirety, or in the event the sale of the Securities (or any portion thereof) is not consummated for any reason, this Subscription Agreement shall have no force or effect, except for Section 6 hereof, which shall remain in force and effect.

(g) The terms of this Subscription Agreement shall be binding upon Subscriber and its transferees, heirs, successors and assigns (collectively, “Transferees”); provided that for any such transfer to be deemed



effective, the Transferee shall have executed and delivered to the Company in advance an instrument in a form acceptable to the Company in its sole discretion, pursuant to which the proposed Transferee shall acknowledge, agree, and be bound by the representations and warranties of Subscriber, terms of this Subscription Agreement, including the Proxy in Section 5, substantially in the form set forth in Section 5. The Company shall not record any transfer of Securities on its books unless and until such Transferee shall have complied with the terms of this Section 1(g).

2. Purchase Procedure.  

(a) Payment. The purchase price for the Securities shall be paid simultaneously with the execution and delivery to the Company of the signature page of this Subscription Agreement.  Subscriber shall deliver a signed copy of this Subscription Agreement, along with payment for the aggregate purchase price of the Securities by ACH electronic transfer or wire transfer to an account designated by the Company, by credit or debit card, or by any combination of such methods.

(b) Escrow arrangements. Payment for the Securities shall be received by Prime Trust, LLC (the “Escrow Agent”) from the undersigned by transfer of immediately available funds, credit or debit card, or other means approved by the Company at least two days prior to the applicable Closing Date, in the amount as set forth on the signature page hereto. Upon such Closing Date, the Escrow Agent shall release such funds to the Company. The undersigned shall receive notice and evidence of the digital entry of the number of the Securities owned by undersigned reflected on the books and records of the Company and verified by Colonial Stock Transfer (the “Transfer Agent”), which books and records shall bear a notation that the Securities were sold in reliance upon Regulation A.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company.  

The Company represents and warrants to Subscriber that the following representations and warranties are true and complete in all material respects as of the date of each Closing Date, except as otherwise indicated. For purposes of this Agreement, an individual shall be deemed to have “knowledge” of a particular fact or other matter if such individual is actually aware of such fact. The Company will be deemed to have “knowledge” of a particular fact or other matter if one of the Company’s current officers has, or at any time had, actual knowledge of such fact or other matter.  

(a) Organization and standing.  The Company is a corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada.  The Company has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to execute and deliver this Subscription Agreement, and any other agreements or instruments required hereunder. The Company is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its activities and of its properties (both owned and leased) makes such qualification necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business.



(b) Issuance of the Securities.  The issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities in accordance with this Subscription Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company.  The Securities, when so issued, sold and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the provisions of this Subscription Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.  

(c) Authority for Agreement.  The execution and delivery by the Company of this Subscription Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (including the issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities) are within the Company’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company.  Upon full execution hereof, this Subscription Agreement shall constitute a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies and (iii) with respect to provisions relating to indemnification and contribution, as limited by considerations of public policy and by federal or state securities laws.

(d) No filings. Assuming the accuracy of the Subscriber’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof, no order, license, consent, authorization or approval of, or exemption by, or action by or in respect of, or notice to, or filing or registration with, any governmental body, agency or official is required by or with respect to the Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Subscription Agreement except (i) for such filings as may be required under Regulation A or under any applicable state securities laws, (ii) for such other filings and approvals as have been made or obtained, or (iii) where the failure to obtain any such order, license, consent, authorization, approval or exemption or give any such notice or make any filing or registration would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder.

(e) Capitalization.  The authorized and outstanding securities of the Company immediately prior to the initial investment in the Securities is as set forth “Securities Being Offered” in the Offering Circular.  Except as set forth in the Offering Circular, there are no outstanding options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights and rights of first refusal), or agreements of any kind (oral or written) for the purchase or acquisition from the Company of any of its securities.  

(f) Financial statements.  Complete copies of the Company’s financial statements consisting of the balance sheets of the Company as at December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal years then ended  (the “Audited Financial Statements”), as well as unaudited financial statements consisting of the balance sheets of the Company as at June 30, 2020 and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the six-month period then ended (together with the Audited Financial Statements, the “Financial Statements”) have been made available to the Subscriber and appear in the Offering Circular. The Financial Statements are based on the books and records of the Company and fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company as of the respective dates they were prepared



and the results of the operations and cash flows of the Company for the periods indicated. Dbbmckennon, which has audited the Audited Financial Statements, is an independent accounting firm within the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC.

(g) Proceeds.  The Company shall use the proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Securities as set forth in “Use of Proceeds to issuer” in the Offering Circular.

(h) Litigation.  Except as set forth in the Offering Circular,  there is no pending action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, mediation, complaint, claim, charge or investigation before any court, arbitrator, mediator or governmental body, or to the Company’s knowledge, currently threatened in writing (a) against the Company or (b) against any consultant, officer, manager, director or key employee of the Company arising out of his or her consulting, employment or board relationship with the Company or that could otherwise materially impact the Company.

4. Representations and Warranties of Subscriber.  By executing this Subscription Agreement, Subscriber (and, if Subscriber is purchasing the Securities subscribed for hereby in a fiduciary capacity, the person or persons for whom Subscriber is so purchasing) represents and warrants, which representations and warranties are true and complete in all material respects as of such Subscriber’s respective Closing Date(s):

(a) Requisite Power and Authority.  Such Subscriber has all necessary power and authority under all applicable provisions of law to execute and deliver this Subscription Agreement, and other agreements required hereunder and to carry out their provisions.  All action on Subscriber’s part required for the lawful execution and delivery of this Subscription Agreement and other agreements required hereunder have been or will be effectively taken prior to the Closing Date.  Upon their execution and delivery, this Subscription Agreement and other agreements required hereunder will be valid and binding obligations of Subscriber, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights and (b) as limited by general principles of equity that restrict the availability of equitable remedies.

(b) Investment Representations.  Subscriber understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).  Subscriber also understands that the Securities are being offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in the Securities Act based in part upon Subscriber’s representations contained in this Subscription Agreement.

(c) Illiquidity and Continued Economic Risk.  Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that there is no ready public market for the Securities and that there is no guarantee that a market for their resale will ever exist. Subscriber must bear the economic risk of this investment indefinitely and the Company has no obligation to list the Securities on any market or take any steps (including registration under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) with respect to facilitating trading or resale of the Securities.  Subscriber acknowledges that Subscriber is able to bear the economic risk of losing Subscriber’s entire investment in the Securities.  Subscriber also understands that an investment



in the Company involves significant risks and has taken full cognizance of and understands all of the risk factors relating to the purchase of Securities.

(d) Accredited Investor Status or Investment Limits.  Subscriber represents that either:

(i) Subscriber is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act. Subscriber represents and warrants that the information set forth in response to question (c) on the signature page hereto concerning Subscriber is true and correct; or

(ii) The purchase price set out in paragraph (b) of the signature page to this Subscription Agreement, together with any other amounts previously used to purchase Securities in this offering, does not exceed 10% of the greater of the Subscriber’s annual income or net worth.

Subscriber represents that to the extent it has any questions with respect to its status as an accredited investor, or the application of the investment limits, it has sought professional advice.

(e) Shareholder information. Within five days after receipt of a request from the Company, the Subscriber hereby agrees to provide such information with respect to its status as a shareholder (or potential shareholder) and to execute and deliver such documents as may reasonably be necessary to comply with any and all laws and regulations to which the Company is or may become subject. Subscriber further agrees that in the event it transfers any Securities, it will require the transferee of such Securities to agree to provide such information to the Company as a condition of such transfer.

(f) Company Information.  Subscriber has had such opportunity as it deems necessary (which opportunity may have presented through online chat or commentary functions) to discuss the Company’s business, management and financial affairs with managers, officers and management of the Company and has had the opportunity to review the Company’s operations and facilities.  Subscriber has also had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the Company and its management regarding the terms and conditions of this investment.  Subscriber acknowledges that except as set forth herein, no representations or warranties have been made to Subscriber, or to Subscriber’s advisors or representative, by the Company or others with respect to the business or prospects of the Company or its financial condition.

(g) Valuation. The Subscriber acknowledges that the price of the Securities was set by the Company on the basis of the Company’s internal valuation and no warranties are made as to value. The Subscriber further acknowledges that future offerings of Securities may be made at lower valuations, with the result that the Subscriber’s investment will bear a lower valuation.

(h) Domicile.  Subscriber maintains Subscriber’s domicile (and is not a transient or temporary resident) at the address shown on the signature page.

(i) No Brokerage Fees. There are no claims for brokerage commission, finders’ fees or similar compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Subscription Agreement or related documents based on any arrangement or agreement binding upon Subscriber.  



(j) Foreign Investors.  If Subscriber is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), Subscriber hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Securities or any use of this Subscription Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Securities, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Securities.  Subscriber’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Securities will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Subscriber’s jurisdiction.

5. Joinder to Stockholders Agreement.

 

By subscribing to the Offering and executing this Subscription Agreement, Subscriber (and, if Subscriber is purchasing the Securities subscribed for hereby in a fiduciary capacity, the person or persons for whom Subscriber is so purchasing) hereby joins as a party that is designated as a “Stockholder” under the Stockholders Agreement, in substantially the form provided as an exhibit to the Offering Statement.

 

6. Survival of Representations and Indemnity.  The representations, warranties and covenants made by the Subscriber shall survive the Termination Date of this Agreement.  The Subscriber agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its respective officers, directors and affiliates, and each other person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any and all reasonable attorneys’ fees, including attorneys’ fees on appeal) and expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any false representation or warranty or breach of failure by the Subscriber to comply with any covenant or agreement made by the Subscriber herein or in any other document furnished by the Subscriber to any of the foregoing in connection with this transaction.

7. Governing Law; Jurisdiction.  This Subscription Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada.

EACH OF THE SUBSCRIBER AND THE COMPANY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION LOCATED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEVADA AND NO OTHER PLACE AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT MAY BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS.  EACH OF SUBSCRIBER AND THE COMPANY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND HIMSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS AND HIS RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT.  EACH OF SUBSCRIBER AND THE COMPANY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN THE MANNER AND IN THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 8 AND PROVIDED WITH THE EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT.



EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE AND INCLUDING CLAIMS UNDER THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF EITHER PARTY IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO ALSO WAIVES ANY BOND OR SURETY OR SECURITY UPON SUCH BOND WHICH MIGHT, BUT FOR THIS WAIVER, BE REQUIRED OF SUCH PARTY.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.  THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT.  IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT. BY AGREEING TO THIS WAIVER, THE SUBSCRIBER IS NOT DEEMED TO WAIVE THE COMPANY’S COMPLIANCE WITH THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER,

8. Notices. Notice, requests, demands and other communications relating to this Subscription Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if and when (a) delivered personally, on the date of such delivery; or (b) mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, in the third day after the posting thereof; or (c) emailed, telecopied or cabled, on the date of such delivery to the address of the respective parties as follows:

 

If to the Company, to:

Boxabl, Inc.

6120 N. Hollywood Blvd. #104

Las Vegas, NV 89115

 

with a required copy to:

 

 

 

If to a Subscriber, to Subscriber’s address as provided with the execution of this Agreement

 

or to such other address as may be specified by written notice from time to time by the party entitled to receive such notice.  Any notices, requests, demands or other communications by telecopy or cable shall be confirmed by letter given in accordance with (a) or (b) above.

9. Miscellaneous.

(a) All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons or entity or entities may require.  



(b) This Subscription Agreement is not transferable or assignable by Subscriber.  

(c) The representations, warranties and agreements contained herein shall be deemed to be made by and be binding upon Subscriber and its heirs, executors, administrators and successors and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns.  

(d) None of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement may be waived, changed or terminated orally or otherwise, except as specifically set forth herein or except by a writing signed by the Company and Subscriber.

(e) In the event any part of this Subscription Agreement is found to be void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions are intended to be separable and binding with the same effect as if the void or unenforceable part were never the subject of agreement.

(f) The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of one or more of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Subscription Agreement in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of this Subscription Agreement, including any such provision, in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

(g) This Subscription Agreement supersedes all prior discussions and agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and contains the sole and entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(h) The terms and provisions of this Subscription Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer, and no provision hereof shall confer, third-party beneficiary rights upon any other person.

(i) The headings used in this Subscription Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not define or limit the provisions hereof.

(j) This Subscription Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

(k) If any recapitalization or other transaction affecting the stock of the Company is effected, then any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is distributed with respect to the Securities shall be immediately subject to this Subscription Agreement, to the same extent that the Securities, immediately prior thereto, shall have been covered by this Subscription Agreement.

(l) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Subscription Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The rights and



remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

10. Subscription Procedure. Each Subscriber, by providing his or her name and subscription amount and clicking “accept” and/or checking the appropriate box on the Platform (“Online Acceptance”), confirms such Subscriber’s investment through the Platform and confirms such Subscriber’s electronic signature to this Subscription Agreement. Subscriber agrees that his or her electronic signature as provided through Online Acceptance is the legal equivalent of his or her manual signature on this Subscription Agreement and Online Acceptance establishes such Subscriber’s acceptance of the terms and conditions of this Subscription Agreement.



 

APPENDIX A

An accredited investor includes the following categories of investor:

(1) Any bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; any insurance company as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Act; any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of that Act; any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958; any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; any employee benefit plan within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3(21) of such act, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors;

(2) Any private business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

(3) Any organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, or partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

(4) Any director, executive officer, or general partner of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold, or any director, executive officer, or general partner of a general partner of that issuer;

(5) Any natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person's spouse, exceeds $1,000,000.

(i) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(5)(ii) of this section, for purposes of calculating net worth under this paragraph (a)(5):

(A) The person's primary residence shall not be included as an asset;

(B) Indebtedness that is secured by the person's primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of securities, shall not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of sale of securities exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of the primary residence, the amount of such excess shall be included as a liability); and



(C) Indebtedness that is secured by the person's primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of securities shall be included as a liability;

(ii) Paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section will not apply to any calculation of a person's net worth made in connection with a purchase of securities in accordance with a right to purchase such securities, provided that:

(A) Such right was held by the person on July 20, 2010;

(B) The person qualified as an accredited investor on the basis of net worth at the time the person acquired such right; and

(C) The person held securities of the same issuer, other than such right, on July 20, 2010.

(6) Any natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person's spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

(7) Any trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in §230.506(b)(2)(ii); and

(8) Any entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors.


SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INVESTMENT INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.  THIS INVESTMENT IS SUITABLE ONLY FOR PERSONS WHO CAN BEAR THE ECONOMIC RISK FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME AND WHO CAN AFFORD TO LOSE THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. FURTHERMORE, INVESTORS MUST UNDERSTAND THAT SUCH INVESTMENT IS ILLIQUID AND IS EXPECTED TO CONTINUE TO BE ILLIQUID FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. NO PUBLIC MARKET EXISTS FOR THE SECURITIES, AND NO PUBLIC MARKET IS EXPECTED TO DEVELOP FOLLOWING THIS OFFERING.

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS. ALTHOUGH AN OFFERING STATEMENT HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “SEC”), THAT OFFERING STATEMENT DOES NOT INCLUDE THE SAME INFORMATION THAT WOULD BE INCLUDED IN A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.  THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SEC, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR OTHER REGULATORY AUTHORITY, NOR HAVE ANY OF THE FOREGOING AUTHORITIES PASSED UPON THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING OR THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER MATERIALS OR INFORMATION MADE AVAILABLE TO SUBSCRIBER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING OVER THE WEB-BASED PLATFORM MAINTAINED BY OPENDEAL, INC. (THE “PLATFORM”) OR THROUGH OPENDEAL BROKER, LLC (THE “BROKER”).  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.

INVESTORS WHO ARE NOT “ACCREDITED INVESTORS” (AS THAT TERM IS DEFINED IN SECTION 501 OF REGULATION D PROMULGATED UNDER THE ACT) ARE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS ON THE AMOUNT THEY MAY INVEST, AS SET OUT IN SECTION 4.  THE COMPANY IS RELYING ON THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH BY EACH SUBSCRIBER IN THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER INFORMATION PROVIDED BY SUBSCRIBER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING TO DETERMINE THE APPLICABILITY TO THIS OFFERING OF EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT.

THE OFFERING MATERIALS MAY CONTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION RELATING TO, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE COMPANY, ITS BUSINESS PLAN AND STRATEGY, AND ITS INDUSTRY.  THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE BASED ON THE BELIEFS OF, ASSUMPTIONS MADE BY, AND INFORMATION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY’S MANAGEMENT.  WHEN USED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS, THE WORDS “ESTIMATE,” “PROJECT,” “BELIEVE,” “ANTICIPATE,” “INTEND,” “EXPECT” AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH CONSTITUTE FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS. THESE STATEMENTS REFLECT MANAGEMENT’S CURRENT VIEWS WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE EVENTS AND ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE THE COMPANY’S ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE CONTAINED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.  INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO



PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH SPEAK ONLY AS OF THE DATE ON WHICH THEY ARE MADE.  THE COMPANY DOES NOT UNDERTAKE ANY OBLIGATION TO REVISE OR UPDATE THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS TO REFLECT EVENTS OR CIRCUMSTANCES AFTER SUCH DATE OR TO REFLECT THE OCCURRENCE OF UNANTICIPATED EVENTS.

THE COMPANY MAY NOT BE OFFERING THE SECURITIES IN EVERY STATE. THE OFFERING MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN ANY STATE OR JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE SECURITIES ARE NOT BEING OFFERED.

THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION AND FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER TO MODIFY, AMEND AND/OR WITHDRAW ALL OR A PORTION OF THE OFFERING AND/OR ACCEPT OR REJECT IN WHOLE OR IN PART ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTMENT IN THE SECURITIES OR TO ALLOT TO ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR LESS THAN THE AMOUNT OF SECURITIES SUCH INVESTOR DESIRES TO PURCHASE. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE OFFERING MATERIALS SPEAK AS OF THEIR DATE. NEITHER THE DELIVERY NOR THE PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THAT DATE.



 

 

TO:Boxabl, Inc. 

6120 N. Hollywood Blvd. #104 

Las Vegas, NV 89115 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Subscription.  

(a) The undersigned (“Subscriber”) hereby irrevocably subscribes for and agrees to purchase the Non-Voting Series A-1 Preferred Stock (the “Securities”), of Boxabl, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), at a purchase price of $0.79 per share (the “Per Security Price”), upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.  The minimum subscription is $1000. The rights of the Common Stock are as set forth in the Articles of Incorporation to the Offering Statement of the Company filed with the SEC (the “Offering Statement”).

(b) Subscriber understands that the Securities are being offered pursuant to an offering circular dated [XX, 2021] (the “Offering Circular”) filed with the SEC as part of the Offering Statement. By executing this Subscription Agreement, Subscriber acknowledges that Subscriber has received this Subscription Agreement, copies of the Offering Circular and Offering Statement including exhibits thereto and any other information required by the Subscriber to make an investment decision.    

(d) The Subscriber’s subscription may be accepted or rejected in whole or in part, at any time prior to a Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), by the Company at its sole discretion.  In addition, the Company, at its sole discretion, may allocate to Subscriber only a portion of the number of Securities Subscriber has subscribed for.  The Company will notify Subscriber whether this subscription is accepted (whether in whole or in part) or rejected.  If Subscriber’s subscription is rejected, Subscriber’s payment (or portion thereof if partially rejected) will be returned to Subscriber within 30 days of such rejection without interest and all of Subscriber’s obligations hereunder shall terminate.

(e) The aggregate number of Securities sold shall not exceed 62,658,228 (the “Maximum Offering”).    The Company may accept subscriptions until ______, 2022, unless otherwise extended by the Company in its sole discretion in accordance with applicable SEC regulations for such other period required to sell the Maximum Offering (the “Termination Date”). Providing that subscriptions for 1,265,883 Securities are received (the “Minimum Offering”), the Company may elect at any time to close all or any portion of this offering, on various dates at or prior to the Termination Date (each a “Closing Date”).

(f) In the event of rejection of this subscription in its entirety, or in the event the sale of the Securities (or any portion thereof) is not consummated for any reason, this Subscription Agreement shall have no force or effect, except for Section 6 hereof, which shall remain in force and effect.



(g) The terms of this Subscription Agreement shall be binding upon Subscriber and its transferees, heirs, successors and assigns (collectively, “Transferees”); provided that for any such transfer to be deemed effective, the Transferee shall have executed and delivered to the Company in advance an instrument in a form acceptable to the Company in its sole discretion, pursuant to which the proposed Transferee shall acknowledge, agree, and be bound by the representations and warranties of Subscriber, terms of this Subscription Agreement, including the Proxy in Section 5, substantially in the form set forth in Section 5. The Company shall not record any transfer of Securities on its books unless and until such Transferee shall have complied with the terms of this Section 1(g).

2. Purchase Procedure.  

(a) Payment. The purchase price for the Securities shall be paid simultaneously with the execution and delivery to the Company of the signature page of this Subscription Agreement.  Subscriber shall deliver a signed copy of this Subscription Agreement, along with payment for the aggregate purchase price of the Securities by ACH electronic transfer or wire transfer to an account designated by the Company, by credit or debit card, or by any combination of such methods.

(b) Escrow arrangements. Payment for the Securities shall be received by Prime Trust, LLC (the “Escrow Agent”) from the undersigned by transfer of immediately available funds, credit or debit card, or other means approved by the Company at least two days prior to the applicable Closing Date, in the amount as set forth on the signature page hereto. Upon such Closing Date, the Escrow Agent shall release such funds to the Company. The undersigned shall receive notice and evidence of the digital entry of the number of the Securities owned by undersigned reflected on the books and records of the Company and verified by Colonial Stock Transfer (the “Transfer Agent”), which books and records shall bear a notation that the Securities were sold in reliance upon Regulation A.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company.  

The Company represents and warrants to Subscriber that the following representations and warranties are true and complete in all material respects as of the date of each Closing Date, except as otherwise indicated. For purposes of this Agreement, an individual shall be deemed to have “knowledge” of a particular fact or other matter if such individual is actually aware of such fact. The Company will be deemed to have “knowledge” of a particular fact or other matter if one of the Company’s current officers has, or at any time had, actual knowledge of such fact or other matter.  

(a) Organization and standing.  The Company is a corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada.  The Company has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to execute and deliver this Subscription Agreement, and any other agreements or instruments required hereunder. The Company is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its activities and of its properties (both owned and leased) makes such qualification necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business.



(b) Issuance of the Securities.  The issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities in accordance with this Subscription Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company.  The Securities, when so issued, sold and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the provisions of this Subscription Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.  

(c) Authority for Agreement.  The execution and delivery by the Company of this Subscription Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (including the issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities) are within the Company’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company.  Upon full execution hereof, this Subscription Agreement shall constitute a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies and (iii) with respect to provisions relating to indemnification and contribution, as limited by considerations of public policy and by federal or state securities laws.

(d) No filings. Assuming the accuracy of the Subscriber’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof, no order, license, consent, authorization or approval of, or exemption by, or action by or in respect of, or notice to, or filing or registration with, any governmental body, agency or official is required by or with respect to the Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Subscription Agreement except (i) for such filings as may be required under Regulation A or under any applicable state securities laws, (ii) for such other filings and approvals as have been made or obtained, or (iii) where the failure to obtain any such order, license, consent, authorization, approval or exemption or give any such notice or make any filing or registration would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder.

(e) Capitalization.  The authorized and outstanding securities of the Company immediately prior to the initial investment in the Securities is as set forth “Securities Being Offered” in the Offering Circular.  Except as set forth in the Offering Circular, there are no outstanding options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights and rights of first refusal), or agreements of any kind (oral or written) for the purchase or acquisition from the Company of any of its securities.  

(f) Financial statements.  Complete copies of the Company’s financial statements consisting of the balance sheets of the Company as at December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal years then ended  (the “Audited Financial Statements”), as well as unaudited financial statements consisting of the balance sheets of the Company as at June 30, 2020 and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the six-month period then ended (together with the Audited Financial Statements, the “Financial Statements”) have been made available to the Subscriber and appear in the Offering Circular. The Financial Statements are based on the books and records of the Company and fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company as of the respective dates they were prepared



and the results of the operations and cash flows of the Company for the periods indicated. Dbbmckennon, which has audited the Audited Financial Statements, is an independent accounting firm within the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC.

(g) Proceeds.  The Company shall use the proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Securities as set forth in “Use of Proceeds to issuer” in the Offering Circular.

(h) Litigation.  Except as set forth in the Offering Circular,  there is no pending action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, mediation, complaint, claim, charge or investigation before any court, arbitrator, mediator or governmental body, or to the Company’s knowledge, currently threatened in writing (a) against the Company or (b) against any consultant, officer, manager, director or key employee of the Company arising out of his or her consulting, employment or board relationship with the Company or that could otherwise materially impact the Company.

4. Representations and Warranties of Subscriber.  By executing this Subscription Agreement, Subscriber (and, if Subscriber is purchasing the Securities subscribed for hereby in a fiduciary capacity, the person or persons for whom Subscriber is so purchasing) represents and warrants, which representations and warranties are true and complete in all material respects as of such Subscriber’s respective Closing Date(s):

(a) Requisite Power and Authority.  Such Subscriber has all necessary power and authority under all applicable provisions of law to execute and deliver this Subscription Agreement, and other agreements required hereunder and to carry out their provisions.  All action on Subscriber’s part required for the lawful execution and delivery of this Subscription Agreement and other agreements required hereunder have been or will be effectively taken prior to the Closing Date.  Upon their execution and delivery, this Subscription Agreement and other agreements required hereunder will be valid and binding obligations of Subscriber, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights and (b) as limited by general principles of equity that restrict the availability of equitable remedies.

(b) Investment Representations.  Subscriber understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).  Subscriber also understands that the Securities are being offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in the Securities Act based in part upon Subscriber’s representations contained in this Subscription Agreement.

(c) Illiquidity and Continued Economic Risk.  Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that there is no ready public market for the Securities and that there is no guarantee that a market for their resale will ever exist. Subscriber must bear the economic risk of this investment indefinitely and the Company has no obligation to list the Securities on any market or take any steps (including registration under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) with respect to facilitating trading or resale of the Securities.  Subscriber acknowledges that Subscriber is able to bear the economic risk of losing Subscriber’s entire investment in the Securities.  Subscriber also understands that an investment



in the Company involves significant risks and has taken full cognizance of and understands all of the risk factors relating to the purchase of Securities.

(d) Accredited Investor Status or Investment Limits.  Subscriber represents that either:

(i) Subscriber is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act. Subscriber represents and warrants that the information set forth in response to question (c) on the signature page hereto concerning Subscriber is true and correct; or

(ii) The purchase price set out in paragraph (b) of the signature page to this Subscription Agreement, together with any other amounts previously used to purchase Securities in this offering, does not exceed 10% of the greater of the Subscriber’s annual income or net worth.

Subscriber represents that to the extent it has any questions with respect to its status as an accredited investor, or the application of the investment limits, it has sought professional advice.

(e) Shareholder information. Within five days after receipt of a request from the Company, the Subscriber hereby agrees to provide such information with respect to its status as a shareholder (or potential shareholder) and to execute and deliver such documents as may reasonably be necessary to comply with any and all laws and regulations to which the Company is or may become subject. Subscriber further agrees that in the event it transfers any Securities, it will require the transferee of such Securities to agree to provide such information to the Company as a condition of such transfer.

(f) Company Information.  Subscriber has had such opportunity as it deems necessary (which opportunity may have presented through online chat or commentary functions) to discuss the Company’s business, management and financial affairs with managers, officers and management of the Company and has had the opportunity to review the Company’s operations and facilities.  Subscriber has also had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the Company and its management regarding the terms and conditions of this investment.  Subscriber acknowledges that except as set forth herein, no representations or warranties have been made to Subscriber, or to Subscriber’s advisors or representative, by the Company or others with respect to the business or prospects of the Company or its financial condition.

(g) Valuation. The Subscriber acknowledges that the price of the Securities was set by the Company on the basis of the Company’s internal valuation and no warranties are made as to value. The Subscriber further acknowledges that future offerings of Securities may be made at lower valuations, with the result that the Subscriber’s investment will bear a lower valuation.

(h) Domicile.  Subscriber maintains Subscriber’s domicile (and is not a transient or temporary resident) at the address shown on the signature page.

(i) No Brokerage Fees. There are no claims for brokerage commission, finders’ fees or similar compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Subscription Agreement or related documents based on any arrangement or agreement binding upon Subscriber.  



(j) Foreign Investors.  If Subscriber is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), Subscriber hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Securities or any use of this Subscription Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Securities, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Securities.  Subscriber’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Securities will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Subscriber’s jurisdiction.

5. Joinder to Stockholders Agreement.

 

By subscribing to the Offering and executing this Subscription Agreement, Subscriber (and, if Subscriber is purchasing the Securities subscribed for hereby in a fiduciary capacity, the person or persons for whom Subscriber is so purchasing) hereby joins as a party that is designated as a “Stockholder” under the Stockholders Agreement, in substantially the form provided as an exhibit to the Offering Statement.

 

6. Survival of Representations and Indemnity.  The representations, warranties and covenants made by the Subscriber shall survive the Termination Date of this Agreement.  The Subscriber agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its respective officers, directors and affiliates, and each other person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any and all reasonable attorneys’ fees, including attorneys’ fees on appeal) and expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any false representation or warranty or breach of failure by the Subscriber to comply with any covenant or agreement made by the Subscriber herein or in any other document furnished by the Subscriber to any of the foregoing in connection with this transaction.

7. Governing Law; Jurisdiction.  This Subscription Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada.

EACH OF THE SUBSCRIBER AND THE COMPANY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION LOCATED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEVADA AND NO OTHER PLACE AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT MAY BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS.  EACH OF SUBSCRIBER AND THE COMPANY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND HIMSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS AND HIS RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT.  EACH OF SUBSCRIBER AND THE COMPANY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN THE MANNER AND IN THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 8 AND PROVIDED WITH THE EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT.



EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE AND INCLUDING CLAIMS UNDER THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF EITHER PARTY IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO ALSO WAIVES ANY BOND OR SURETY OR SECURITY UPON SUCH BOND WHICH MIGHT, BUT FOR THIS WAIVER, BE REQUIRED OF SUCH PARTY.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.  THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT.  IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT. BY AGREEING TO THIS WAIVER, THE SUBSCRIBER IS NOT DEEMED TO WAIVE THE COMPANY’S COMPLIANCE WITH THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER,

8. Notices. Notice, requests, demands and other communications relating to this Subscription Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if and when (a) delivered personally, on the date of such delivery; or (b) mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, in the third day after the posting thereof; or (c) emailed, telecopied or cabled, on the date of such delivery to the address of the respective parties as follows:

 

If to the Company, to:

Boxabl, Inc.

6120 N. Hollywood Blvd. #104

Las Vegas, NV 89115

 

with a required copy to:

 

 

 

If to a Subscriber, to Subscriber’s address as provided with the execution of this Agreement

 

or to such other address as may be specified by written notice from time to time by the party entitled to receive such notice.  Any notices, requests, demands or other communications by telecopy or cable shall be confirmed by letter given in accordance with (a) or (b) above.

9. Miscellaneous.

(a) All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons or entity or entities may require.  



(b) This Subscription Agreement is not transferable or assignable by Subscriber.  

(c) The representations, warranties and agreements contained herein shall be deemed to be made by and be binding upon Subscriber and its heirs, executors, administrators and successors and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns.  

(d) None of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement may be waived, changed or terminated orally or otherwise, except as specifically set forth herein or except by a writing signed by the Company and Subscriber.

(e) In the event any part of this Subscription Agreement is found to be void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions are intended to be separable and binding with the same effect as if the void or unenforceable part were never the subject of agreement.

(f) The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of one or more of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Subscription Agreement in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of this Subscription Agreement, including any such provision, in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

(g) This Subscription Agreement supersedes all prior discussions and agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and contains the sole and entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(h) The terms and provisions of this Subscription Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer, and no provision hereof shall confer, third-party beneficiary rights upon any other person.

(i) The headings used in this Subscription Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not define or limit the provisions hereof.

(j) This Subscription Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

(k) If any recapitalization or other transaction affecting the stock of the Company is effected, then any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is distributed with respect to the Securities shall be immediately subject to this Subscription Agreement, to the same extent that the Securities, immediately prior thereto, shall have been covered by this Subscription Agreement.

(l) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Subscription Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The rights and



remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

10. Subscription Procedure. Each Subscriber, by providing his or her name and subscription amount and clicking “accept” and/or checking the appropriate box on the Platform (“Online Acceptance”), confirms such Subscriber’s investment through the Platform and confirms such Subscriber’s electronic signature to this Subscription Agreement. Subscriber agrees that his or her electronic signature as provided through Online Acceptance is the legal equivalent of his or her manual signature on this Subscription Agreement and Online Acceptance establishes such Subscriber’s acceptance of the terms and conditions of this Subscription Agreement.



 

APPENDIX A

An accredited investor includes the following categories of investor:

(1) Any bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; any insurance company as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Act; any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of that Act; any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958; any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; any employee benefit plan within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3(21) of such act, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors;

(2) Any private business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

(3) Any organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, or partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

(4) Any director, executive officer, or general partner of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold, or any director, executive officer, or general partner of a general partner of that issuer;

(5) Any natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person's spouse, exceeds $1,000,000.

(i) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(5)(ii) of this section, for purposes of calculating net worth under this paragraph (a)(5):

(A) The person's primary residence shall not be included as an asset;

(B) Indebtedness that is secured by the person's primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of securities, shall not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of sale of securities exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of the primary residence, the amount of such excess shall be included as a liability); and



(C) Indebtedness that is secured by the person's primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of securities shall be included as a liability;

(ii) Paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section will not apply to any calculation of a person's net worth made in connection with a purchase of securities in accordance with a right to purchase such securities, provided that:

(A) Such right was held by the person on July 20, 2010;

(B) The person qualified as an accredited investor on the basis of net worth at the time the person acquired such right; and

(C) The person held securities of the same issuer, other than such right, on July 20, 2010.

(6) Any natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person's spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

(7) Any trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in §230.506(b)(2)(ii); and

(8) Any entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors.


M U L T I – T E N A N T
C O M M E R C I A L / I N D U S T R I A L L E A S E ( N N N )


5345-5445 E. Centennial Parkway
North Las Vegas, Nevada

LANDLORD:

CRPF IV CENTENNIAL, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

TENANT:

BOXABL INC.,
a Nevada corporation


 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE 1 - LEASE SUMMARY AND PROPERTY SPECIFIC PROVISIONS1 

ARTICLE 2 - LEASE8 

ARTICLE 3 - PREMISES8 

ARTICLE 4 - TERM AND POSSESSION8 

ARTICLE 5 - RENT9 

ARTICLE 6 - SECURITY DEPOSIT9 

ARTICLE 7 - OPERATING EXPENSES/UTILITIES/SERVICES10 

ARTICLE 8 - MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR10 

ARTICLE 9 - USE11 

ARTICLE 10 - HAZARDOUS MATERIALS11 

ARTICLE 11 - PARKING12 

ARTICLE 12 - TENANT SIGNS12 

ARTICLE 13 - ALTERATIONS12 

ARTICLE 14 - TENANT’S INSURANCE13 

ARTICLE 15 - LANDLORD’S INSURANCE14 

ARTICLE 16 - INDEMNIFICATION AND EXCULPATION15 

ARTICLE 17 - CASUALTY DAMAGE/DESTRUCTION15 

ARTICLE 18 - CONDEMNATION16 

ARTICLE 19 - WAIVER OF CLAIMS; WAIVER OF SUBROGATION17 

ARTICLE 20 - ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING17 

ARTICLE 21 - SURRENDER AND HOLDING OVER19 

ARTICLE 22 - DEFAULTS19 

ARTICLE 23 - REMEDIES OF LANDLORD20 

ARTICLE 24 - ENTRY BY LANDLORD20 

ARTICLE 25 - LIMITATION ON LANDLORD’S LIABILITY21 

ARTICLE 26 - SUBORDINATION21 

ARTICLE 27 - ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE21 

ARTICLE 28 - RELOCATION OF PREMISES21 

ARTICLE 29 - MORTGAGEE PROTECTION21 

ARTICLE 30 - QUIET ENJOYMENT22 

ARTICLE 31 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS22 

 

EXHIBITS:

Exhibit APremises Floor Plan 

Exhibit BSite Plan 

Exhibit CWork Letter 

Exhibit DNotice of Lease Term Dates 

Exhibit ERules and Regulations  

Exhibit FEstoppel Certificate 

Exhibit GEnvironmental Questionnaire and Disclosure Statement 

Exhibit HLandlord’s Sign Criteria 

RIDERS:

Rider No. 1Extension Option 

Rider No. 2Fair Market Rental Rate 


 

- i -

 

 


This MULTI-TENANT COMMERCIAL/INDUSTRIAL LEASE (NNN) (“Lease”), entered into as of this 29th day of December, 2020 (the “Effective Date”), is by and between CRPF IV CENTENNIAL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, hereinafter referred to as “Landlord”, and BOXABL INC., a Nevada corporation, hereinafter referred to as “Tenant”.

ARTICLE 1 - LEASE SUMMARY AND PROPERTY SPECIFIC PROVISIONS

Landlord’s Address:CRPF IV CENTENNIAL, LLC
1300 Dove Street, #200
Newport Beach, CA 92660
Attn:  Patrick Daniels, CEO
Telephone:  949.342.8000 ext 102 

1.2Tenant’s Address

(before Commencement Date)

6120 Hollywood Blvd Suite 104

 

Las Vegas, NV 89115

 

 

 

Attn:  

 

Telephone:  (530) 500-0005

 

E-mail:  accounts@boxabl.com

 

 

(after Commencement Date)

Boxabl

 

5345 E Centennial Pkwy Building 1

 

North Las Vegas, NV 89115

 

Attn:  

 

Telephone:  (530) 500-0005

 

E-mail:  accounts@boxabl.com

 

 

Tenant Billing Address:

Boxabl

 

5345 E Centennial Pkwy Building 1

 

North Las Vegas, NV 89115

1.3Building; Property:  The building commonly known as Building 1 located at 5345 East Centennial Parkway, North Las Vegas, Nevada 89115 (the “Building”). The Building, together with all other buildings, improvements and facilities, now or subsequently located upon the land (the “Site”) as shown on the Site Plan attached hereto as Exhibit B (as such area may be expanded or reduced from time to time) is referred to herein as the “Property”.  The Property is commonly known as the CapRock Interchange Industrial Center.  Landlord and Tenant stipulate and agree that the Property contains 683,436 rentable square feet in the aggregate and the Building contains 173,720 rentable square feet, for all purposes of this Lease.   

1.4Premises:  The entire Building, as outlined on the Premises Floor Plan attached hereto as Exhibit A.  Landlord and Tenant stipulate and agree that the Premises contains 173,720 rentable square feet, for all purposes of this Lease.     

1.5City:  The City of North Las Vegas, County of Clark, State of Nevada. 

1.6Commencement Date:  April 1, 2021. 

1.7Term:  Sixty-five (65) months, commencing on the Commencement Date and ending August 31, 2026 (“Expiration Date”). 

1.8Monthly Base Rent

Lease Months

Monthly Base Rent

01 - 12

 $87,728.60*

13 - 24

$90,360.46

25 - 36

$93,071.27

37 - 48

$95,863.41

49 - 60

$98,739.31

61 - 65

$101,701.49

*Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Landlord hereby agrees to abate Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Base Rent and Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses during the first five (5) full calendar months of the initial Term (such total amount of abated Monthly Base Rent being hereinafter referred to as the “Abated Amount”).  During such abatement period, Tenant will still be responsible for the payment of all other monetary obligations under the Lease, including, without limitation, and Utilities Costs.  Tenant acknowledges that any uncured default by Tenant under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated hereunder, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain, therefore, should Tenant at any time during the Term be in default after having been given notice and opportunity to cure, then the total unamortized sum of such Abated Amount (amortized on a straight line basis over the initial Term of this Lease) so conditionally excused shall become immediately due and payable by Tenant to Landlord; provided, however, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that nothing in this subparagraph is intended to limit any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity under applicable law, in the event Tenant defaults under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period.  Upon reasonable notice


-1-


to Tenant at any time prior to application of the entire Abated Amount, Landlord shall have the right to purchase from Tenant any and all then remaining Abated Amount as it applies to one or more of the remaining abatement months by paying to Tenant an amount equal to the unused balance of the Abated Amount that Landlord elects to purchase back from Tenant (the “Abated Amount Purchase Price”).  Upon Landlord’s payment to Tenant of the Abated Amount Purchase Price with respect to the applicable remaining abatement months, Tenant shall thereupon be required to pay Monthly Base Rent during such months in an amount equal to the Abated Amount that Tenant would have been entitled to receive but for Landlord’s payment to Tenant of the Abated Amount Purchase Price.

Accordingly, Tenant shall deliver the following amounts to Landlord upon its execution of this Lease (pursuant to Sections 4.2 and 5.1 of the Standard Provisions):

(a)Monthly Base Rent: $  87,728.60 for Month 6. 

(b)Tenant’s Percentage  

of Operating Expenses (est.):$  19,109.20 for Month 6. 

(c)Security Deposit: $525,000.00 (See Section 1.9 below). 

Total due upon execution of this Lease:$631,837.80. 

1.9Security Deposit:  $525,000.00.  

1.10Permitted Use:   General office and administration with assembly/manufacturing, warehousing, storage, distribution, and sales of modular homes and all related uses, subject to the provisions set forth in this Lease and as permitted by law. 

1.11Parking:  One hundred four (104) unreserved parking spaces, subject to the terms of Article 11 of the Standard Lease Provisions.    

1.12Brokers:  Jones Lang LaSalle Brokerage, Inc.   

1.13Interest Rate:  The lesser of: (a) Five percent (5%) or (b) the maximum rate permitted by law in the State where the Property is located. 

1.14Insurance Amounts

a.Commercial General Liability Insurance: General liability of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the aggregate. 

b.Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance: Limit of liability of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per accident. 

c.Worker’s Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance: With limits as mandated pursuant to the laws in the State in which the Property is located, or One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per person, disease and accident, whichever is greater. 

d.Umbrella Liability Insurance: Limits of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) per occurrence. 

e.Loss of Income, Extra Expense and Business Interruption Insurance: In such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for 12 months of direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent tenants or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises, Tenant’s parking areas or to the Building as a result of such perils. 

f.If Tenant’s business includes professional services, Professional Liability (also known as errors and omissions insurance): Not less than the minimum limits required by law for Tenant’s profession, and in any event, not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence. 

1.15Tenant Improvements:  The improvements previously installed in the Premises, if any, and the tenant improvements to be installed in the Premises by Landlord as described in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Work Letter”).     

1.16Tenant’s Percentage.  25.42%, which is the ratio that the rentable square footage of the Premises bears to the rentable square footage of the Property.  

1.17Common Areas; Definitions; Tenant’s Rights.  During the Term, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use, in common with other tenants in the Property, and subject to the Rules and Regulations referred to in Article 9 of the Standard Lease Provisions, those portions of the Property (the “Common Areas”) not leased or designated for lease to tenants that are provided for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Property (or by the sublessees, agents, employees, customers invitees, guests or licensees of any such party), whether or not those areas are open to the general public.  The Common Areas shall include, without limitation, all other buildings on the Property exclusive of areas maintained and repaired by tenants, and all parking areas (subject to Article 11 of the Standard Lease Provisions), loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways and landscaped areas appurtenant to the Building, fixtures, systems,  


-2-


decor, facilities and landscaping contained, maintained or used in connection with those areas, and shall be deemed to include any city sidewalks adjacent to the Property, any pedestrian walkway system, park or other facilities located on the Site and open to the general public.  If Tenant is leasing the entire Building, then all elements of the Building shall constitute part of the Premises and all references to Common Areas contained in this Lease shall mean and refer to those elements of the Property outside of the Premises.

1.18Operating Expenses.  

a.Triple Net Lease.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all Rent (as that term is defined under Section 5.2 of the Standard Lease Provisions) shall be absolutely net to Landlord so that this Lease shall yield net to Landlord the Rent to be paid each month during the Term of this Lease.  Accordingly, and except as otherwise provided in this Lease, all costs, expenses and obligations of every kind or nature whatsoever relating to the Premises which may arise or become due during the Term of this Lease including, without limitation, all costs and expenses of operation, maintenance and repairs, Insurance Costs and Taxes relating to the Premises, shall be paid by Tenant.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to require Tenant to pay or discharge any liens or mortgages of any character whatsoever which may exist or hereafter be placed upon the Premises by an affirmative act or omission of Landlord. 

b.Operating Expenses.  In addition to the Monthly Base Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses, in the manner and at the times set forth in the following provisions of this Section 1.18.  “Operating Expenses” shall consist of all costs and expenses of operation, maintenance and repair of the Common Areas of the Property as determined by standard accounting practices and calculated assuming the Property is at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupied.  Operating Expenses include the following costs by way of illustration but not limitation: (i) any and all assessments imposed with respect to the Property pursuant to any covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Property; (ii) costs, levies or assessments resulting from statutes or regulations promulgated by any government authority in connection with the use or occupancy of the Property; (iii) all costs of utilities serving the Common Areas and any costs of utilities for the Premises which are not separately metered; (iv) all Taxes and Insurance Costs as defined in the Standard Lease Provisions; (v) waste disposal; (vi) security, if any; (vii) costs incurred in the management of the Property, including, without limitation: (1) supplies, materials, equipment and tools, (2) wages, salaries, benefits, pension payments, and fringe benefits (and payroll taxes, insurance and similar governmental charges related thereto) of employees used in the operation and maintenance of the Property, (3) the rental of personal property used by Landlord’s personnel in the maintenance, repair and operation of the Property, (4) accounting fees, legal fees and real estate consultant’s fees, and (5) a management/administrative fee; (viii) repair and maintenance of all portions of the Building and all buildings on the Property other than such portions as are maintained by Tenant or any other tenants, including the elevators (if any), restrooms (if any), structural and non-structural portions of the Building and all other buildings on the Property, and the plumbing, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning and electrical systems installed or furnished by Landlord and not maintained by Tenant pursuant to Section 8.2 of the Standard Provisions; (ix) maintenance, costs and upkeep of all parking and Common Areas; (x) amortization on a straight-line basis over the useful life together with interest at the Interest Rate (as defined in Section 1.13 of the Lease Summary) on the unamortized balance of all costs of a capital nature (including, without limitation, capital improvements, capital replacements, capital repairs, capital equipment and capital tools): (1) reasonably intended to produce a reduction in operating charges or energy consumption; or (2) required after the date of this Lease under any Law that was not applicable to the Building at the time it was originally constructed; or (3) for repair or replacement of any equipment or improvements needed to operate and/or maintain the Property at the same quality levels as prior to the repair or replacement; (xi) costs and expenses of gardening and landscaping; (xii) maintenance of signs (other than signs of tenants of the Property); (xiii) personal property taxes levied on or attributable to personal property used in connection with the Property; and (xiv) costs and expenses of repairs, resurfacing, repairing, maintenance, painting, lighting and similar items, including appropriate reserves.  Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Operating Expenses among different tenants and/or different buildings and/or different premises of the Property based upon differing levels of use, demand, risk or other distinctions among such parties, premises or Buildings (the “Cost Pools”).  Such Cost Pools may include, for example, all office space tenants or industrial/R&D space tenants in the Property and may be modified to take into account the addition of any additional buildings within the Property.  Accordingly, in the event of such allocations into Cost Pools, Tenant’s Percentage shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect such allocation.  In addition, if Landlord does not furnish a particular service or work (the cost of which, if furnished by Landlord would be included in Operating Expenses) to a tenant (other than Tenant) that has undertaken to perform such service or work in lieu of receiving it from Landlord, then Operating Expenses shall be considered to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses that Landlord would reasonably have incurred had Landlord furnished such service or work to that tenant. 

c.Exclusions from Operating Expenses.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Section 1.18, the following items shall be excluded from Operating Expenses: (i) Costs of decorating, redecorating, or special cleaning or other services provided to certain tenants and not provided on a regular basis to all tenants of the Property; (ii) Any charge for depreciation of the Property or equipment and any interest or other financing charge; (iii) All costs relating to activities for the marketing, solicitation, negotiation and execution of leases of space in the Property, including without limitation, costs of tenant improvements; (iv) All costs for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Property is being charged other than pursuant to the operating expense clauses of leases for space in the Property; (v) The cost of correcting defects in the construction of the Building or any other building in the Property or in the building equipment, except that conditions (not occasioned by construction defects) resulting from ordinary wear and tear will not be deemed defects for the purpose of this category; (vi) To the extent Landlord is reimbursed by third parties, the cost of repair made by Landlord because of the total or partial destruction of the Property or the condemnation of a portion of the Building or any other building in the Property; (vii) The cost of any items for which Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or otherwise compensated  


-3-


by parties other than tenants of the Building or any other building in the Property pursuant to clauses similar to this paragraph; (viii) Any operating expense representing an amount paid to a related corporation, entity, or person which is in excess of the amount which would be paid in the absence of such relationship; (ix) The cost of any work or service performed for or facilities furnished to any tenant of the Building or any other building in the Property to a greater extent or in a manner more favorable to such tenant than that performed for or furnished to Tenant; (x) The cost of alterations of space in the Building or any other building in the Property which is leased to other tenants; (xi) Ground rent or similar payments to a ground lessor; (xii) Legal fees and related expenses incurred by Landlord (together with any damages awarded against Landlord) due to other tenants, including without limitation with eviction actions against other tenants, and/or the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors; (xiii) Costs arising from the presence of any Hazardous Materials within, upon or beneath the Property  regardless of how the same was introduced to the Property and/or whether such introduction was in violation of Environmental Law applicable as of the date of such introduction, unless the presence is caused by the acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s Parties; (xiv) Salaries and compensation of ownership and management personnel to the extent that such persons provide services to properties other than the Property; (xv) Costs of selling or financing the Property, the Building or any portions thereof; and (xvi) All interest and penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s negligently failing to pay any bill as the same shall become due.

d.Estimate Statement and Payment of Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses.  By the first day of April (or as soon as practicable thereafter) of each calendar year during the Term, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement (“Estimate Statement”) estimating Tenant’s Percentage of any Operating Expenses payable by Tenant, along with Insurance Costs and Taxes, for the current calendar year pro rated into monthly installments.  If at any time during the Term, but not more often than annually, Landlord reasonably determines that the estimated amount of Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses, Insurance Costs and/or Taxes payable by Tenant for the current calendar year will be greater or less than the amount set forth in the then current Estimate Statement, Landlord may issue a revised Estimate Statement and Tenant agrees to pay Landlord, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the revised Estimate Statement, the difference between the amount owed by Tenant under such revised Estimate Statement and the amount owed by Tenant under the original Estimate Statement for the portion of the then current calendar year which has expired.  Thereafter Tenant agrees to pay Operating Expenses, Insurance Costs and Taxes based on such revised Estimate Statement until Tenant receives the next calendar year’s Estimate Statement or a new revised Estimate Statement for the current calendar year.  Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses shown on the Estimate Statement (or revised Estimate Statement, as applicable) shall be divided into twelve (12) equal monthly installments, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, concurrently with the regular monthly Rent payment next due following the receipt of the Estimate Statement (or revised Estimate Statement, as applicable), an amount equal to one (1) monthly installment of such Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses multiplied by the number of months from January in the calendar year in which such statement is submitted to the month of such payment, both months inclusive (less any amounts previously paid by Tenant with respect to any previously delivered Estimate Statement or revised Estimate Statement for such calendar year).  Subsequent installments shall be paid concurrently with the regular monthly Rent payments for the balance of the calendar year and shall continue until the next calendar year’s Estimate Statement (or current calendar year’s revised Estimate Statement) is received.   

e.Actual Statement.  By the first day of June (or as soon as practicable thereafter) of each subsequent calendar year during the Term, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement (“Actual Statement”) which states Tenant’s Percentage of the actual Operating Expenses, Insurance Costs and Taxes payable by Tenant for the immediately preceding calendar year.  If the Actual Statement reveals that Tenant’s Percentage of the actual amount of Operating Expenses, Insurance Costs and/or Taxes were more than Tenant’s Percentage of estimated Operating Expenses, Insurance Costs and/or Taxes actually paid by Tenant with respect to the preceding calendar year, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord the difference in a lump sum within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Actual Statement.  If the Actual Statement reveals that Tenant’s Percentage of the actual amount of Operating Expenses, Insurance Costs and/or Taxes were less than the corresponding costs actually paid by Tenant with respect to the preceding calendar year, Landlord will credit any overpayment toward the next monthly installment(s) of Rent due from Tenant.  Prior to the expiration or sooner termination of the Term and Landlord’s acceptance of Tenant’s surrender of the Premises, Landlord will have the right to estimate Tenant’s Percentage of the actual amount of Operating Expenses, Insurance Costs and Taxes, to the extent not directly paid by Tenant, for the then current calendar year and to collect from Tenant prior to Tenant’s surrender of the Premises, any excess of Tenant’s Percentage of such actual amount of such Operating Expenses, Insurance Costs and Taxes over Tenant’s Percentage of such corresponding costs actually paid by Tenant in such calendar year. 

f.No Release.  Any delay or failure by Landlord in delivering any Estimate Statement or Actual Statement pursuant to this Section 1.18 shall not constitute a waiver of its right to receive Tenant’s payment of Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses, nor shall it relieve Tenant of its obligations to pay Operating Expenses pursuant to this Section 1.18, except that Tenant shall not be obligated to make any payments based on such Estimate or Actual Statement until thirty (30) days after receipt of such statement. 

g.Review.  Within ninety (90) days after receiving Landlord’s Actual Statement, Tenant may, upon advance written notice to Landlord and during reasonable business hours, cause a review of Landlord’s books and records with respect to the preceding calendar year only to determine the accuracy of Landlord’s Actual Statement.  Landlord shall make all records available for review that are reasonably necessary for Tenant to conduct its review.  If any records are maintained at a location other than the office of the Building, Tenant may either review the records at such other location or pay for the reasonable cost of copying and shipping the records.  If Tenant retains an agent, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to review Landlord’s records, the agent shall be an independent accountant of national standing which is reasonably acceptable to Landlord, is not compensated on a contingency basis and is also subject to a confidentiality agreement.  Within sixty (60) days after the records are made available to Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to give Landlord written notice (an “Objection Notice”)  


-4-


stating in reasonable detail any objection to the Actual Statement of Operating Expenses for that year.  If Tenant provides Landlord with a timely Objection Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to resolve any issues raised in Tenant’s Objection Notice.  If Tenant fails to provide Landlord with a timely Objection Notice, Landlord’s Actual Statement shall be deemed final and binding, and Tenant shall have no further right to review or object to such statement.  If Landlord and Tenant determine that Operating Expenses for the calendar year are less than reported, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a credit against the next installment of Rent in the amount of the overpayment by Tenant and Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for any reasonable expense incurred in connection with its review.  Likewise, if Landlord and Tenant determine that Operating Expenses for the calendar year are greater than reported, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of any underpayment within thirty (30) days after such determination. The records obtained by Tenant shall be treated as confidential.  In no event shall Tenant be permitted to review Landlord’s records or to dispute any statement of Operating Expenses unless Tenant has paid and continues to pay all Rent when due.

1.19Utilities and Services, and Additional Maintenance Obligations.   

a.Utilities and Services.  As used in this Lease, “Utilities Costs” shall mean all actual charges for utilities for the Premises of any kind, including but not limited to water, sewer and electricity, telecommunications and cable service, and the costs of heating, ventilating and air conditioning and other utilities as well as related fees, assessments and surcharges.  Tenant shall contract directly for all utilities services for the Premises and shall pay all Utilities Costs directly to the various utility service providers providing such utility services to the Premises.  Should Landlord elect to supply any or all of such utilities, Tenant agrees to purchase and pay for the same as Additional Rent.  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within ten (10) days of billing for fixture charges and/or water tariffs, if applicable, which are charged to Landlord by local utility companies.  Landlord will notify Tenant of this charge as soon as it becomes known.  This charge will increase or decrease with current charges being levied against Landlord, the Premises or the Building by the local utility company, and will be due as Additional Rent.  In no event shall Landlord be liable for any interruption or failure in the supply of any such utility or other services to Tenant.  In no event shall any Rent owed Landlord under this Lease be abated by reason of the failure to furnish, delay in furnishing, unavailability or diminution in quality or quantity of any such utility or other services or interference with Tenant’s business operations as a result of any such occurrence; nor shall any such occurrence constitute an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant or a breach of an implied warranty by Landlord. 

b.Maintenance/Janitorial/Service Contracts.  Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, enter into maintenance/service contracts to perform landscaping, roof-cleaning, and regularly scheduled preventative maintenance and repair all hot water, heating and air conditioning systems and equipment (“HVAC”) within the Premises, or which serve the Premises exclusively, including, without limitation, any rooftop package, HVAC units, distribution lines and internal venting systems.  Such repair and maintenance shall include any and all services required to conform and maintain the HVAC units in compliance with current ASHRAE Standards.  As used herein, “ASHRAE Standards” shall mean those standards established by the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE) and Air Conditioning Contractors of America (ACCA) Standard Practice for Inspection and Maintenance of Commercial Building HVAC Systems, ANSI/ASHRAE/ACCA Standard 180-2008, as the same may be amended from time to time.  All cleaning and janitorial services, including regular removal of trash and debris, for the Premises shall be performed and obtained, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, exclusively by or through Tenant or Tenant’s janitorial contractors.  The maintenance contractors and janitorial contractor and the contracts for same must be approved in writing by Landlord in advance.  All maintenance/service contracts shall include all services recommended by the equipment manufacturer within the operation/maintenance manual all services required to conform and maintain the HVAC in compliance with current ASHRAE Standards, and shall become effective (and a copy thereof delivered to Landlord) within thirty (30) days following the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises.  Landlord reserves the right, upon notice to Tenant, to procure and maintain any or all of such service contracts, and if Landlord so elects, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, upon demand, for the cost therefor.  Additionally, Tenant hereby consents to any applicable utility company providing utility consumption information for the Premises to Landlord, and if requested, shall promptly sign any documentation requested by the utility company to evidence such consent. 

c.Tenant’s Additional Repair Obligations.  Tenant shall at all times and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, keep, maintain, clean, repair, renovate, retrofit, replace and preserve the Premises and all parts thereof, including, without limitation, utility meters, plumbing, pipes and conduits, all heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems located within the Premises, all windows, restrooms, ceilings, interior walls, roof, skylights, interior and demising walls, doors, electrical and lighting equipment, sprinkler systems, parking areas, driveways, walkways, parking lots, loading dock areas and doors, rail spur areas, fences, signs, lawns and landscaping, if any, any Tenant Improvements, Alterations or other alterations, additions and other property and/or fixtures located within and upon the Premises in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted.  Tenant’s repair and maintenance obligations shall include, but not be limited to, slurry coating the parking areas every thirty (30) months; parking area and driveway sweeping and repairing; and responsibility for painting.  Tenant shall at all times during the Term make all structural and non-structural changes, repairs and improvements to the Premises of every kind and nature, whether ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, which may be required by any Laws (including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act), or for the safety of the Premises.  Such maintenance and repairs shall be performed with due diligence, lien-free and in a good and workmanlike manner, by licensed contractor(s) which are selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay, provided, Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to utilize Landlord’s preferred contractors, subcontractors and vendors for certain work performed within the Premises or as to systems serving the Premises such as for fire/life safety, HVAC controls, architectural and engineering services.  Notwithstanding the terms of this Lease, including Section 8.1 to the contrary, Landlord has no obligation whatsoever to alter, remodel, improve, repair, renovate, retrofit, replace, redecorate or paint all or any part of the  


-5-


Premises, however, Tenant shall be assigned any right or benefit of any warranties on any of the Tenant Improvements.  

d.Landlord’s Additional Repair Obligations.  Notwithstanding Tenant’s obligations to maintain and repair the Premises, Landlord, as part of Operating Expenses, shall repair, maintain and replace as necessary, the foundation and structural elements of the Building (including structural load bearing walls and roof structure); the utility meters, electrical lines, pipes and conduits serving the Premises; the exterior walls (excluding windows, glass or plate glass, doors, dock bumpers or dock plates, special store fronts or office entries); and the Common Areas; provided, however, to the extent such maintenance, repairs or replacements are required as a result of any act, neglect, fault or omission of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the costs of such maintenance, repairs and replacements.   

1.20Additional Hazardous Materials Requirements.  In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Article 10 of the Standard Provisions, Tenant shall comply with the following provisions with respect to Hazardous Materials (as that term is defined in Article 10): 

a.Environmental Questionnaire; Disclosure.  Prior to the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall complete, execute and deliver to Landlord an Environmental Questionnaire and Disclosure Statement (the “Environmental Questionnaire”) in the form of Exhibit G, and Tenant shall certify to Landlord all information contained in the Environmental Questionnaire as true and correct to the best of Tenant’s knowledge and belief.  The completed Environmental Questionnaire shall be deemed incorporated into this Lease for all purposes, and Landlord shall be entitled to rely fully on the information contained therein.  On each anniversary of the Commencement Date (each such date is hereinafter referred to as a “Disclosure Date”), until and including the first Disclosure Date occurring after the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall disclose to Landlord in writing the names and amounts of all Hazardous Materials, or any combination thereof, that were stored, generated, used or disposed of on, under or about the Premises for the twelve (12) month period prior to each Disclosure Date, and that Tenant intends to store, generate, use or dispose of on, under or about the Premises through the next Disclosure Date.  At Landlord’s request, Tenant’s disclosure obligations under this Section 1.20 shall include a requirement that Tenant update, execute and deliver to Landlord the Environmental Questionnaire, as the same may be reasonably modified by Landlord from time to time; provided, however, Tenant shall not be required to update the Environmental Questionnaire more than once per year unless an environmental event of default has occurred or Tenant has materially changed its business.  In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of, and shall promptly provide Landlord with true, correct, complete and legible copies of, all of the following environmental items relating to the Premises:  reports filed pursuant to any self reporting requirements; reports filed pursuant to any Environmental Laws or this Lease; all permit applications, permits, monitoring reports, workplace exposure and community exposure warnings or notices, and all other reports, disclosures, plans or documents (even those that may be characterized as confidential) relating to water discharges, air pollution, waste generation or disposal, underground storage tanks or Hazardous Materials; all orders, reports, notices, listings and correspondence (even those that may be considered confidential) of or concerning the release, investigation, compliance, clean up, remedial and corrective actions, and abatement of Hazardous Materials whether or not required by Environmental Laws; and all complaints, pleadings and other legal documents filed against Tenant related to Tenant’s use, handling, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials. 

b.Inspection; Compliance.  Landlord and Landlord Parties (as that term is defined in Article 10) shall have the right, but not the obligation, to inspect, investigate, sample and/or monitor the Premises, including any air, soil, water, groundwater or other sampling, and any other testing, digging, drilling or analyses, at any time to determine whether Tenant is complying with the terms of this Section 1.20 and Article 10, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall provide Landlord with access to all relevant facilities, records and personnel.  If Tenant is not in compliance with any of the provisions of this Section 1.20 and Article 10, or in the event of a release of any Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises, Landlord and Landlord Parties shall have the right, but not the obligation, without limitation on any of Landlord’s other rights and remedies under this Lease, to immediately enter upon the Premises and to discharge Tenant’s obligations under this Section 1.20 and Article 10 at Tenant’s expense, including without limitation the taking of emergency or long term remedial action.  Landlord and Landlord Parties shall endeavor to minimize interference with Tenant’s business but shall not be liable for any such interference.  In addition, Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall have the right, but not the obligation, to join and participate in any legal proceedings or actions initiated in connection with any claims or causes of action arising out of the storage, generation, use or disposal by Tenant or Tenant’s Parties of Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises.  All sums reasonably disbursed, deposited or incurred by Landlord in connection herewith, including, but not limited to, all costs, expenses and actual attorneys’ fees, shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord, as an item of Additional Rent, on demand by Landlord, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the date of such demand until paid by Tenant.  Landlord agrees that if any testing proves that the Tenant or Tenant’s Parties have no responsibility for the presence of said Hazardous Materials, Tenant shall not be liable for any costs or expenses in connection with such inspection, testing and monitoring. 

c.Tenant Obligations.  If the presence of any Hazardous Materials on, under or about the Premises caused or permitted by Tenant or Tenant’s Parties results in (i) injury to any person, (ii) injury to or contamination of the Premises, or (iii) injury to or contamination of any real or personal property wherever situated, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall promptly take all actions necessary to return the Premises to the condition existing prior to the introduction of such Hazardous Materials to the Premises and to remedy or repair any such injury or contamination.  Without limiting any other rights or remedies of Landlord under this Lease, Tenant shall pay the cost of any cleanup work performed on, under or about the Premises as required by this Lease or any Environmental Laws in connection with the removal, disposal, neutralization or other treatment of such Hazardous Materials caused or permitted by Tenant or Tenant’s Parties.  If Landlord has reason to believe that Tenant or Tenant’s Parties may have caused or permitted the release of any Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the  


-6-


Premises, then Landlord may require Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to conduct monitoring activities on or about the Premises satisfactory to Landlord, in its sole and absolute judgment, concerning such release of Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing, Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, take any remedial action in response to the presence of any Hazardous Materials on, under or about the Premises, or enter into any settlement agreement, consent decree or other compromise with any governmental agency with respect to any Hazardous Materials claims; provided, however, Landlord’s prior written consent shall not be necessary in the event that the presence of Hazardous Materials on, under or about the Premises (i) poses an immediate threat to the health, safety or welfare of any individual, or (ii) is of such a nature that an immediate remedial response is necessary and it is not possible to obtain Landlord’s consent before taking such action.  Tenant’s failure to timely comply with this Section 1.20 shall constitute an event of default under this Lease.

d.Tenant’s Responsibility at Conclusion of Lease.  Promptly upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall represent to Landlord in writing that (i) Tenant has made a diligent effort to determine whether any Hazardous Materials are on, under or about the Premises, as a result of any acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s Parties and (ii) no such Hazardous Materials exist on, under or about the Premises, other than as specifically identified to Landlord by Tenant in writing.  If Tenant discloses the existence of Hazardous Materials on, under or about the Premises or if Landlord at any time discovers that Tenant or Tenant’s Parties caused or permitted the release of any Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, immediately prepare and submit to Landlord within thirty (30) days after such request a comprehensive plan, subject to Landlord’s approval, specifying the actions to be taken by Tenant to return the Premises to the condition existing prior to the introduction of such Hazardous Materials.  Upon Landlord’s approval of such clean up plan, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, without limitation on any rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease or at law or in equity, immediately implement such plan and proceed to clean up such Hazardous Materials in accordance with all Environmental Laws and as required by such plan and this Lease. 

1.21Additional Sign Rights.  Notwithstanding the terms of Article 12 of the Standard Lease Provisions, subject to Landlord’s prior approval as to location and Tenant’s plans and specifications, compliance with Landlord’s Sign Criteria attached hereto as Exhibit H, and Tenant’s compliance with all applicable Laws, including the requirement that Tenant obtain all permits and approvals required by the City, Tenant shall be entitled to the following exterior signs:  (i) large logo signage on Building facing highway frontage on both sides of the Building exterior (as depicted on Exhibit H); (ii) exterior Building signage; and (iii) identity signage on any sign monument existing or constructed by Landlord on the Premises, if any.  Tenant shall have the exclusive right to install identity signage within the Building without Landlord consent.  Tenant shall have no right to place any other sign elsewhere on the Premises.  Tenant shall have no right to conduct any auction in, on or about the Premises.  Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for all costs associated with the design, fabrication, permitting, installation, repair, maintenance, replacement, and removal of all Tenant’s signs and the repair of any damage to the Building or monument resulting from the removal of such signage.  The sign rights granted herein are personal to the original Tenant executing this Lease and may not be assigned, voluntarily or involuntarily, by any person or entity other than the original Tenant executing this Lease or a Permitted Transferee or any Transferee of the original Tenant’s interest under this Lease approved by Landlord; provided, however, that the name of such Permitted Transferee or Transferee is not an Objectionable Name.  The sign rights granted to the original Tenant hereunder are not assignable separate and apart from the Lease, nor may any sign right granted herein be separated from the Lease in any manner, either by reservation or otherwise without Landlord’s consent or as otherwise expressly permitted in this Lease.  “Objectionable Name” shall mean any name which relates to an entity which is of a character or reputation, or is associated with a political orientation or faction, which is inconsistent with the quality of the Building, or which would otherwise reasonably offend landlords of comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building.   

[REST OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]


-7-


STANDARD LEASE PROVISIONS

ARTICLE 2 - LEASE

2.1Lease Elements; Definitions; Exhibits.  The Lease is comprised of the Lease Summary and Property Specific Provisions (the “Summary”), these Standard Lease Provisions (“Standard Provisions”) and all exhibits, and riders attached hereto (collectively, “Exhibits”), all of which are incorporated together as part of one and the same instrument.  All references in any such documents and instruments to “Lease” means the Summary, these Standard Provisions and all Exhibits attached hereto.  All terms used in this Lease shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Summary, these Standard Provisions and any Exhibits.  To the extent of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of the Summary, these Standard Provisions, or any Exhibits attached hereto, the Summary and any Exhibits attached hereto shall control over these Standard Provisions.  

ARTICLE 3 - PREMISES

3.1Lease of Premises.  Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises, upon and subject to, the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease.  Each party covenants and agrees, as a material part of the consideration for this Lease, to keep and perform their respective obligations under this Lease. 

3.2Landlord’s Reserved Rights.  Landlord reserves the right from time to time to do any of the following: (a) expand the Building and construct or alter other buildings or improvements on the Property as long as Tenant’s parking ratio is not substantially or adversely impacted; (b) make any changes, additions, improvements, maintenance, repairs or replacements in or to the Property, Common Areas and/or the Building (including the Premises) if required to do so by any applicable Laws or to the extent necessary in conjunction with any improvements to the Property, Common Areas and/or the Building (including the Premises), provided that Tenant’s use of the Premises is not materially and adversely affected), and the fixtures and equipment thereof, including, without limitation: (i) maintenance, replacement and relocation of pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and meters and equipment above the ceiling surfaces, below the floor surfaces and within the walls of the Building; and (ii) changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, stairways, elevators, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas and walkways, easements, parking spaces and parking areas as long as Tenant’s parking ratio is not substantially and adversely impacted; (c) close temporarily any of the Property while engaged in making repairs, improvements or alterations to the Property; and (d) perform such other acts and make such other changes with respect to the Property, as Landlord may, in the exercise of good faith business judgment, deem to be appropriate.  If Landlord is required to reconfigure the Premises as a result of Landlord’s exercise of its rights under this Section 3.2, Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable advance written notice of the construction schedule to the extent that the Premises are affected, and Landlord shall minimize, as reasonably practicable, the interference with Tenant’s business as a result of any such construction.  To the extent Tenant’s business is materially interfered with as a result of Landlord’s interference Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Rent to be determined in good faith by Landlord and Tenant.  All measurements of rentable area in this Lease shall be deemed to be correct.   

ARTICLE 4 - TERM AND POSSESSION

4.1Term; Notice of Lease Dates.  The Term shall be for the period designated in the Summary commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date, unless the Term is sooner terminated or extended as provided in this Lease.  If the Commencement Date falls on any day other than the first day of a calendar month then the Term will be measured from the first day of the month following the month in which the Commencement Date occurs.  Within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall execute a written confirmation of the Commencement Date and Expiration Date of the Term in the form of the Notice of Lease Term Dates attached hereto as Exhibit D.  The Notice of Lease Term Dates shall be binding upon Tenant unless Tenant reasonably objects thereto in writing within such ten (10) day period.   

4.2Possession.  Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant as provided in the Work Letter, subject to the provisions of Section 4.3 below.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord will not be obligated to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant until Landlord has received from Tenant all of the following:  (i) a copy of this Lease fully executed by Tenant; (ii) the Security Deposit and/or Letter of Credit required hereunder and the first installment of Monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent due under this Lease; and (iii) copies of Tenant’s insurance certificates as required hereunder. 

4.3Condition of Premises.  Tenant acknowledges that, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease and the Work Letter, (i) neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises, or with respect to the condition and/or suitability thereof for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant shall accept the Premises in its then as-is condition on delivery by Landlord, and (ii) the acceptance of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall establish that the Premises were at such time complete and in good, sanitary and satisfactory condition and repair with all work required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to the Work Letter completed and without any obligation on Landlord’s part to make any further alterations, upgrades or improvements thereto, subject only to completion of minor punch-list items identified by the parties to be corrected by Landlord, if any, as provided in the Work Letter.   

4.4Early Access.  So long as Landlord has received from Tenant the sixth (6th) month’s Monthly Base Rent due pursuant to Section 5.1 of this Lease, certificates satisfactory to Landlord evidencing the insurance required to be carried by Tenant under this Lease, and the Security Deposit and/or Letter of Credit required hereunder, and so long as the Tenant and its contractors and employees do not interfere with the completion of the  


-8-


Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to give Tenant’s designated contractors access to the Premises on the Effective Date (the “Early Access Period”) for purposes of installing Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, and equipment (“Tenants Work”).  Tenant’s Work shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  Tenant’s access to the Premises during the Early Access Period shall be subject to all terms and conditions of this Lease, except that Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Monthly Base Rent or Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses during the Early Access Period until the Commencement Date; provided, however, Tenant shall pay the Utilities Costs.  Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with prior notice of any such intended early access and to cooperate with Landlord during the period of any such early access so as not to interfere with Landlord in the completion of the Tenant Improvements.    

ARTICLE 5 - RENT

5.1Monthly Base Rent.  Tenant agrees to pay Landlord, the Monthly Base Rent as designated in the Summary.  Monthly Base Rent and recurring monthly charges of Additional Rent (defined below) shall be paid by Tenant in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month (“Due Date”) during the Term, except that the sixth (6th) full month’s Monthly Base Rent and sixth (6th) full month’s Additional Rent shall be paid upon Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease to Landlord.  Monthly Base Rent for any partial month shall be prorated in the proportion that the number of days this Lease is in effect during such month bears to the actual number of days in such month. 

5.2Additional Rent.  All amounts and charges payable by Tenant under this Lease in addition to Monthly Base Rent, if any, including, without limitation, payments for Operating Expenses, Taxes, Insurance Costs and Utilities Costs to the extent payable by Tenant under this Lease shall be considered “Additional Rent”, and the word “Rent” in this Lease shall include Monthly Base Rent and all such Additional Rent unless the context specifically states or clearly implies that only Monthly Base Rent is referenced.  Rent shall be paid to Landlord, without any prior notice or demand therefor and without any notice, deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States of America.  

5.3Late Charges & Interest Rate.  If Landlord does not receive Rent or any other payment due from Tenant on the Due Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of such past due Rent or other payment.  Tenant agrees that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the cost Landlord will incur by reason of Tenant’s late payment.  Accepting any late charge shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of Tenant’s default with respect to any overdue amount nor prevent Landlord from exercising any other rights or remedies available to Landlord.  If any installment of Monthly Base Rent or Additional Rent, or any other amount payable by Tenant hereunder is not received by Landlord by the Due Date, it shall bear interest at the Interest Rate set forth in the Summary from the Due Date until paid.  All interest, and any late charges imposed pursuant to this Section 5.3, shall be considered Additional Rent due from Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Lease.   

ARTICLE 6 - SECURITY DEPOSIT

6.1General Provisions.  Concurrently with Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease to Landlord, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Security Deposit, if any, designated in the Summary.  The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant during the Term.  If Tenant defaults with respect to any of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Monthly Base Rent, Additional Rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any other amount, loss or damage which Landlord may spend, incur or suffer by reason of Tenant’s default.  If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount.  Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on the Security Deposit.  If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Term, provided that Landlord may retain the Security Deposit until such time as any amount due from Tenant in accordance with this Lease has been determined and paid in full.  If Landlord sells its interest in the Building during the Term and if Landlord deposits with or credits to the purchaser the Security Deposit (or balance thereof), then, upon such sale, Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect to the Security Deposit. 

6.2Reduction.  Subject to the remaining terms of this Section 6.2, and provided that during the Term of this Lease preceding the effective date of any reduction of the Security Deposit described herein, Tenant has not been in Default under this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to reduce the Security Deposit as follows:  (a) to $425,000.00 as of the second (2nd) anniversary of the Commencement Date (the “First Security Reduction Date”), (b) to $325,000.00 as of the third (3rd) anniversary of the Commencement Date (the “Second Security Reduction Date”), and (c) to $225,000.00 as of the fourth (4th) anniversary of the Commencement Date (the “Third Security Reduction Date,” and collectively with the First Security Reduction Date and the Second Security Reduction Date, the “Security Reduction Date(s)”).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if a materially uncured Tenant Default has occurred under this Lease at any time prior to a Security Reduction Date, then Tenant shall have no right to reduce the Security Deposit as described herein.  Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice requesting that the Security Deposit be reduced as provided above (each, a “Security Reduction Notice”).  If Tenant provides Landlord with a Security Reduction Notice, and Tenant is entitled to reduce the Security Deposit as provided herein, Landlord shall refund the applicable portion of the Security Deposit to Tenant within ten (10) days after the later to occur of (i) Landlord’s receipt of the Security Reduction Notice, or (ii) the Security Reduction Date.  In no event shall the Security Deposit ever be less than $225,000.00.   


-9-


ARTICLE 7 - OPERATING EXPENSES/UTILITIES/SERVICES

7.1Operating Expenses.  Tenant shall contribute to the costs of all Operating Expenses associated with the operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Premises as provided in the Summary. 

7.2Utilities and Services.  Utilities and services to the Premises and the Property are described in the Summary. 

7.3Taxes.  As used in this Lease, the term “Taxes” means: all real property taxes and assessments, possessory interest taxes, sales taxes, personal property taxes, business or license taxes or fees, gross receipts taxes, license or use fees, excises, transit charges, and other impositions of any kind (including fees “in-lieu” or in substitution of any such tax or assessment) which are now or hereafter assessed, levied, charged or imposed by any public authority upon the Building, Property and/or Premises or any portion thereof, its operations or the Rent derived therefrom (or any portion or component thereof, or the ownership, operation, or transfer thereof), and any and all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize the same.  Taxes shall not include inheritance or estate taxes imposed upon or assessed against the interest of Landlord, gift taxes, excess profit taxes, franchise taxes, or similar taxes on Landlord’s business or any other taxes computed upon the basis of the net income of Landlord.  If it shall not be lawful for Tenant to reimburse Landlord for any such Taxes, the Monthly Base Rent payable to Landlord under this Lease shall be revised to net Landlord the same net rent after imposition of any such Taxes by Landlord as would have been payable to Landlord prior to the payment of any such Taxes.  Tenant shall pay for or contribute to Taxes as part of Operating Expenses as provided in the Summary.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against personal property, furniture, fixtures, above-standard Tenant Improvements and alterations, additions or improvements placed by or for Tenant in the Premises.  Furthermore, Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any (i) rent tax or sales tax, service tax, transfer tax or value added tax, or any other applicable tax on the rent or services provided herein or otherwise respecting this Lease; (ii) taxes assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Property; or (iii) taxes assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises. 

7.4Insurance Costs.  As used in this Lease, “Insurance Costs” means the cost of insurance obtained by Landlord pursuant to Article 15 (including self-insured amounts and deductibles, if any).  Tenant shall pay for or contribute to Insurance Costs as part of Operating Expenses as provided in the Summary. 

7.5Interruption of Utilities.  Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for any interruption in utilities or services to be provided to the Premises when such failure is caused by all or any of the following: (a) accident, breakage or repairs; (b) strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbances or labor disputes of any such character; (c) governmental regulation, moratorium or other governmental action; (d) inability, despite the exercise of reasonable diligence, to obtain electricity, water or fuel; (e) service interruptions or any other unavailability of utilities resulting from causes beyond Landlord’s control including without limitation, any electrical power “brown-out” or “black-out”; or (f) any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.  In addition, in the event of any such interruption in utilities or services, Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of Rent (except as expressly provided in Articles 17 and 18 if such failure is a result of any casualty damage or taking described therein), no eviction of Tenant shall result, and Tenant shall not be relieved from the performance of any covenant or agreement in this Lease.  In the event of any stoppage or interruption of services or utilities which are not obtained directly by Tenant, Landlord shall diligently attempt to resume such services or utilities as promptly as practicable.  Nothing in the foregoing shall relieve Landlord of liability for any interruption in utilities or services provided to the Premises when such failure is caused by the negligence or intentional action of Landlord or its agents. 

ARTICLE 8 - MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

8.1Landlord’s Repair Obligations.  Landlord shall maintain and repair the Building, Common Areas and other portions of the Property as provided in the Summary.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, renovate, redecorate or paint all or any part of the Premises.    All other repair and maintenance of the Premises, Building and Property to be performed by Landlord, if any, shall be as provided in the Summary.   

8.2Tenant’s Repair Obligations.  Except for Landlord’s obligations specifically set forth elsewhere in this Lease and in Section 8.1 above and in the Summary, Tenant shall at all times and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, keep, maintain, clean, repair, preserve and replace, as necessary, the interior of the Premises and all parts thereof including, without limitation, all Tenant Improvements, Alterations, and all furniture, fixtures and equipment, including, without limitation, all computer, telephone and data cabling and equipment, Tenant’s signs, if any, door locks, closing devices, security devices, interior of windows, window sashes, casements and frames, floors and floor coverings, shelving, kitchen, restroom facilities and/or appliances of any kind located within the Premises, if any, custom lighting, and any additions and other property located within the Premises, so as to keep all of the foregoing elements of the Premises in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear and casualty damage excepted.  Tenant shall replace, at its expense, any and all plate and other glass in and about the Premises which is damaged or broken from any cause whatsoever except due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or employees.  Such maintenance and repairs shall be performed with due diligence, lien-free and in a first-class and workmanlike manner, by licensed contractor(s) that are selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay.  All other repair and maintenance of the Premises, Building and Property to be performed by Tenant, if any, shall be as provided in the Summary.  If Tenant refuses or neglects to repair and maintain the Premises properly as required hereunder to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, then at any time following ten (10) days from the date on which Landlord makes a written demand on  


-10-


Tenant to effect such repair and maintenance, Landlord may enter upon the Premises and make such repairs and/or maintenance, and upon completion thereof, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, Landlord’s costs for making such repairs plus an amount not to exceed ten percent (10%) of such costs for overhead, within ten (10) days after receipt from Landlord of a written itemized bill therefor.  Any amounts not reimbursed by Tenant within such ten (10) day period will bear interest at the Interest Rate until paid by Tenant.

ARTICLE 9 - USE

Tenant shall procure, at its sole cost and expense, any and all permits required by applicable Law for Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises.  Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use specified in the Summary, and shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other use or purpose whatsoever without Landlord’s prior written approval.  Tenant shall observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit E, as the same may be modified by Landlord from time to time, and all reasonable non-discriminatory modifications thereof and additions thereto from time to time put into effect and furnished to Tenant by Landlord.  Landlord shall endeavor to enforce the Rules and Regulations, but shall have no liability to Tenant for the violation or non-performance by any other tenant or occupant of any such Rules and Regulations.  Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, observe and comply with all Laws and all requirements of any board of fire underwriters or similar body relating to the Premises now or hereafter in force relating to or affecting the condition, use, occupancy, alteration or improvement of the Premises (whether, except as otherwise provided herein, structural or nonstructural, including unforeseen and/or extraordinary alterations and/or improvements to the Premises and regardless of the period of time remaining in the Term).  Tenant shall not use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful or reasonably objectionable purpose.  Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything that will obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or the Property, if any, or injure or annoy them.  Tenant shall not cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Property, nor commit or suffer to be committed any waste in, on or about the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant agrees that the Premises shall not be used for the use, growing, producing, processing, storing (short or long term), distributing, transporting, or selling of marijuana, cannabis, cannabis derivatives, or any cannabis containing substances (“Cannabis”), or any office uses related to the same, nor shall Tenant permit, allow or suffer, any of Tenant’s officers, employees, agents, servants, licensees, subtenants, concessionaires, contractors and invitees to bring onto the Premises, any Cannabis.  The prohibitions in this paragraph shall apply to all Cannabis, whether such Cannabis is legal for any purpose whatsoever under state or federal law or both.  Any failure by Tenant to comply with each of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions related to Cannabis shall automatically and without the requirement of any notice be a Default that is not subject to cure, and Tenant agrees that upon the occurrence of any such Default, Landlord may elect, in its sole discretion, to exercise all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, at law or in equity with respect to such Default.  Furthermore, Tenant is prohibited from engaging or permitting others to engage in any activity which would be a violation of any state and/or federal laws relating to the use, sale, possession, cultivation and/or distribution of any controlled substances (whether for commercial or personal purposes) regulated under any applicable law relating to the medicinal use and/or distribution of Cannabis.  

ARTICLE 10 - HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

As used in this Lease, the term “Environmental Law(s)” means any past, present or future federal, state or local Law relating to (a) the environment, human health or safety, including, without limitation, emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Materials (as defined below) into the environment (including, without limitation, air, surface water, groundwater or land), or (b) the manufacture, generation, refining, processing, distribution, use, sale, treatment, receipt, storage, disposal, transport, arranging for transport, or handling of Hazardous Materials.  As used in this Lease, the term “Hazardous Materials” means and includes any hazardous or toxic materials, substances or wastes as now or hereafter designated or regulated under any Environmental Laws including, without limitation, asbestos, petroleum, petroleum hydrocarbons and petroleum based products, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls (“PCBs”), and freon and other chlorofluorocarbons.  Except for ordinary and general office supplies, such as copier toner, liquid paper, glue, ink and common household cleaning materials, and motor vehicle fuel stored in fuel tanks of motor vehicles used on site in compliance with all Environmental Laws (some or all of which may constitute Hazardous Materials), Tenant agrees not to cause or permit any Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, stored, used, handled, generated, released or disposed of on, in, under or about the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas or any other portion of the Property by Tenant, its agents, officers, directors, shareholders, members, managers, partners, employees, subtenants, assignees, licensees, contractors or invitees (collectively, “Tenant’s Parties”), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant agrees to promptly remove from the Premises, the Building and the Property, at its sole cost and expense, any and all Hazardous Materials, including any equipment or systems containing Hazardous Materials which are installed, brought upon, stored, used, generated or released upon, in, under or about the Premises, the Building and/or the Property or any portion thereof by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant agrees to promptly indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s members, shareholders, partners, officers, directors, managers, employees, agents, contractors, successors and assigns (collectively, “Landlord Parties”) from and against any and all claims, damages, judgments, suits, causes of action, losses, liabilities, penalties, fines, expenses and costs (including, without limitation, clean-up, removal, remediation and restoration costs, sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees, consultant fees and expert fees and court costs) which arise or result from the presence of Hazardous Materials on, in, under or about the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Property and which are caused or permitted by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties.  The provisions of this Article 10 will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of any evidence of Mold, water leaks or water infiltration in the Premises promptly upon discovery of same.  At its expense, Tenant shall investigate, clean up and remediate any Mold in the Premises.  Investigation, clean up and remediation may be performed only after Tenant has Landlord’s written


-11-


approval of a plan for such remediation.  All clean up and remediation shall be done in compliance with all applicable Laws and to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord.  As used in this Lease, “Mold” means mold, fungi, spores, microbial matter, mycotoxins and microbiological organic compounds.

ARTICLE 11 - PARKING

During the Term, Tenant shall be entitled to utilize the number and type of parking spaces specified in the Summary within the parking areas for the Property as designated by Landlord from time to time.  Landlord shall at all times have the right to establish and modify the nature and extent of the parking areas for the Premises, the Building and Property (including whether such areas shall be surface, underground and/or other structures).  In addition, if Tenant is not the sole occupant of the Property, Landlord may, in its discretion, designate any unreserved parking spaces as reserved parking The terms and conditions for parking at the Property shall be as specified in the Summary and in the Rules and Regulations regarding parking as contained in Exhibit E attached hereto, as may be established by Landlord from time to time.  Tenant shall not use more parking spaces than its allotment and shall not use any parking spaces specifically assigned by Landlord to other tenants, if any, or for such other uses such as visitor, handicapped or other special purpose parking.  Tenant’s visitors shall be entitled to access to the parking areas on the Property designated for visitor use, subject to availability of spaces and the terms of the Summary.

ARTICLE 12 - TENANT SIGNS

Tenant shall have the right to have a signage vendor approved by Landlord to install and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, one (1) Building standard entry sign (restricted solely to Tenant’s name) on the exterior of the Building above the main entrance doorway to the Premises or at such other location as may be reasonably determined by Landlord, and a sign facing southwest on the exterior of the Building, subject to the provisions of this Article 12.  Subsequent changes to Tenant’s sign and/or any additional signs, to the extent permitted by Landlord herein, shall be made or installed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  All aspects of any such signs shall be subject to the prior written consent of Landlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), and shall be per Landlord’s standard specifications and materials, as revised by Landlord from time to time.  Tenant shall have no right to install or maintain any other signs, banners, advertising, notices, displays, stickers, decals or any other logo or identification of any person, product or service whatsoever, in any location on or in the Property except as (i) shall have been expressly approved by Landlord in writing prior to the installation thereof (which approval may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), (ii) shall not violate any signage restrictions or exclusive sign rights contained in any then existing leases with other tenants of the Property, if any, and (iii) are consistent and compatible with all applicable Laws, and the design, signage and graphics program from time to time implemented by Landlord with respect to the Property, if any.  Landlord shall have the right to remove any signs or signage material installed without Landlord’s permission, without being liable to Tenant by reason of such removal, and to charge the cost of removal to Tenant as Additional Rent hereunder, payable within ten (10) days after written demand by Landlord.  Notwithstanding anything contained in the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s signage rights include those rights set forth and specified in Section 1.21 above.  Any additional sign rights of Tenant, if any, shall be as provided in the Summary.

ARTICLE 13 - ALTERATIONS

13.1Alterations.  After installation of the initial Tenant Improvements for the Premises, Tenant may, at its sole cost and expense, make alterations, additions, improvements and decorations to the Premises (“Alteration(s)”) subject to and upon the following terms and conditions: 

a.Tenant shall not make any Alterations which: (i) affect any area outside the Premises including the outside appearance, character or use of any portions of the Building or other portions of the Property; (ii) affect the Building’s roof, roof membrane, any structural component or any base Building equipment, services or systems (including fire and life/safety systems), or the proper functioning thereof, or Landlord’s access thereto; (iii) in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, lessen the value of the Building or the Property; (iv) will violate or require a change in any occupancy certificate applicable to the Premises; or (v) would trigger a legal requirement which would require Landlord to make any alteration or improvement to the Premises, Building or other aspect of the Property. 

b.Tenant shall not make any Alterations not prohibited by Section 13.1(a), unless Tenant first obtains Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, provided Landlord’s prior approval shall not be required for any Alterations that is not prohibited by Section 13.1(a) above and is of a cosmetic nature that satisfies all of the following conditions (hereinafter a “Pre-Approved Alteration”):  (i) the costs of such Alterations do not exceed One Dollar ($1.00) per rentable square foot of the Premises in the aggregate in any calendar year; (ii) to the extent reasonably required by Landlord or by law due to the nature of the work being performed, Tenant delivers to Landlord final plans, specifications, working drawings, permits and approvals for such Alterations at least ten (10) days prior to commencement of the work thereof; (iii) Tenant and such Alterations otherwise satisfy all other conditions set forth in this Section 13.1; and (iv) the making of such Alterations will not otherwise cause a default by Tenant under any provision of this Lease.  Tenant shall provide Landlord with ten (10) days’ prior written notice before commencing any Alterations.  In addition, before proceeding with any Alteration, Tenant’s contractors shall obtain, on behalf of Tenant and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense:  (A) all necessary governmental permits and approvals for the commencement and completion of such Alterations, and (B) if the cost of such Alterations exceeds $75,000.00, a completion and lien indemnity bond, or other surety satisfactory to Landlord for such Alterations.  Landlord’s approval of any plans, contractor(s) and subcontractor(s) of Tenant shall not release Tenant or any such contractor(s) and/or subcontractor(s) from any liability with respect to such Alterations and will create no liability or responsibility on Landlord’s part concerning the completeness of such Alterations or their design sufficiency or compliance with Laws. 


-12-


c.All Alterations shall be performed: (i) in accordance with the approved plans, specifications and working drawings, if any; (ii) lien-free and in a first-class workmanlike manner; (iii) in compliance with all building codes and Laws; (iv) in such a manner so as not to impose any additional expense upon nor delay Landlord in the maintenance and operation of the Building; (v) by licensed and bondable contractors, subcontractors and vendors selected by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord (provided Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to utilize Landlord’s preferred contractors, subcontractors and vendors for certain work performed within the Premises or as to systems serving the Premises as approved by Landlord such as for fire/life safety, HVAC control work, architectural and engineering services); and (vi) at such times, in such manner and subject to such rules and regulations as Landlord may from time to time reasonably designate.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days after written demand, the costs of any increased insurance premiums incurred by Landlord to include such Alterations in the causes of loss – special form property insurance obtained by Landlord pursuant to this Lease, if Landlord elects in writing to insure such Alterations; provided, however, Landlord shall not be required to include the Alterations under such insurance.  If the Alterations are not included in Landlord’s insurance, Tenant shall insure the Alterations under its causes of loss-special form property insurance pursuant to this Lease. 

d.Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the reasonable costs of Landlord’s engineers and other consultants for review of all plans, specifications and working drawings for the Alterations, within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s receipt of invoices either from Landlord or such consultants.  In addition to such costs, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) business days after completion of any Alterations, a construction supervision fee equal to one and one-half percent (1.5%) of the total cost of the Alterations and the actual, reasonable costs incurred by Landlord for any services rendered by Landlord’s management personnel and engineers to coordinate and/or supervise any of the Alterations to the extent such services are provided in excess of or after the normal on-site hours of such engineers and management personnel. 

e.Throughout the performance of the Alterations, Tenant shall obtain, or cause its contractors to obtain, workers compensation insurance and commercial general liability insurance in compliance with the insurance provisions of this Lease. 

13.2Removal of Alterations.  All Alterations and the initial Tenant Improvements in the Premises (whether installed or paid for by Landlord or Tenant), shall become the property of Landlord and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises at the end of the Term; provided, however, Landlord may, by written notice delivered to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of plans for any Alterations identify those Alterations which Landlord shall require Tenant to remove at the end of the Term.  If Landlord requires Tenant to remove any such Alterations, Tenant shall, at its sole cost, remove the identified items on or before the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease and repair any damage to the Premises caused by such removal to its original condition (or, at Landlord’s option, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all of Landlord’s costs of such removal and repair). 

13.3Liens.  Tenant shall not permit any mechanic’s, materialmen’s or other liens to be filed against all or any part of the Property or the Premises, nor against Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Premises, by reason of or in connection with any repairs, alterations, improvements or other work contracted for or undertaken by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties.  If any such liens are filed, Tenant shall, at its sole cost, immediately cause such liens to be released of record or bonded so that such lien(s) no longer affect(s) title to the Property, the Building or the Premises.  If Tenant fails to cause any such lien to be released or bonded within ten (10) days after filing thereof, Landlord may cause such lien to be released by any means it shall deem proper, including payment in satisfaction of the claim giving rise to such lien, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within five (5) business days after receipt of invoice from Landlord, any sum paid by Landlord to remove such liens, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date of such payment by Landlord.  

ARTICLE 14 - TENANTS INSURANCE

14.1Tenant’s Insurance.  On or before the earlier of any Early Access Period, the Commencement Date or the date Tenant commences or causes to be commenced any work of any type in the Premises, and continuing during the entire Term, Tenant shall obtain and keep in full force and effect, the following insurance with limits of coverage as set forth in Section 1.14 of the Summary: 

a.Special Form (formerly known as “all risk”) insurance, including fire and extended coverage, sprinkler leakage (including earthquake sprinkler leakage), vandalism, malicious mischief plus earthquake and flood coverage upon property of every description and kind owned by Tenant and located in or on the Premises or the Building, or for which Tenant is legally liable or installed by or on behalf of Tenant including, without limitation, furniture, equipment and any other personal property, and any Alterations (but excluding the initial Tenant Improvements previously existing or installed in the Premises), in an amount not less than the full replacement cost thereof.  In the event that there shall be a dispute as to the amount which comprises full replacement cost, the decision of Landlord or the Mortgagees of Landlord shall be presumptive. 

b.Commercial general liability insurance coverage on an occurrence basis, including personal injury, bodily injury (including wrongful death), broad form property damage, operations hazard, owner’s protective coverage, contractual liability (including Tenant’s indemnification obligations under this Lease), liquor liability (if Tenant serves alcohol on the Premises), products and completed operations liability.  The limits of liability of such commercial general liability insurance may be increased every three (3) years during the Term upon reasonable prior notice by Landlord to an amount reasonably required by Landlord and appropriate for tenants of buildings comparable to the Building. 


-13-


c.Commercial Automobile Liability covering all owned, hired and non-owned automobiles. 

d.Worker’s compensation, in statutory amounts and employers liability, covering all persons employed in connection with any work done in, on or about the Premises for which claims for death, bodily injury or illness could be asserted against Landlord, Tenant or the Premises. 

e.Umbrella liability insurance on an occurrence basis, in excess of and following the form of the underlying insurance described in Section 14.1.b. and 14.1.c. and the employer’s liability coverage in Section 14.1.d. which is at least as broad as each and every area of the underlying policies.  Such umbrella liability insurance shall include pay on behalf of wording, concurrency of effective dates with primary policies, blanket contractual liability, application of primary policy aggregates, and shall provide that if the underlying aggregate is exhausted, the excess coverage will drop down as primary insurance, subject to customary commercially reasonable deductible amounts imposed on umbrella policies. 

f.If Tenant’s business includes professional services, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, maintain in full force and effect professional liability (also known as errors and omissions insurance), covering Tenant and Tenant’s employees from work related negligence and liability in trade. 

g.Loss of income, extra expense and business interruption insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for 12 months of direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent tenants or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises, Tenant’s parking areas or to the Building as a result of such perils. 

h.Any other form or forms of insurance as Tenant or Landlord or the Mortgagees of Landlord may reasonably require from time to time, in form, amounts and for insurance risks against which a prudent tenant of a building similar to the Building would protect itself, but only to the extent such risks and amounts are available in the insurance market at commercially reasonable costs. 

14.2Requirements.  Each policy required to be obtained by Tenant hereunder shall:  (a) be issued by insurers which are approved by Landlord and/or Landlord’s Mortgagees and are authorized to do business in the state in which the Premises are located and rated not less than Financial Size X, and with a Financial Strength rating of A in the most recent version of Best’s Key Rating Guide (provided that, in any event, the same insurance company shall provide the coverages described in Sections 14.1.a. and 14.1.g. above); (b) be in form reasonably satisfactory from time to time to Landlord; (c) name Tenant as named insured thereunder and shall name Landlord and, at Landlord’s request, such other persons or entities of which Tenant has been informed in writing, as additional insureds thereunder, all as their respective interests may appear; (d) not have a deductible amount exceeding Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00), which deductible amount shall be deemed self-insured with full waiver of subrogation; (e) specifically provide that the insurance afforded by such policy for the benefit of Landlord and any other additional insureds shall be primary, and any insurance carried by Landlord or any other additional insureds shall be excess and non-contributing; (f) contain an endorsement that the insurer waives its right to subrogation; (g) require the insurer to notify Landlord and any other additional insureds in writing not less than thirty (30) days prior to any material change, reduction in coverage, cancellation or other termination thereof; (h) contain a cross liability or severability of interest endorsement; and (i) be in amounts sufficient at all times to satisfy any coinsurance requirements thereof.  Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord, as soon as practicable after the placing of the required insurance, but in no event later than the date Tenant is required to obtain such insurance as set forth in Section 14.1 above, certificates from the insurance company evidencing the existence of such insurance and Tenant’s compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Article 14.  Tenant shall cause replacement certificates to be delivered to Landlord not less than ten (10) days prior to the expiration of any such policy or policies.  If any such initial or replacement certificates are not furnished within the time(s) specified herein, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to procure such policies and certificates at Tenant’s expense.  

14.3Effect on Insurance.  Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which will (a) violate or invalidate any insurance policy or coverage maintained by Landlord or Tenant hereunder, or (b) increase the costs of any insurance policy maintained by Landlord.  If Tenant’s occupancy or conduct of its business in or on the Premises results in any increase in premiums for any insurance carried by Landlord with respect to the Building or the Property, Tenant shall either discontinue the activities affecting the insurance or pay such increase as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after being billed therefor by Landlord.  If any insurance coverage carried by Landlord pursuant to this Lease or otherwise with respect to the Building or the Property shall be cancelled or reduced (or cancellation or reduction thereof shall be threatened) by reason of the use or occupancy of the Premises other than as allowed by the Permitted Use by Tenant or by anyone permitted by Tenant to be upon the Premises, and if Tenant fails to remedy such condition within five (5) business days after notice thereof, Tenant shall be deemed to be in default under this Lease and Landlord shall have all remedies provided in this Lease, at law or in equity, including, without limitation, the right (but not the obligation) to enter upon the Premises and attempt to remedy such condition at Tenant’s cost. 

ARTICLE 15 - LANDLORDS INSURANCE

During the Term, Landlord shall maintain property insurance written on a Special Form (formerly known as “all risk”) basis covering the Property and the Building, including the initial Tenant Improvements (excluding, however, Tenant’s furniture, equipment and other personal property and Alterations, unless Landlord otherwise elects to insure the Alterations pursuant to Section 13.1 above) against damage by fire and standard extended coverage perils and with vandalism and malicious mischief endorsements, rental loss coverage, at Landlord’s option, earthquake damage coverage, and such additional coverage as Landlord deems appropriate.  Landlord shall also carry commercial general liability in such reasonable amounts and with such reasonable deductibles as would be


-14-


carried by a prudent owner of a similar building in the state in which the Building is located.  At Landlord’s option, all such insurance may be carried under any blanket or umbrella policies that Landlord has in force for other buildings and projects.  In addition, at Landlord’s option, Landlord may elect to self-insure all or any part of such required insurance coverage.  Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to carry any other form or forms of insurance as Landlord or the Mortgagees or ground lessors of Landlord may reasonably determine is advisable.  The cost of insurance obtained by Landlord pursuant to this Article 15 (including self-insured amounts and deductibles) shall be included in Insurance Costs, except that any increase in the premium for the property insurance attributable to the replacement cost of the Tenant Improvements shall not be included as Insurance Costs, but shall be paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days after invoice from Landlord.

ARTICLE 16 - INDEMNIFICATION AND EXCULPATION

16.1Tenant’s Assumption of Risk and Waiver.  Except to the extent such matter is not covered by the insurance required to be maintained by Tenant under this Lease and/or except to the extent such matter is attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, contractors or employees, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, or any of Tenant’s Parties for: (i) any damage to property of Tenant, or of others, located in, on or about the Premises, (ii) the loss of or damage to any property of Tenant or of others by theft or otherwise, (iii) any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling ceiling tiles masonry, steam, gas, electricity, water, rain or leaks from any part of the Premises or from the pipes, appliance of plumbing works or from the roof, street or subsurface or from any other places or by dampness or by any other cause of whatsoever nature, (iv) any such damage caused by other tenants or persons in the Premises, occupants of any other portions of the Property, or the public, or caused by operations in construction of any private, public or quasi-public work, or (v) any interruption of utilities and services.  Landlord shall in no event be liable to Tenant or any other person for any consequential damages, special or punitive damages, or for loss of business, revenue, income or profits and Tenant hereby waives any and all claims for any such damages.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 16.1, all property of Tenant and Tenant’s Parties kept or stored on the Premises, whether leased or owned by any such parties, shall be so kept or stored at the sole risk of Tenant and Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from any claims arising out of damage to the same, including subrogation claims by Tenant’s insurance carriers.  Landlord or its agents shall not be liable for interference with light or other intangible rights. 

16.2Tenant’s Indemnification.  Tenant shall be liable for, and shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against, any and all claims, damages, judgments, suits, causes of action, losses, liabilities and expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and court costs (collectively, “Indemnified Claims”), arising or resulting from (a) any occurrence in the Premises following the date Landlord delivers possession of all or any portion of the Premises to Tenant, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, contractors or employees; (b) any act or omission of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties; (c) the use of the Premises, the Building and the Property and conduct of Tenant’s business by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties, or any other activity, work or thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties, in or about the Premises, the Building or elsewhere on the Property; and/or (d) any default by Tenant as to any obligations on Tenant’s part to be performed under the terms of this Lease or the terms of any contract or agreement to which Tenant is a party or by which it is bound, affecting this Lease or the Premises.  The foregoing indemnification shall include, but not be limited to, any injury to, or death of, any person, or any loss of, or damage to, any property on the Premises, or on adjoining sidewalks, streets or ways, or connected with the use, condition or occupancy thereof, whether or not Landlord or any Landlord Parties has or should have knowledge or notice of the defect or conditions causing or contributing to such injury, death, loss or damage.  In case any action or proceeding is brought against Landlord or any Landlord Parties by reason of any such Indemnified Claims, Tenant, upon notice from Landlord, shall defend the same at Tenant’s expense by counsel approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Tenant’s indemnification obligations under this Section 16.2 and elsewhere in this Lease shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  Tenant’s covenants, agreements and indemnification in Section 16.1 and this Section 16.2 are not intended to and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. 

ARTICLE 17 - CASUALTY DAMAGE/DESTRUCTION

17.1Landlord’s Rights and Obligations.  If the Premises or the Building is damaged by fire or other casualty not caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant (“Casualty”) to an extent not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the full replacement cost thereof, and Landlord’s contractor estimates in writing delivered to the parties that the damage thereto is such that the Building and/or Premises may be repaired, reconstructed or restored to substantially its condition immediately prior to such damage within one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of such Casualty, and Landlord will receive insurance proceeds sufficient to cover the costs of such repairs, reconstruction and restoration (including proceeds from Tenant and/or Tenant’s insurance which Tenant is required to deliver to Landlord pursuant to this Lease), then Landlord shall commence and proceed diligently with the work of repair, reconstruction and restoration and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.  If, however, the Premises or the Building is damaged to an extent exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the full replacement cost thereof, or Landlord’s contractor estimates that such work of repair, reconstruction and restoration will require longer than one hundred twenty (120) days to complete from the date of Casualty, or Landlord will not receive insurance proceeds (and/or proceeds from Tenant, as applicable) sufficient to cover the costs of such repairs, reconstruction and restoration, then Landlord may elect to either: (a) repair, reconstruct and restore the portion of the Premises or Building damaged by such Casualty (including the Tenant Improvements, the Alterations that Landlord elects to insure pursuant to Section 13.1 and, to the extent of insurance proceeds received from Tenant, the Alterations that Tenant is required to insure pursuant to Section 13.1), in which case this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; or (b) terminate this Lease effective as of the date which is thirty (30) days  


-15-


after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s election to so terminate.  Under any of the conditions of this Section 17.1, Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant of its intention to repair or terminate within the later of sixty (60) days after the occurrence of such Casualty, or fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s receipt of the estimate from Landlord’s contractor or, as applicable, thirty (30) days after Landlord receives approval from Landlord’s Mortgagee to rebuild.

17.2Tenant’s Costs and Insurance Proceeds.  In the event of any damage or destruction of all or any part of the Premises, Tenant shall immediately:  (a) notify Landlord thereof; and (b) deliver to Landlord all insurance proceeds received by Tenant with respect to the Tenant Improvements and Alterations (to the extent such items are not covered by Landlord’s casualty insurance obtained by Landlord pursuant to this Lease) and with respect to Alterations in the Premises that Tenant is required to insure pursuant to Section 13.1, excluding proceeds for Tenant’s furniture and other personal property, whether or not this Lease is terminated as permitted in Section 17.1, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all rights to receive such insurance proceeds.  If, for any reason (including Tenant’s failure to obtain insurance for the full replacement cost of any Alterations which Tenant is required to insure pursuant to Section 13.1 hereof), Tenant fails to receive insurance proceeds covering the full replacement cost of such Alterations which are damaged, Tenant shall be deemed to have self-insured the replacement cost of such Alterations, and upon any damage or destruction thereto, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord the full replacement cost of such items, less any insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord from Landlord’s or Tenant’s insurance with respect to such items. 

17.3Abatement of Rent.  If as a result of any such damage, repair, reconstruction and/or restoration of the Premises or the Building, Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, then Rent shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, during the period that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using and does not use the Premises or portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable square feet of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises.  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, if the damage is due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties, there shall be no abatement of Rent.  Except for abatement of Rent as provided hereinabove, Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages for loss of, or interference with, Tenant’s business or use or access of all or any part of the Premises resulting from any such damage, repair, reconstruction or restoration from Landlord. 

17.4Inability to Complete.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 17, if Landlord is obligated or elects to repair, reconstruct and/or restore the damaged portion of the Building or Premises pursuant to Section 17.1 above, but is delayed from completing such repair, reconstruction and/or restoration beyond the date which is three (3) months after the date estimated by Landlord’s contractor for completion thereof pursuant to Section 17.1, by reason of any causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (including, without limitation, delays due to Force Majeure, and delays caused by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties), then Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant. 

17.5Damage to the Property.  If there is a total destruction of the improvements on the Property or partial destruction of such improvements, the cost of restoration of which would exceed one-third (1/3) of the then replacement value of all improvements on the Property, by any cause whatsoever, whether or not insured against and whether or not the Premises are partially or totally destroyed, Landlord may within a period of one hundred eighty (180) days after the occurrence of such destruction, notify Tenant in writing that it elects not to so reconstruct or restore such improvements, in which event this Lease shall cease and terminate as of the date of such destruction. 

17.6Damage Near End of Term.  In addition to its termination rights in Sections 17.1, 17.4 and 17.5 above, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease if any damage to the Building or Premises occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Term and Landlord’s contractor estimates in writing delivered to the parties that the repair, reconstruction or restoration of such damage cannot be completed within the earlier of (a) the scheduled expiration date of the Term, or (b) sixty (60) days after the date of such Casualty. 

17.7Tenant’s Termination Right.  In the event of any damage or destruction which affects Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises which is not caused by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties, if Tenant’s possession and use of the Premises cannot be restored by Landlord within one hundred eighty (180) days for reasons other than delays caused by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Landlord given within thirty (30) days after the expiration of said 180-day period, unless Landlord completes the restoration within said 30-day notice period, in which case this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. 

17.8Intentionally Deleted. 

ARTICLE 18 - CONDEMNATION

18.1Substantial or Partial Taking.  Subject to the provisions of Section 18.3 below, either party may terminate this Lease if any material part of the Premises is taken or condemned for any public or quasi-public use under law, by eminent domain or private purchase in lieu thereof (a “Taking”).  Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if there is a Taking of any portion of the Building or the Property which would have a material adverse effect on Landlord’s ability to profitably operate the remainder of the Building and/or the Property.  The terminating party shall provide written notice of termination to the other party within thirty (30) days after it first receives notice of the Taking.  The termination shall be effective as of the effective date of any order granting possession to, or vesting legal title in, the condemning authority.  If this Lease is not terminated, Base Rent and all other elements of this Lease which are dependent upon the area of the Premises, the Building or the Property shall be appropriately adjusted to account for any reduction in the square footage of the Premises, Building or Property, as applicable.  All compensation awarded for a Taking shall be the property of Landlord.  The right to receive  


-16-


compensation or proceeds are expressly waived by Tenant, however, Tenant may file a separate claim for Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, equipment and other personal property, loss of goodwill and Tenant’s reasonable relocation expenses, provided the filing of the claim does not diminish the amount of Landlord’s award.

18.2Condemnation Award.  Subject to the provisions of Section 18.3 below, in connection with any Taking of the Premises or the Building, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire amount of any award which may be made or given in such taking or condemnation, without deduction or apportionment for any estate or interest of Tenant, it being expressly understood and agreed by Tenant that no portion of any such award shall be allowed or paid to Tenant for any so-called bonus or excess value of this Lease, and such bonus or excess value shall be the sole property of Landlord.  Tenant shall not assert any claim against Landlord or the taking authority for any compensation because of such taking (including any claim for bonus or excess value of this Lease); provided, however, if any portion of the Premises is taken, Tenant shall be granted the right to recover from the condemning authority (but not from Landlord) any compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for the taking of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, equipment and other personal property within the Premises, for Tenant’s relocation expenses, and for any loss of goodwill or other damage to Tenant’s business by reason of such taking. 

18.3Temporary Taking.  In the event of a Taking of the Premises or any part thereof for temporary use, (a) this Lease shall be and remain unaffected thereby and Rent shall not abate, and (b) Tenant shall be entitled to receive for itself such portion or portions of any award made for such use with respect to the period of the taking which is within the Term, provided that if such taking shall remain in force at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall perform its obligations with respect to surrender of the Premises and shall pay to Landlord the portion of any award which is attributable to any period of time beyond the Term expiration date.  For purpose of this Section 18.3, a temporary taking shall be defined as a taking for a period of two hundred seventy (270) days or less. 

18.4Waiver.  Tenant hereby waives any rights it may have pursuant to any applicable Laws and agrees that the provisions hereof shall govern the parties’ rights in the event of any Taking. 

ARTICLE 19 - WAIVER OF CLAIMS; WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

19.1Tenant Waiver.  Tenant hereby waives its rights against Landlord for any claims or damages or losses, including any deductibles and self-insured amounts, which are caused by or result from (a) any occurrence insured under any property insurance policy carried by Tenant, or (b) any occurrence which would have been covered under any property insurance required to be obtained and maintained by Tenant under this Lease had such insurance been obtained and maintained as required. The foregoing waiver shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, any other waivers or releases contained in this Lease. 

19.2Waiver of Insurers.  Tenant shall cause each property insurance policy carried by Tenant to provide that the insurer waives all rights of recovery by way of subrogation against Landlord, in connection with any claims, losses and damages covered by such policy.  If Tenant fails to maintain insurance for an insurable loss, such loss shall be deemed to be self-insured with a deemed full waiver of subrogation as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence. 

ARTICLE 20 - ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

20.1Restriction on Transfer.  Except with respect to a Permitted Transfer pursuant to Section 20.6 below, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord will not unreasonably withhold, assign this Lease or any interest herein or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises by any party other than Tenant (any such assignment, encumbrance, sublease, license or the like being sometimes referred to as a “Transfer”).  In no event may Tenant encumber or hypothecate this Lease or the Premises.  This prohibition against Transfers shall be construed to include a prohibition against any assignment or subletting by operation of law.  Any Transfer without Landlord’s consent (except for a Permitted Transfer pursuant to Section 20.6 below) shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease, and in addition to all of Landlord’s other remedies at law, in equity or under this Lease, such Transfer shall be voidable at Landlord’s election. For purposes of this Article 20, other than with respect to a Permitted Transfer under Section 20.6 and transfers of stock of Tenant if Tenant is a publicly-held corporation and such stock is transferred publicly over a recognized security exchange or over-the-counter market, if Tenant is a corporation, partnership or other entity, any transfer, assignment, encumbrance or hypothecation of fifty percent (50%) or more (individually or in the aggregate) of any stock or other ownership interest in such entity, and/or any transfer, assignment, hypothecation or encumbrance of any controlling ownership or voting interest in such entity, shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease and shall be subject to all of the restrictions and provisions contained in this Article 20.   

20.2Landlord’s Options.  If Tenant desires to effect a Transfer, then at least thirty (30) days prior to the date when Tenant desires the Transfer to be effective (the “Transfer Date”), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord written notice (“Transfer Notice”) setting forth the terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer and the identity of the proposed assignee, sublessee or other transferee (sometimes referred to hereinafter as a “Transferee”).  Tenant shall also deliver to Landlord with the Transfer Notice, a current financial statement and such evidence of financial responsibility and standing as Landlord may reasonably require of the Transferee which have been certified or audited by a reputable independent accounting firm acceptable to Landlord, and such other information concerning the business background and financial condition of the proposed Transferee as Landlord may reasonably request.  Except with respect to a Permitted Transfer, within fifteen (15) business days after Landlord’s receipt of any Transfer Notice, and any additional information requested by Landlord pursuant to this Section 20.2, Landlord will notify Tenant of its election to do one of the following:  (a) consent to the proposed Transfer subject to such reasonable conditions as Landlord may impose in providing such consent; (b) refuse such consent, which refusal  


-17-


shall be on reasonable grounds; or (c) terminate this Lease as to all or such portion of the Premises which is proposed to be sublet or assigned and recapture all or such portion of the Premises for reletting by Landlord, which termination shall be effective as of the proposed Transfer Date.  If Landlord exercises its option to terminate this Lease with respect to only a portion of the Premises following Tenant’s request for Landlord’s approval of the proposed sublease of such space, Landlord shall be responsible for the construction of any demising wall which Landlord reasonably deems necessary to separate such space from the remainder of the Premises.

20.3Additional Conditions; Excess Rent.  A condition to Landlord’s consent to any Transfer will be the delivery to Landlord of a true copy of the fully executed instrument of assignment, sublease, transfer or hypothecation, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, an original of Landlord’s standard consent form executed by both Tenant and the proposed Transferee, and an affirmation of guaranty in form satisfactory to Landlord executed by each guarantor of this Lease, if any.   If Tenant effects a Transfer or requests the consent of Landlord to any Transfer (whether or not such Transfer is consummated), then, upon demand, and as a condition precedent to Landlord’s consideration of the proposed assignment or sublease, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord a non-refundable administrative fee of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00), plus Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ and paralegal fees and other costs incurred by Landlord in reviewing such proposed assignment or sublease (whether attributable to Landlord’s in-house attorneys or paralegals or otherwise) not to exceed $1,000.  Acceptance of the Five Hundred Dollar ($500.00) administrative fee and/or reimbursement of Landlord’s attorneys’ and/or paralegal fees shall in no event obligate Landlord to consent to any proposed Transfer.   

20.4Reasonable Disapproval.  Without limiting in any way Landlord’s right to withhold its consent on any reasonable grounds, it is agreed that Landlord will not be acting unreasonably in refusing to consent to a Transfer if, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion:  (a) proposed Transfer would result in more than two subleases of portions of the Premises being in effect at any one time during the Term; (b) the net worth or financial capabilities of a proposed assignee is less than that of Tenant and each guarantor of this Lease, if any, or the proposed assignee or subtenant does not have the financial capability to fulfill the obligations imposed by the Transfer; (c) the proposed Transferee is an existing tenant of the Property or is negotiating with Landlord (or has negotiated with Landlord in the last six (6) months) for space in the Property; (d) the proposed Transferee is a governmental entity; (e) the portion of the Premises to be sublet or assigned is irregular in shape with inadequate means of ingress and egress; (f) the proposed Transfer involves a change of use of the Premises or would violate any exclusive use covenant to which Landlord is bound; (g) the Transfer would likely result in significant increase in the use of the parking areas by the Transferee’s employees or visitors, and/or significantly increase the demand upon utilities and services to be provided by Landlord to the Premises; or (h) the Transferee is not in Landlord’s reasonable opinion of reputable or good character or consistent with Landlord’s desired tenant mix for the Property. 

20.5No Release.  No Transfer, occupancy or collection of rent from any proposed Transferee shall be deemed a waiver on the part of Landlord, or the acceptance of the Transferee as Tenant and no Transfer shall release Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or alter the primary liability of Tenant to pay Rent and to perform all other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder.  Landlord may require that any Transferee remit directly to Landlord on a monthly basis, all monies due Tenant by said Transferee, and each sublease shall provide that if Landlord gives said sublessee written notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, said sublessee will thereafter make all payments due under the sublease directly to or as directed by Landlord, which payments will be credited against any payments due under this Lease.  Tenant hereby irrevocably and unconditionally assigns to Landlord all rents and other sums payable under any sublease of the Premises; provided, however, that Landlord hereby grants Tenant a license to collect all such rents and other sums so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease.  Consent by Landlord to one Transfer shall not be deemed consent to any subsequent Transfer.  In the event of default by any Transferee of Tenant or any successor of Tenant in the performance of any of the terms hereof, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against such Transferee or successor.  Landlord may consent to subsequent assignments of this Lease or sublettings or amendments or modifications to this Lease with assignees of Tenant, without notifying Tenant, or any successor of Tenant, and without obtaining its or their consent thereto and any such actions shall not relieve Tenant of liability under this Lease. 

20.6Permitted Transfers.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 20.1 above to the contrary, provided that Tenant is not then in default, Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof (herein, a “Permitted Transfer”), without Landlord’s consent to any entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant, or to any entity resulting from a merger or consolidation with Tenant, or to any person or entity which acquires all the assets of Tenant’s business as a going concern (each, a “Permitted Transferee”), provided that: (a) at least thirty (30) days prior to such assignment or sublease, Tenant delivers to Landlord a reasonably detailed description of the proposed Transfer and the financial statements and other financial and background information of the assignee or sublessee described in Section 20.2 above; (b) in the case of an assignment, the assignee assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant under this Lease (or in the case of a sublease, the sublessee of a portion of the Premises or Term assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant with respect to such portion) pursuant to an assignment and assumption agreement (or a sublease, as applicable) reasonably acceptable to Landlord, a fully executed copy of which is delivered to Landlord within thirty (30) days following the effective date of such assignment or subletting; (c) each guarantor of this Lease executes a reaffirmation of its guaranty in form satisfactory to Landlord; (d) the tangible net worth of the assignee or sublessee equals or exceeds that of Tenant as of (i) the date of execution of this Lease, or (ii) the date immediately preceding the proposed Transfer, whichever is greater; (e) Tenant remains fully liable under this Lease; (f) the use of the Premises is pursuant to Section 1.10 of this Lease; (g) such transaction is not entered into as a subterfuge to avoid the restrictions and provisions of this Article 20 and will not violate any exclusive use covenant to which Landlord is bound; (h) with respect to a subletting only, Tenant and such Permitted Transferee execute Landlord’s standard consent to sublease form; and (i) Tenant is not in default under this Lease. 


-18-


ARTICLE 21 - SURRENDER AND HOLDING OVER

21.1Surrender of Premises.  Upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender all keys for the Premises and exclusive possession of the Premises to Landlord broom clean and in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted (and casualty damage excepted), with all of Tenant’s personal property, electronic, fiber, phone and data cabling and related equipment that is installed by or for the exclusive benefit of Tenant (to be removed in accordance with the National Electric Code and other applicable Laws) and those items, if any, of Alterations identified by Landlord pursuant to Section 13.2, removed therefrom and all damage caused by such removal repaired.  If Tenant fails to remove by the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease all of its personal property and Alterations identified by Landlord for removal pursuant to Section 13.2, Landlord may (without liability to Tenant for loss thereof), at Tenant’s sole cost and in addition to Landlord’s other rights and remedies under this Lease, at law or in equity:  (a) remove and store such items in accordance with applicable Law; and/or (b) upon ten (10) days’ prior notice to Tenant, sell all or any such items at private or public sale for such price as Landlord may obtain as permitted under applicable Law.  Landlord shall apply the proceeds of any such sale to any amounts due to Landlord under this Lease from Tenant (including Landlord’s attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in the removal, storage and/or sale of such items), with any remainder to be paid to Tenant. 

21.2Holding Over.  Tenant will not be permitted to hold over possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without the express written consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.  If Tenant holds over after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term with or without the express written consent of Landlord, then, in addition to all other remedies available to Landlord, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance only, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease so far as applicable (including Tenant’s obligation to pay all Additional Rent under this Lease), but at a Monthly Base Rent equal to one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the Monthly Base Rent applicable to the Premises immediately prior to the date of such expiration or earlier termination.  Any such holdover Rent shall be paid on a per month basis without reduction for partial months during the holdover.  Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after such expiration or earlier termination shall not constitute consent to a hold over hereunder or result in an extension of this Lease.  This Section 21.2 shall not be construed to create any express or implied right to holdover beyond the expiration of the Term or any extension thereof.  Tenant shall be liable, and shall pay to Landlord within ten (10) days after demand, for all losses incurred by Landlord as a result of such holdover, and shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against all liabilities, damages, losses, claims, suits, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising from or relating to any such holdover tenancy, including without limitation, any claim for damages made by a succeeding tenant. Tenant’s indemnification obligation hereunder shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  The foregoing provisions of this Section 21.2 are in addition to, and do not affect, Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other rights of Landlord hereunder or otherwise at law or in equity. 

ARTICLE 22 - DEFAULTS

22.1Tenant’s Default.  The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a “Default” under this Lease by Tenant: 

a.the vacation or abandonment of the Premises by Tenant.  “Abandonment” is herein defined to include, but is not limited to, any absence by Tenant from the Premises for fifteen (15) business days or longer while in default of any other provision of this Lease; 

b.the failure by Tenant to make any payment of Rent, Additional Rent or any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder, where such failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice thereof from Landlord that such payment was not received when due; provided that if Landlord provides two (2) or more notices of late payment within any twelve (12) month period, then the third failure of Tenant to make any payment of Rent or any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder when due in the twelve (12) month period following the second (2nd) such notice shall be an automatic Default without notice from Landlord; 

c.the failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in Sections 22.1(a) or (b) above, where such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that it may be cured but more than ten (10) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall commence such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, which completion shall occur not later than sixty (60) days from the date of such notice from Landlord; or 

d.A general assignment by Tenant or any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations hereunder (“Guarantor”) for the benefit of creditors; 

e.The filing of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy by Tenant or any Guarantor, the filing by Tenant or any Guarantor of a voluntary petition for an arrangement, the filing by or against Tenant or any Guarantor of a petition, voluntary or involuntary, for reorganization, or the filing of an involuntary petition by the creditors of Tenant or any Guarantor, said involuntary petition remaining undischarged for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days; 

f.Receivership, attachment, or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets on the Premises, such attachment or other seizure remaining undismissed or undischarged for a period of thirty (30) days after the levy thereof; 


-19-


Any notice sent by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to this Section 22.1 shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under any applicable Law.

ARTICLE 23 - REMEDIES OF LANDLORD

23.1Landlord’s Remedies; Termination.  In the event of any such Default by Tenant, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease, at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the immediate option to terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder and to re-enter the Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises; such property may be removed, stored and/or disposed of as permitted by applicable Law.  If Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease, then Landlord may recover from Tenant: (a) the worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus (b) the worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus (c) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus (d) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result therefrom including, but not limited to: the total unamortized sum of any Abated Amount (amortized on a straight line basis over the initial Term of this Lease), tenant improvement costs; attorneys’ fees; brokers’ commissions; any costs required to return the Premises to the condition required at the end of the Term; the costs of refurbishment, alterations, renovation and repair of the Premises; and removal (including the repair of any damage caused by such removal) and storage (or disposal) of Tenant’s personal property, equipment, fixtures, Alterations, Tenant Improvements and any other items which Tenant is required under this Lease to remove but does not remove; plus (e) all other monetary damages allowed under applicable Law. 

As used in Sections 23.1(a) and 23.1(b) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate set forth in the Summary.  As used in Section 23.1(c) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).  

23.2Landlord’s Remedies; Continuation of Lease; Re-Entry Rights.  In the event of any such Default by Tenant, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease, at law or in equity, Landlord shall also have the right to (a) continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, and (b) with or without terminating this Lease, to re-enter the Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises; such property may be removed, stored and/or disposed of as permitted by applicable Law.  No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this Section 23.2, and no acceptance of surrender of the Premises or other action on Landlord’s part, shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention be given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof be decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction.  No notice from Landlord or notice given under a forcible entry and detainer statute or similar Laws will constitute an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease unless such notice specifically so states.  Notwithstanding any reletting without termination by Landlord because of any Default, Landlord may at any time after such reletting elect to terminate this Lease for any such Default.   

23.3Landlord’s Right to Perform.  Except as specifically provided otherwise in this Lease, all covenants and agreements by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any abatement or offset of Rent.  In the event of any Default by Tenant, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations, make such payment or perform such other act as required to cure such Default on behalf of Tenant.  All sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary incidental costs incurred by Landlord in performing such other acts shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after demand therefor as Additional Rent. 

23.4Rights and Remedies Cumulative.  All rights, options and remedies of Landlord contained in this Article 23 and elsewhere in this Lease shall be construed and held to be cumulative, and no one of them shall be exclusive of the other, and Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such remedies or any other remedy or relief which may be provided by law or in equity, whether or not stated in this Lease.  Nothing in this Article 23 shall be deemed to limit or otherwise affect Tenant’s indemnification of Landlord pursuant to any provision of this Lease. 

23.5Costs Upon Default and Litigation.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord and its Mortgagees as Additional Rent all the expenses incurred by Landlord or its Mortgagees in connection with any default by Tenant hereunder or the exercise of any remedy by reason of any default by Tenant hereunder, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses.  If Landlord or its Mortgagees shall be made a party to any litigation commenced against Tenant or any litigation pertaining to this Lease or the Premises, at the option of Landlord and/or its Mortgagees, Tenant, at its expense, shall provide Landlord and/or its Mortgagees with counsel approved by Landlord and/or its Mortgagees and shall pay all costs incurred or paid by Landlord and/or its Mortgagees in connection with such litigation. 

ARTICLE 24 - ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord and its employees and agents shall at all reasonable times, upon not less than 48 hours prior notice to Tenant, have the right to enter the Premises to inspect the same, to supply any service required to be provided by Landlord to Tenant under this Lease, to exhibit the Premises to prospective lenders or purchasers (or during the last year of the Term or during any default by Tenant, to prospective tenants), to post notices of non-responsibility, and/or to alter, improve or repair the Premises or any other portion of the Building or Property, all


-20-


without being deemed guilty of or liable for any breach of Landlord’s covenant of quiet enjoyment or any eviction of Tenant, and without abatement of Rent.  In exercising such entry rights, Landlord shall endeavor to minimize, to the extent reasonably practicable, the interference with Tenant’s business, and shall provide Tenant with reasonable advance notice (oral or written) of such entry (except in emergency situations and for scheduled services).  For each of the foregoing purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in, upon and about the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes, and Landlord shall have the means which Landlord may deem proper to open said doors in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises.  Any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord by any of said means or otherwise shall not under any circumstances be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof, or grounds for any abatement or reduction of Rent and Landlord shall not have any liability to Tenant for any damages or losses on account of any such entry by Landlord.

ARTICLE 25 - LIMITATION ON LANDLORDS LIABILITY

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, the obligations of Landlord under this Lease (including as to any actual or alleged breach or default by Landlord) do not constitute personal obligations of the individual members, managers, investors, partners, directors, officers, or shareholders of Landlord or Landlord’s members or partners, and Tenant shall not seek recourse against the individual members, managers, investors, partners, directors, officers, or shareholders of Landlord or Landlord’s members or partners or any other persons or entities having any interest in Landlord, or any of their personal assets for satisfaction of any liability with respect to this Lease.  In addition, in consideration of the benefits accruing hereunder to Tenant and notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant hereby covenants and agrees for itself and all of its successors and assigns that the liability of Landlord for its obligations under this Lease (including any liability as a result of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default hereunder by Landlord), shall be limited solely to, and Tenant’s and its successors’ and assigns’ sole and exclusive remedy shall be against, Landlord’s interest in the Building, and no other assets of Landlord.  The term “Landlord” as used in this Lease, so far as covenants or obligations on the part of the Landlord are concerned, shall be limited to mean and include only the owner or owners, at the time in question, of the fee title to, or a lessee’s interest in a ground lease of, the Property.  In the event of any transfer or conveyance of any such title or interest (other than a transfer for security purposes only), the transferor shall be automatically relieved of all covenants and obligations on the part of Landlord contained in this Lease.  Landlord and Landlord’s transferees and assignees shall have the absolute right to transfer all or any portion of their respective title and interest in the Premises, the Building, the Property and/or this Lease without the consent of Tenant, and such transfer or subsequent transfer shall not be deemed a violation on Landlord’s part of any of the terms and conditions of this Lease.

ARTICLE 26 - SUBORDINATION

Tenant accepts this Lease subject and subordinate to any mortgage(s), deed(s) of trust, ground lease(s) or other lien(s) now or subsequently arising upon the Premises, the Building or the Property, and to renewals, modifications, refinancings and extensions thereof (collectively referred to as a “Mortgage”). This clause shall be self-operative, but no later than ten (10) business days after written request from Landlord or any holder of a Mortgage (each, a “Mortgagee” and collectively, “Mortgagees”), Tenant shall execute a commercially reasonable subordination agreement.  As an alternative, a Mortgagee shall have the right at any time to subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease.  No later than ten (10) business days after written request by Landlord or any Mortgagee, Tenant shall, without charge, attorn to any successor to Landlord’s interest in this Lease.  Tenant hereby waives its rights under any current or future Law which gives or purports to give Tenant any right to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder in the event of any such foreclosure proceeding or sale.  Should Tenant fail to sign and return any such documents within said ten (10) business day period, Tenant shall be in default hereunder.

ARTICLE 27 - ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

Within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, in a form substantially similar to the form of Exhibit F attached hereto. Any such estoppel certificate delivered pursuant to this Article 27 may be relied upon by any mortgagee, beneficiary, purchaser or prospective purchaser of any portion of the Property, as well as their assignees.  Tenant’s failure to deliver such estoppel certificate following an additional two (2) business day cure period after notice shall constitute a default hereunder.  Tenant’s failure to deliver such certificate within such time shall be conclusive upon Tenant that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, that there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance, and that not more than one (1) month’s Rent has been paid in advance.  

ARTICLE 28 - RELOCATION OF PREMISES

Intentionally Omitted.

ARTICLE 29 - MORTGAGEE PROTECTION

If, in connection with Landlord’s obtaining or entering into any financing or ground lease for any portion of the Building or Property, the lender or ground lessor shall request modifications to this Lease, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after request therefor, execute an amendment to this Lease including such modifications, provided such modifications are reasonable, do not increase the obligations of Tenant hereunder, or adversely affect the leasehold estate created hereby or Tenant’s rights hereunder. In the event of any default on the part of Landlord, Tenant will give notice by registered or certified mail to any beneficiary of a deed of trust or mortgagee covering the


-21-


Premises or ground lessor of Landlord whose address shall have been furnished to Tenant, and shall offer such beneficiary, mortgagee or ground lessor a reasonable opportunity to cure the default (including with respect to any such beneficiary or mortgagee, time to obtain possession of the Premises, subject to this Lease and Tenant’s rights hereunder, by power of sale or judicial foreclosure, if such should prove necessary to effect a cure).

ARTICLE 30 - QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants and agrees with Tenant that, upon Tenant performing all of the covenants and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease (including payment of Rent hereunder), Tenant shall have the right to use and occupy the Premises in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease as against all persons claiming by, through or under Landlord. This covenant shall be binding upon Landlord and its successors only during its or their respective periods of ownership of the Building.

ARTICLE 31 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

31.1Broker.  Tenant represents that it has not had any dealings with any real estate broker, finder or intermediary with respect to this Lease, other than the Brokers specified in the Summary.  Tenant shall indemnify, protect, defend (by counsel reasonably approved in writing by Landlord) and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, suits, causes of action, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and court costs) resulting from any breach by Tenant of the foregoing representation, including, without limitation, any claims that may be asserted against Landlord by any broker, agent or finder undisclosed by Tenant herein.   

31.2Governing Law.  This Lease shall be governed by, and construed pursuant to, the laws of the state in which the Premises are located.  Venue for any litigation between the parties hereto concerning this Lease or the occupancy of the Premises shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.  Tenant shall comply with all governmental and quasi-governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the Building, Property and/or the Premises, and all rules and regulations adopted pursuant thereto and all covenants, conditions and restrictions applicable to and/or of record against the Building, Property and/or the Premises (individually, a “Law” and collectively, the “Laws”).   

31.3Successors and Assigns.  Subject to the provisions of Article 25 above, and except as otherwise provided in this Lease, all of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives and permitted successors and assigns; provided, however, no rights shall inure to the benefit of any Transferee of Tenant unless the Transfer to such Transferee is made in compliance with the provisions of Article 20, and no options or other rights which are expressly made personal to the original Tenant hereunder or in any rider attached hereto shall be assignable to or exercisable by anyone other than the original Tenant under this Lease. 

31.4No Merger.  The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant or a mutual termination thereof shall not work as a merger and shall, at the option of Landlord, either (a) terminate all or any existing subleases, or (b) operate as an assignment to Landlord of Tenant’s interest under any or all such subleases. 

31.5Professional Fees.  If either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit (or alternate dispute resolution proceedings) against the other with respect to this Lease, including for unlawful detainer, forcible entry and detainer, or any other relief against the other hereunder, then all costs and expenses incurred by the prevailing party therein (including, without limitation, its actual appraisers’, accountants’, attorneys’ and other professional fees, expenses and court costs), shall be paid by the other party, including any and all costs incurred in enforcing, perfecting and executing such judgment and all reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees associated with any appeal.  Further, if for any reason Landlord consults legal counsel or otherwise incurs any costs or expenses as a result of its proper attempt to enforce the provisions of this Lease against Tenant, even though no litigation is commenced, or if commenced is not pursued to final judgment, Tenant shall be obligated to pay to Landlord, in addition to all other amounts for which Tenant is obligated hereunder, all of Landlord’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with any such acts, including attorneys’ fees incurred associated with any appeal. 

31.6Waiver.  The waiver by either party of any breach by the other party of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant and condition herein contained, nor shall any custom or practice which may become established between the parties in the administration of the terms hereof be deemed a waiver of, or in any way affect, the right of any party to insist upon the performance by the other in strict accordance with said terms.  No waiver of any default of either party hereunder shall be implied from any acceptance by Landlord or delivery by Tenant (as the case may be) of any Rent or other payments due hereunder or any omission by the non-defaulting party to take any action on account of such default if such default persists or is repeated, and no express waiver shall affect defaults other than as specified in said waiver. 

31.7Terms and Headings.  The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular.  Words used in any gender include other genders.  The Article and Section headings of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof.  Any deletion of language from this Lease prior to its execution by Landlord and Tenant shall not be construed to raise any presumption, canon of construction or implication, including, without limitation, any implication that the parties intended thereby to state the converse of the deleted language.  The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that each has participated in the negotiation and drafting of this Lease; therefore, in the event of an ambiguity in, or dispute regarding the interpretation of, this Lease, the interpretation of this Lease shall not be  


-22-


resolved by any rule of interpretation providing for interpretation against the party who caused the uncertainty to exist or against the draftsman.

31.8Time.  Time is of the essence with respect to performance of every provision of this Lease in which time or performance is a factor.   

31.9Business Day.  A “business day” is Monday through Friday, excluding holidays observed by the United States Postal Service and reference to 5:00 p.m. is to the time zone of the recipient.  Whenever action must be taken (including the giving of notice or the delivery of documents) under this Lease during a certain period of time (or by a particular date) that ends (or occurs) on a non-business day, then such period (or date) shall be extended until the immediately following business day. 

31.10Payments and Notices.  All Rent and other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be paid to Landlord at the address designated in the Summary, or to such other persons and/or at such other places as Landlord may hereafter designate in writing.  Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder must be in writing and may be given by personal delivery (including delivery by nationally recognized overnight courier or express mailing service), or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to Tenant at the address(es) designated in the Summary, or to Landlord at the address(es) designated in the Summary.  Either party may, by written notice to the other, specify a different address for notice purposes.  Notice given in the foregoing manner shall be deemed given (i) upon confirmed transmission if sent by e-mail transmission, provided such transmission is prior to 5:00 p.m. on a business day (if such transmission is after 5:00 p.m. on a business day or is on a non-business day, such notice will be deemed given on the following business day), (ii) when actually received or refused by the party to whom sent if delivered by a carrier or personally served or (iii) if mailed, on the day of actual delivery or refusal as shown by the certified mail return receipt or the expiration of three (3) business days after the day of mailing, whichever first occurs.   

31.11Prior Agreements; Amendments.  This Lease, including the Summary and all Exhibits attached hereto, contains all of the covenants, provisions, agreements, conditions and understandings between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises and any other matter covered or mentioned in this Lease, and no prior agreement or understanding, oral or written, express or implied, pertaining to the Premises or any such other matter shall be effective for any purpose.  No provision of this Lease may be amended or added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest.  The parties acknowledge that all prior agreements, representations and negotiations are deemed superseded by the execution of this Lease to the extent they are not expressly incorporated herein. 

31.12Separability.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Lease shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and such other provisions shall remain valid and in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law. 

31.13Recording.  Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease or a short form memorandum of this Lease. 

31.14Accord and Satisfaction.  No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent payment herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.  Tenant agrees that each of the foregoing covenants and agreements shall be applicable to any covenant or agreement either expressly contained in this Lease or imposed by any statute or at common law. 

31.15Intentionally Deleted 

31.16No Partnership.  Landlord does not, in any way or for any purpose, become a partner of Tenant in the conduct of its business, or otherwise, or joint venturer or a member of a joint enterprise with Tenant by reason of this Lease.   

31.17Force Majeure.  If either party hereto shall be delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance of any act required hereunder by reason of strikes, lock-outs, labor troubles, inability to procure materials, failure of power, governmental moratorium or other governmental action or inaction (including, without limitation, failure, refusal or delay in issuing permits, approvals and/or authorizations), injunction or court order, riots, insurrection, war, terrorism, bioterrorism, fire, earthquake, inclement weather including rain, flood, pandemic, or other natural disaster or other reason of a like nature not the fault of the party delaying in performing work or doing acts required under the terms of this Lease (but excluding delays due to financial inability) (herein, “Force Majeure Delay(s)”), then performance of such act shall be excused for the period of such Force Majeure Delay and the period for the performance of any such act shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay.  The provisions of this Section 31.17 shall not apply to nor operate to excuse Tenant from the payment of Monthly Base Rent, or any Additional Rent or any other payments strictly in accordance with the terms of this Lease. 

31.18Counterparts.  This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which shall be one and the same agreement.  Signatures and initials required in this document may be executed via “wet” original handwritten signature or initials, or via electronic signature or mark, which shall be binding on the parties as originals, and the executed signature pages may be delivered using pdf or similar file type transmitted via electronic mail, cloud based server, e-signature technology or other similar  


-23-


electronic means, and any such transmittal shall constitute delivery of the executed document for all purposes of this Lease.

31.19Nondisclosure of Lease Terms.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the terms of this Lease are confidential and constitute proprietary information of Landlord.  Disclosure of the terms could adversely affect the ability of Landlord to negotiate other leases and impair Landlord’s relationship with other tenants.  Accordingly, Tenant agrees that it, and its partners, officers, directors, shareholders, members, managers, employees, agents and attorneys, shall not intentionally and voluntarily disclose the terms and conditions of this Lease to any newspaper or other publication or any other tenant or apparent prospective tenant of the Building or other portion of the Property, or real estate agent, either directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Landlord, provided, however, that Tenant may disclose the terms to prospective subtenants or assignees under this Lease. 

31.20Tenant’s Authority.  If Tenant executes this Lease as a partnership, corporation or limited liability company, then Tenant and the persons and/or entities executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represent and warrant that: (a) Tenant is a duly organized and existing partnership, corporation or limited liability company, as the case may be, and is qualified to do business in the state in which the Premises are located; (b) such persons and/or entities executing this Lease are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on Tenant’s behalf; and (c) this Lease is binding upon Tenant in accordance with its terms.  Tenant shall provide to Landlord a copy of any documents reasonably requested by Landlord evidencing such qualification, organization, existence and authorization within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant is not, and the entities or individuals constituting Tenant or which may own or control Tenant or which may be owned or controlled by Tenant are not, (i) in violation of any Laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, or (ii) among the individuals or entities identified on any list compiled pursuant to Executive Order 13224 for the purpose of identifying suspected terrorists or on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, http://www.treas.gov/ofac/tllsdn.pdf or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list. 

31.21Joint and Several Liability.  If more than one person or entity executes this Lease as Tenant: (a) each of them is and shall be jointly and severally liable for the covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed and performed by Tenant; and (b) the act or signature of, or notice from or to, any one or more of them with respect to this Lease shall be binding upon each and all of the persons and entities executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted or signed, or given or received such notice. 

31.22No Option.  The submission of this Lease for examination or execution by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for the Premises and this Lease shall not become effective as a Lease until it has been executed by Landlord and delivered to Tenant. 

31.23Options and Rights in General.  Any option (each an “Option” and collectively, the “Options”), including without limitation, any option to extend, option to terminate, option to expand, right to lease, right of first offer, and/or right of first refusal, granted to Tenant is personal to the original Tenant executing this Lease or a Permitted Transferee and may be exercised only by the original Tenant executing this Lease while occupying the entire Premises and without the intent of thereafter assigning this Lease or subletting the Premises or a Permitted Transferee and may not be exercised or be assigned, voluntarily or involuntarily, by any person or entity other than the original Tenant executing this Lease or a Permitted Transferee.  The Options, if any, granted to Tenant under this Lease are not assignable separate and apart from this Lease, nor may any Option be separated from this Lease in any manner, either by reservation or otherwise.  Tenant will have no right to exercise any Option, notwithstanding any provision of the grant of option to the contrary, and Tenant’s exercise of any Option may be nullified by Landlord and deemed of no further force or effect, if (i) Tenant is in default under the terms of this Lease (or if Tenant would be in such default under this Lease but for the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both) as of Tenant’s exercise of the Option in question or at any time after the exercise of any such Option and prior to the commencement of the Option event, (ii) Tenant has sublet all or any portion of the Premises except pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, (iii) Landlord has given Tenant two (2) or more notices of default, whether or not such defaults are subsequently cured, during any twelve (12) consecutive month period of this Lease, or (iv) if in Landlord’s determination Tenant’s financial condition is not equal to or greater than Tenant’s financial condition as reported by Tenant to Landlord in connection with and as of the execution date of this Lease by Tenant.  Each Option granted to Tenant, if any, is hereby deemed an economic term which Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, may or may not offer in conjunction with any future extensions of the Term. 

[NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE; SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]


-24-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the date first above written.

 

Tenant:

 

 

BOXABL INC.,

a Nevada corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paolo Tiramani

Name:

Paolo Tiramani

Title:

CEO

 

 

Landlord:

 

 

CRPF IV CENTENNIAL, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Patrick Daniels

Name:

Patrick Daniels

Title:

CEO


-25-


EXHIBIT A

PREMISES FLOOR PLAN


 

Exhibit B- Page 1

 

 


EXHIBIT B

SITE PLAN

 


 

Exhibit B- Page 2

 

 


EXHIBIT C

WORK LETTER

1.TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.  Landlord shall construct and, except as provided below to the contrary, pay for the entire cost of constructing the tenant improvements (“Tenant Improvements”) described by the plans and specifications identified in Schedule “1” attached hereto (the “Plans”).  Tenant may request changes to the Plans provided that (a) the changes shall not be of a lesser quality than Landlord’s standard specifications for tenant improvements for the Building, as the same may be changed from time to time by Landlord (the “Standards”); (b) the changes conform to applicable governmental regulations and necessary governmental permits and approvals can be secured; (c) the changes do not require building service beyond the levels normally provided to other tenants in the Property; (d) the changes do not have any adverse effect on the structural integrity or systems of the Building; (e) the changes will not, in Landlord’s opinion, unreasonably delay construction of the Tenant Improvements; and (f) Landlord has determined in its sole discretion that the changes are of a nature and quality consistent with the overall objectives of Landlord for the Property.  If Landlord approves a change requested by Tenant, then, as a condition to the effectiveness of Landlord’s approval, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand by Landlord the increased cost attributable to such change, as reasonably determined by Landlord.  To the extent any such change results in a delay of completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements, then such delay shall constitute a delay caused by Tenant as described below. 

2.CONSTRUCTION OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.  Upon Tenant’s payment to Landlord of the total amount of the cost of any changes to the Plans, if any, Landlord’s contractor shall commence and diligently proceed with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, subject to Tenant Delays (as described in Section 4 below) and Force Majeure Delays (as described in Section 5 below).  Promptly upon the commencement of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a construction schedule letter setting forth the projected completion dates therefor and showing the deadlines for any actions required to be taken by Tenant during such construction, and Landlord may from time to time during construction of the Tenant Improvements modify such schedule. 

3.SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

(a)Substantial Completion; Punch-List.  The Tenant Improvements shall be deemed to be “substantially completed” when Landlord: (a) is able to provide Tenant reasonable access to the Premises; (b) has substantially completed the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Plans, other than decoration and minor “punch-list” type items and adjustments which do not materially interfere with Tenant’s access to or use of the Premises; and (c) has obtained a temporary certificate of occupancy or other required equivalent approval from the local governmental authority permitting occupancy of the Premises.  Within ten (10) days after such substantial completion, Tenant shall conduct a walk-through inspection of the Premises with Landlord and provide to Landlord a written punch-list specifying those decoration and other punch-list items which require completion, which items Landlord shall thereafter diligently complete; provided, however, that Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the remediation of any items on the punch-list caused by Tenant’s acts or omissions. 

(b)Delivery of Possession.  Landlord agrees to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant when the Tenant Improvements have been substantially completed in accordance with Section (a) above.  The parties estimate that Landlord will deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant and the Term of this Lease will commence on or before the Commencement Date set forth in Section 1.6 of the Summary.  Tenant agrees that if Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or prior to the Commencement Date specified in Section 1.6 of the Summary, the Lease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom.  Notwithstanding anything contained in the foregoing to the contrary, in the event Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant with substantially completed Improvements within forty-five (45) days of the Commencement Date specified in Section 1.6 of the Summary, Tenant shall have the option of terminating this Lease rendering it null and void. 

4.TENANT DELAYS.  For purposes of this Work Letter, “Tenant Delays” shall mean any delay in the completion of the Tenant Improvements resulting from any or all of the following:  (a) Tenant’s failure to timely perform any of its obligations pursuant to this Work Letter, including any failure to complete, on or before the due date therefor, any action item which is Tenant’s responsibility pursuant to the Work Schedule or any schedule delivered by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter; (b) Tenant’s changes to the Plans; (c) Tenant’s request for materials, finishes, or installations which are not readily available or which are incompatible with the Standards; (d) any delay of Tenant in making payment to Landlord for Tenant’s share of any costs in excess of the cost of the Tenant Improvements as described in the Plans; or (e) any other act or failure to act by Tenant, Tenant’s employees, agents, architects, independent contractors, consultants and/or any other person performing or required to perform services on behalf of Tenant. 

5.FORCE MAJEURE DELAYS.  For purposes of this Work Letter, “Force Majeure Delays” shall mean any actual delay beyond the reasonable control of Landlord in the construction of the Tenant Improvements, which is not a Tenant Delay and which is caused by any of the causes described in Section 31.17 of the Standard Provisions. 

6.CONTRACTOR’S WARRANTIES/COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  Landlord shall obtain and enforce for the benefit of Tenant one (1) year contractor’s warranties for the Tenant Improvements.  Landlord shall complete the Tenant Improvements in compliance with all applicable current building codes and ADA requirements then in effect as of the date plans for the Tenant Improvements are approved by applicable governmental authorities. 


 

Exhibit C- Page 1

 

 


7.ALLOWANCE.   

(a)In addition, Landlord shall provide to Tenant an allowance of up to $50,000.00 (the “Allowance”) to be used by Tenant to design and complete electrical improvements and distribution for the Premises with a minimum 2000 Amps of 277/480 3-phase power (the “Electrical Improvements”) in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of Article 13 of the Lease with respect to Alterations, including, without limitation, the requirement that Tenant obtain Landlord’s prior written approval for the Electrical Improvements.  Landlord shall reimburse the Allowance after the completion of the Electrical Improvements and within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of (i) paid invoices from all of the contractors and/or subcontractors (“Tenant Contractors”) for labor rendered and materials delivered to the Premises, (ii) executed unconditional mechanic’s lien releases from all Tenant Contractors to whom payment is included in the Allowance, and (iii) all other information reasonably requested by Landlord. 

(b)The Allowance is applicable only to the Electrical Improvements, and shall not be used for any other purpose, such as, but not limited to, the purchase or installation of furniture, trade fixtures, or personal property.  If all or any portion of the Allowance shall not be used by December 31, 2021, Landlord shall be entitled to the savings and Tenant shall receive no credit therefor.  Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not be obligated to disburse any portion of the Allowance during the continuance of an uncured default under the Lease. 


 

Exhibit C- Page 2

 

 


SCHEDULE 1

PLANS

1.Approximately 3,000 square feet of office space based on a mutually acceptable office floor plan.  

2.Five (5) forklift charging stations to code including ventilation. 

3.Six (6) 35,000 lbs dock levelers in mutually acceptable locations, with full dock packages including lights, seals/cushions, stop/go lights, and power box. 

4.Twenty (20) overhead 4-plex power drops at column positions throughout warehouse in mutually acceptable locations.  

5.Evaporative cooled warehouse. 

6.LED warehouse lighting with motion sensors. 

7.Four (4) industrial ceiling fans in the warehouse in mutually acceptable locations. 


 

Exhibit C- Page 1

 

 


EXHIBIT D

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

Date:

To:

Re:___________ dated ___________ (“Lease”) by and between ________________, a ______________________ (“Landlord”), and _________________________, a _______________________ (“Tenant”) for the premises commonly known as, ______________________________(“Premises”). 

Dear :

In accordance with the above-referenced Lease, we wish to advise and/or confirm as follows:

That Tenant has accepted and is in possession of the Premises and acknowledges the following: 

Term of the Lease: 

Commencement Date: 

Expiration Date: 

Rentable Square Feet: 

That in accordance with the Lease, rental payments will/has commence(d) on _________ and rent is payable in accordance with the following schedule: 

Months

Monthly Base Rent

00/00/0000 – 00/00/0000

$00,000.00

00/00/0000 – 00/00/0000

$00,000.00

00/00/0000 – 00/00/0000

$00,000.00

Rent is due and payable in advance on the first day of each and every month during the Term of the Lease. 

Your rent checks should be made payable to:  

  

  

ACCEPTED AND AGREED

TENANT:

LANDLORD:

 

a,  

 

a,  

 

 

By: 

Print Name: 

Its: 

By: 


 

Exhibit D- Page 2

 

 


EXHIBIT E

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1.Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed near the glass of any window, door, partition or wall which may appear unsightly from outside the Building.  No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord.  No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Building, other than Building standard materials, without the prior written consent of Landlord. 

2.Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary janitorial labor by carelessness or indifference to the good order and cleanliness of the Premises.  Landlord shall not in any way be responsible to Tenant for loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage to Tenant’s property by any janitors or any other employee or any other person. 

3.Landlord will furnish Tenant, free of charge, with two keys to each door lock in the Building.  Landlord may impose a reasonable charge for any additional keys.  Tenant may not make or have made additional keys, and Tenant shall not alter any lock or install a new additional lock or bolt on any door or window of the Building.  Tenant, upon termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord the keys of all doors which have been furnished to, or otherwise procured by Tenant, and, in the event of loss of any keys, shall pay Landlord the cost of replacing the same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such change. 

4.Landlord will not be responsible for loss of, or damage to, any such equipment or other property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by maintaining or moving such equipment or other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant. 

5.Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable or combustible fluid or material other than those limited quantities necessary for the operation or maintenance of office equipment.  Tenant shall not use or permit to be used in the Premises any foul or noxious gas or substance, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord by reason of noise, odors or vibrations, nor shall Tenant bring into or keep in or about the Premises any birds or animals. 

6.Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air-conditioning other than that supplied to the Building by Landlord. 

7.Landlord reserves the right from time to time, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, exercisable without prior notice and without liability to Tenant, to change the address of the Premises, and/or install, replace or change any signs in, on or about the Premises (except for Tenant’s signs, if any, which are expressly permitted by the Lease). 

8.Landlord shall not be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person.   

9.The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substances of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. 

10.Except as expressly permitted in the Lease, Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, window mullions, woodwork or drywall, or in any way deface the Building or any part thereof, except to install normal wall hangings.  Tenant shall repair any damage resulting from noncompliance under this rule. 

11.Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the trash receptacles for the Premises.  Tenant shall not place in any trash box or receptacle any material which cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash and garbage disposal.  All garbage and refuse disposal shall be made in accordance with directions reasonably issued from time to time by Landlord. 

12.Other than as permitted elsewhere in the Lease, the Premises shall not be used for lodging of any kind.  No cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant on the Premises, except that use by Tenant of Underwriters’ Laboratory-approved equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages shall be permitted and the use of a microwave shall be permitted, provided that such equipment and use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations. 

13.Tenant shall not use the name of the Building, if any, in connection with, or in promoting or advertising, the business of Tenant, except for Tenant’s address. 

14.Tenant agrees that it shall comply with all fire and security regulations that may be issued from time to time by Landlord, and Tenant also shall provide Landlord with the name of a designated responsible employee to represent Tenant in all matters pertaining to such fire or security regulations.  Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord in all matters concerning fire and other emergency procedures. 

15.Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage.  Such responsibility shall include keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed. 


 

Exhibit E- Page 1

 

 


16.Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable non-discriminatory Rules and Regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for safety, security, care and cleanliness of the Building or Property and for the preservation of good order therein.  Tenant agrees to abide by all such Rules and Regulations hereinabove stated and any additional rules and regulations which are adopted. 

17.Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing rules by Tenant’s  Parties. 

18.Tenant shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Building in any manner except by a paste, or other material which may easily be removed with water, the use of cement or other similar adhesive materials being expressly prohibited.  The method of affixing any such linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering shall be subject to the approval of Landlord.  The expense of repairing any damage resulting from a violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant. 

19.Tenant shall not without Landlord’s consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, receive, store, discharge, or transport firearms, ammunition, or weapons or explosives of any kind or nature at, on or from the Premises. 

20.No vehicle or equipment of any kind shall be dismantled, repaired or serviced on the Common Area.   

21.Signs will conform to sign standards and criteria established from time to time by Landlord.  No other signs, placards, pictures, advertisements, names or notices shall be inscribed, displayed or printed or affixed on or to any part of the outside or inside of the building without the written consent of Landlord and Landlord shall have the right to remove any such non-conforming signs, placards, pictures, advertisements, names or notices without notice to and at the expense of Tenant. 

22.No antenna, aerial, discs, dishes or other such device shall be erected on the roof or exterior walls of the Premises, or on the grounds, without the written consent of the Landlord in each instance.  Any device so installed without such written consent shall be subject to removal without notice at any time. 

23.No loud speakers, televisions, phonographs, radios or other devices shall be used in a manner so as to be heard or seen outside of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord. 

24.The outside areas immediately adjoining the Premises shall be kept clean and free from dirt and rubbish by the Tenant to the satisfaction of Landlord and Tenant shall not place or permit any obstruction or materials in such areas or permit any work to be performed outside the Premises. 

25.No open storage shall be permitted in the Property.  Notwithstanding the immediately foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to store its modular home product in an open fashion, which may be stored within the dock apron adjacent to the Premises and along the area of the truck court adjacent to the trailer parking stalls reserved for other tenants.  Tenant’s modular home product shall be stored in a single-file fashion, and shall not obstruct fire lane access around the Building or through the truck court as may be required by law.  The foregoing provision shall not be amended or modified by the Landlord without the written consent of Tenant, which consent may be withheld in Tenant’s discretion. 

26.All garbage and refuse shall be placed in containers placed at the location designated for refuse collection, in the manner specified by Landlord. 

27.No vending machine or machines of any description shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Common Area except for the use of Tenant's employees. 

28.Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, or canvass any occupant of the building and shall cooperate to prevent same. 

29.No noxious or offensive trade or activity shall be carried on upon any units or any part of the Common Area nor shall anything be done thereon which would in any way interfere with the quiet enjoyment of each of the other tenants of the Project. 

30.Landlord reserves the right to make such amendments to these rules and regulations from time to time as are nondiscriminatory and not inconsistent with the Lease. 

PARKING RULES AND REGULATIONS

In addition to any parking provisions contained in the Lease, the following rules and regulations shall apply with respect to the use of the Property’s parking facilities.

1.Every parker is required to park and lock his/her own vehicle.  All responsibility for damage to or loss of vehicles is assumed by the parker and Landlord shall not be responsible for any such damage or loss by water, fire, defective brakes, the act or omissions of others, theft, or for any other cause. 

2.Tenant shall not park or permit its employees to park in any parking areas designated by Landlord as areas for parking by visitors to the Property.  Tenant shall not leave vehicles in the parking areas overnight nor park any vehicles in the parking areas other than automobiles, motorcycles, motor driven or non-motor driven bicycles or four wheeled trucks. 


 

Exhibit E- Page 2

 

 


3.Parking stickers or any other device or form of identification supplied by Landlord as a condition of use of the parking facilities shall remain the property of Landlord.  Such parking identification device must be displayed as requested and may not be mutilated in any manner.  The serial number of the parking identification device may not be obliterated.  Devices are not transferable and any device in the possession of an unauthorized holder will be void. 

4.No extended term storage of vehicles shall be permitted. 

5.Vehicles must be parked entirely within painted stall lines of a single parking stall. 

6.All directional signs and arrows must be observed. 

7.The speed limit within all parking areas shall be five (5) miles per hour. 

8.Parking is prohibited:  (a) in areas not striped for parking; (b) in aisles; (c) where “no parking” signs are posted; (d) on ramps; (e) in cross-hatched areas; and (f) in reserved spaces and in such other areas as may be designated by Landlord or Landlord’s parking operator. 

9.Loss or theft of parking identification devices, if any, must be reported to Landlord’s property manager immediately, and a lost or stolen report must be filed by the Tenant or user of such parking identification device at the time.  Landlord has the right to exclude any vehicle from the parking facilities that does not have an identification device. 

10.Any parking identification devices reported lost or stolen found on any unauthorized car will be confiscated and the illegal holder will be subject to prosecution. 

11.Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of any vehicle in any area not specifically reserved for such purpose is prohibited. 

12.The parking operators, managers or attendants, if any, are not authorized to make or allow any exceptions to these rules and regulations. 

13.If the Lease terminates for any reason whatsoever or if Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises is terminated after a Default, Tenant’s right to park in the parking facilities shall terminate concurrently therewith. 

14.Landlord reserves the right to modify and/or adopt such other reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations for the parking facilities as it deems necessary for the operation of the parking facilities.  Landlord may refuse to permit any person who violates these rules to park in the parking facilities, and any violation of the rules shall subject the vehicle to removal, at such vehicle owner’s expense. 

15.Tenant shall not permit any parking by its employees, agents, subtenants, customers, invitees, concessionaires or visitors on the streets surrounding the Premises in violation of any ordinances or postings by any public authorities having jurisdiction.  

16.Tenant’s parking spaces shall be used only for parking by vehicles no larger than normally sized passenger automobiles, vans and sport utility vehicles.  Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities.  If Tenant permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described herein, then Landlord shall have the right, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost thereof to Tenant, which cost shall be payable by Tenant upon demand by Landlord. 


 

Exhibit E- Page 3

 

 


EXHIBIT F

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

The undersigned (“Tenant”) hereby certifies to    (“Landlord”), and  , as follows: 

1.Attached hereto is a true, correct and complete copy of that certain Lease dated ________________, between Landlord and Tenant (the “Lease”), for the premises commonly known as ____________________________________ (the “Premises”).  The Lease is now in full force and effect and has not been amended, modified or supplemented, except as set forth in Section 6 below. 

2.The term of the Lease commenced on ________________, __. 

3.The term of the Lease is currently scheduled to expire on ________________, __. 

4.Tenant has no option to renew or extend the Term of the Lease except:  

5.Tenant has no preferential right to purchase the Premises or any portion of the Building/Premises except: _______________________________________________________. 

6.The Lease has: (Initial One) 

(      )not been amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or assigned. 

(      )been amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or assigned by the following described  

agreements, copies of which are attached hereto:  

7.Tenant has accepted and is now in possession of the Premises and has not sublet, assigned or encumbered the  

Lease, the Premises or any portion thereof except as follows:  

8.The current Base Rent is $________; and current monthly parking charges are $_______. 

9.The amount of security deposit (if any) is $______________.  No other security deposits have been made. 

10.All rental payments payable by Tenant have been paid in full as of the date hereof.  No rent under the Lease has been paid for more than thirty (30) days in advance of its due date. 

11.All work required to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed and has been accepted by Tenant, and all tenant improvement allowances have been paid in full except __________________________. 

12.As of the date hereof, Tenant is not aware of any defaults on the part of Landlord under the Lease except __________________________. 

13.As of the date hereof, there are no defaults on the part of Tenant under the Lease. 

14.Tenant has no defense as to its obligations under the Lease and claims no set-off or counterclaim against Landlord. 

15.Tenant has no right to any concession (rental or otherwise) or similar compensation in connection with renting the space it occupies, except as expressly provided in the Lease. 

16.All insurance required of Tenant under the Lease has been provided by Tenant and all premiums have been paid. 

17.There has not been filed by or against Tenant a petition in bankruptcy, voluntary or otherwise, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any petition seeking reorganization or arrangement under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any state thereof, or any other action brought pursuant to such bankruptcy laws with respect to Tenant. 

18.Tenant pays rent due Landlord under the Lease to Landlord and does not have any knowledge of any other person who has any right to such rents by collateral assignment or otherwise. 

The foregoing certification is made with the knowledge that _____________________________ is about to [fund a loan to Landlord or purchase the Building from Landlord], and that ___________________________ is relying upon the representations herein made in [funding such loan or purchasing the Building].

Dated:  _________________, ___.

“TENANT” 

By: 

Print Name:  

Its: 


 

Exhibit F- Page 1

 

 


EXHIBIT G

ENVIRONMENTAL QUESTIONNAIRE AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

The purpose of this form is to obtain information regarding the use or proposed use of hazardous materials at the premises.  Prospective tenants should answer the questions in light of their proposed operations at the premises.  Existing tenants should answer the questions as they relate to ongoing operations at the premises and should update any information previously submitted.  If additional space is needed to answer the questions, you may attach separate sheets of paper to this form.

Your cooperation in this matter is appreciated.

1.GENERAL INFORMATION 

Name of Responding Company:  

Check the Applicable Status:Prospective Tenant _____Existing Tenant _____ 

Mailing Address:   

Contact Person and Title:   

Telephone Number:  (_____) ________________________

Address of Leased Premises:   

Length of Term:   

Describe the proposed operations to take place on the premises, including principal products manufactured or services to be conducted.  Existing tenants should describe any proposed changes to ongoing operations.


 

2.STORAGE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 

2.1Will any hazardous materials be used or stored on-site? 

WastesYes _____No _____ 

Chemical ProductsYes _____No _____ 

2.2Attach a list of any hazardous materials to be used or stored, the quantities that will be on-site at any given time, and the location and method of storage (e.g., 55-gallon drums on concrete pad). 

3.STORAGE TANKS AND SUMPS 

3.1Is any above or below ground storage of gasoline, diesel or other hazardous substances in tanks or sumps proposed or currently conducted at the premises? 

Yes ______No _____ 

If yes, describe the materials to be stored, and the type, size and construction of the sump or tank.  Attach copies of any permits obtained for the storage of such substances.


 

3.2Have any of the tanks or sumps been inspected or tested for leakage?   

Yes ______No _____ 

If so, attach the results.

3.3Have any spills or leaks occurred from such tanks or sumps? 

Yes ______No _____ 

If so, describe.


 


 

Exhibit G- Page 1

 

 


3.4Were any regulatory agencies notified of the spill or leak? 

Yes ______No _____ 

If so, attach copies of any spill reports filed, any clearance letters or other correspondence from regulatory agencies relating to the spill or leak.

3.5Have any underground storage tanks or sumps been taken out of service or removed? 

Yes ______No _____ 

If yes, attach copies of any closure permits and clearance obtained from regulatory agencies relating to closure and removal of such tanks.

4.SPILLS 

4.1During the past year, have any spills occurred at the premises? 

Yes ______No _____ 

If yes, please describe the location of the spill.


 

4.2Were any agencies notified in connection with such spills? 

Yes ______No _____ 

If yes, attach copies of any spill reports or other correspondence with regulatory agencies.

4.3Were any clean-up actions undertaken in connection with the spills? 

Yes ______No _____ 

Attach copies of any clearance letters obtained from any regulatory agencies involved and the results of any final soil or groundwater sampling done upon completion of the clean-up work.

5.WASTE MANAGEMENT 

5.1Has your company been issued an EPA Hazardous Waste Generator I.D. Number? 

Yes ______No _____ 

5.2Has your company filed a biennial report as a hazardous waste generator? 

Yes ______No _____ 

If so, attach a copy of the most recent report filed.

5.3Attach a list of the hazardous wastes, if any, generated or to be generated at the premises, its hazard class and the quantity generated on a monthly basis. 

5.4Describe the method(s) of disposal for each waste.  Indicate where and how often disposal will take place. 

_____On-site treatment or recovery 

_____Discharged to sewer 

_____Transported and disposed of off-site 

_____Incinerator 

5.5Indicate the name of the person(s) responsible for maintaining copies of hazardous waste manifests completed for off-site shipments of hazardous waste. 

  

5.6Is any treatment of processing of hazardous wastes currently conducted or proposed to be conducted at the premises: 

Yes ______No _____ 


 

Exhibit G- Page 2

 

 


If yes, please describe any existing or proposed treatment methods.  
  

5.7Attach copies of any hazardous waste permits or licenses issued to your company with respect to its operations at the premises. 

6.WASTEWATER TREATMENT/DISCHARGE 

6.1Do you discharge wastewater to: 

_____  storm drain?_____  sewer? 

_____  surface water?_____  no industrial discharge 

6.2Is your wastewater treated before discharge? 

Yes ______No _____ 

If yes, describe the type of treatment conducted.


 

6.3Attach copies of any wastewater discharge permits issued to your company with respect to its operations at the premises. 

7.AIR DISCHARGES 

7.1Do you have any filtration systems or stacks that discharge into the air? 

Yes ______No _____ 

7.2Do you operate any of the following types of equipment or any other equipment requiring an air emissions permit? 

_____Spray booth 

_____Dip tank 

_____Drying oven 

_____Incinerator 

_____Other (please describe) 

_____No equipment requiring air permits 

7.3Are air emissions from your operations monitored? 

Yes ______No _____ 

If so, indicate the frequency of monitoring and a description of the monitoring results.

  

7.4Attach copies of any air emissions permits pertaining to your operations at the premises. 

8.HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DISCLOSURES 

8.1Does your company handle hazardous materials in a quantity equal to or exceeding an aggregate of 500 pounds, 55 gallons, or 200 cubic feet per month? 

Yes ______No _____ 

8.2Has your company prepared a hazardous materials management plan pursuant to any applicable requirements of a local fire department or governmental agency? 

Yes ______No _____ 

If so, attach a copy of the business plan.

8.3Has your company adopted any voluntary environmental, health or safety program? 


 

Exhibit G- Page 3

 

 


Yes _____No _____ 

If so, attach a copy of the program.

9.ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS, COMPLAINTS 

9.1Has your company ever been subject to any agency enforcement actions, administrative orders, or consent decrees? 

Yes ______No _____ 

If so, describe the actions and any continuing compliance obligations imposed as a result of these actions.

  

9.2Has your company ever received requests for information, notice or demand letters, or any other inquiries regarding its operations? 

Yes ______No _____ 

9.3Have there ever been, or are there now pending, any lawsuits against the company regarding any environmental or health and safety concerns? 

Yes ______No _____ 

9.4Has an environmental audit ever been conducted at your company’s current facility? 

Yes ______No _____ 

If so, identify who conducted the audit and when it was conducted.

Tenant:
By:
 Its:   


 

Exhibit G- Page 4

 

 


EXHIBIT H

TENANTS’ SIGNS


 

Exhibit H - Page 1

 

 


EXTENSION OPTION

RIDER NO. 1 TO LEASE

This Rider No. 1 is made and entered into by and between CRPF IV CENTENNIAL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and BOXABL INC., a Nevada corporation (“Tenant”), as of the day and year of the Lease between Landlord and Tenant to which this Rider is attached.  Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, the provisions set forth below shall be deemed to be part of the Lease and shall supersede any inconsistent provisions of the Lease.  All references in the Lease and in this Rider to the “Lease” shall be construed to mean the Lease (and all Exhibits and Riders attached thereto), as amended and supplemented by this Rider.  All capitalized terms not defined in this Rider shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

1.Landlord hereby grants to Tenant two (2) options (collectively, the “Extension Options”, and each, an “Extension Option”) to extend the Term of the Lease for two (2) additional periods of five (5) years each (collectively, the “Option Terms”, and each, an “Option Term”), on the same terms, covenants and conditions as provided for in the Lease during the initial Term, except for the Monthly Base Rent, which shall initially be equal to the greater of: (a) the Monthly Base Rent payable by Tenant during the last month of the then current Term immediately preceding the applicable Option Term, increased by three percent (3%), or (b) the “fair market rental rate” for the Premises for the Option Term as defined and determined in accordance with the provisions of the Fair Market Rental Rate Rider attached to the Lease as Rider No. 2, subject to fair market annual rent adjustments during the Option Term.  If Landlord determines that the Monthly Base Rent for the Option Term is to be the Monthly Base Rent payable pursuant to Section 1(a) above, such determination shall be conclusive, Tenant shall have no right to object thereto, and the Landlord and Tenant shall avoid the formal fair market value determination process.  If, however, Landlord determines that the Monthly Base Rent for the applicable Option Term is to be the fair market rental rate, then such fair market rental rate shall be determined in accordance with the Fair Market Rental Rate Rider attached to the Lease as Rider No. 2. 

2.An Extension Option must be exercised, if at all, by written notice (“Extension Notice”) delivered by Tenant to Landlord no sooner than that date which is twelve (12) months and no later than that date which is six (6) months prior to the expiration of the then current Term of the Lease.  Provided Tenant has properly and timely exercised an Extension Option, the then current Term of the Lease shall be extended by the Option Term, and all terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect, except that the Monthly Base Rent shall be as set forth above, and except that the number of remaining Extension Options (if any) shall be reduced by one. 


 

Rider 1- Page 1

 

 


FAIR MARKET RENTAL RATE

RIDER NO. 2 TO LEASE

This Rider No. 2 is made and entered into by and between CRPF IV CENTENNIAL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and BOXABL INC., a Nevada corporation (“Tenant”), as of the day and year of the Lease between Landlord and Tenant to which this Rider is attached.  Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, the provisions set forth below shall be deemed to be part of the Lease and shall supersede any inconsistent provisions of the Lease.  All references in the Lease and in this Rider to the “Lease” shall be construed to mean the Lease (and all Exhibits and Riders attached thereto), as amended and supplemented by this Rider.  All capitalized terms not defined in this Rider shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

1.The term “fair market rental rate” as used in this Rider and any Rider attached to the Lease means the annual amount per square foot, projected for each year of the Option Term (including annual adjustments), that a willing, non-equity tenant (excluding sublease and assignment transactions) would pay, and a willing landlord of a comparable quality building located in the North Las Vegas, Nevada area would accept, in an arm’s length transaction (what Landlord is accepting in then current transactions for the Building may be used for purposes of projecting rent for the Option Term), for space of comparable size, quality and ceiling height as the Premises, taking into account the age, quality and layout of the existing improvements in the Premises, and taking into account items that professional real estate brokers or professional real estate appraisers customarily consider, including, but not limited to, rental rates, space availability, tenant size, tenant improvement allowances, parking charges and any other lease considerations, if any, then being charged or granted by Landlord or the lessors of such similar buildings.  All economic terms other than Monthly Base Rent, such as tenant improvement allowance amounts, if any, operating expenses, parking charges, etc., will be established by Landlord and will be factored into the determination of the fair market rental rate for the Option Term.  Accordingly, the fair market rental rate will be an effective rate, not specifically including, but accounting for, the appropriate economic considerations described above. 

2.If Landlord determines that the Option Term’s initial Monthly Base Rent is to be based on the fair market rental rate for the Premises, the Landlord shall provide written notice of Landlord’s determination of the fair market rental rate not later than sixty (60) days after the last day upon which Tenant may timely exercise the right giving rise to the necessity for such fair market rental rate determination.  Tenant shall have thirty (30) days (“Tenant’s Review Period”) after receipt of Landlord’s notice of the fair market rental rate within which to accept such fair market rental rate or to reasonably object thereto in writing.  Failure of Tenant to so object to the fair market rental rate submitted by Landlord in writing within Tenant’s Review Period shall conclusively be deemed Tenant’s approval and acceptance thereof.  If within Tenant’s Review Period Tenant reasonably objects to or is deemed to have disapproved the fair market rental rate submitted by Landlord, Landlord and Tenant will meet together with their respective legal counsel to present and discuss their individual determinations of the fair market rental rate for the Premises under the parameters set forth in Paragraph 1 above and shall diligently and in good faith attempt to negotiate a rental rate on the basis of such individual determinations.  Such meeting shall occur no later than ten (10) days after the expiration of Tenant’s Review Period.  The parties shall each provide the other with such supporting information and documentation as they deem appropriate.  At such meeting if Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the fair market rental rate, they shall each submit to the other their respective best and final offer as to the fair market rental rate.  If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement on such fair market rental rate within five (5) business days following such a meeting (the “Outside Agreement Date”), Tenant’s Extension Option will be deemed null and void unless Tenant demands appraisal, in which event each party’s determination shall be submitted to appraisal in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 below. 

3.(a)  Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one (1) independent appraiser who shall by profession be an M.A.I. certified real estate appraiser who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of commercial (including industrial) properties in the North Las Vegas, Nevada.  The determination of the appraisers shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s last proposed (as of the Outside Agreement Date) best and final fair market rental rate for the Premises is the closest to the actual fair market rental rate for the Premises as determined by the appraisers, taking into account the requirements specified in Section 1 above.  Each such appraiser shall be appointed within ten (10) business days after the Outside Agreement Date. 

(b)The two (2) appraisers so appointed shall within ten (10) business days after the date of the appointment of the last appointed appraiser agree upon and appoint a third appraiser who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the initial two (2) appraisers. 

(c)The three (3) appraisers shall within ten (10) business days after the appointment of the third appraiser reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted best and final fair market rental rate, and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof.  During such ten (10) business day period, Landlord and Tenant may submit to the appraisers such information and documentation to support their respective positions as they shall deem reasonably relevant and Landlord and Tenant may each appear before the appraisers jointly to question and respond to questions from the appraisers. 

(d)The decision of the majority of the three (3) appraisers shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and neither party shall have the right to reject the decision or to undo the exercise of the applicable Option.  If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an appraiser within the time period specified in Section 3(a) hereinabove, the appraiser appointed by one of them shall within ten (10) business days following the date on which the party failing to appoint an appraiser could have last appointed such appraiser reach a decision based upon the same procedures as  


 

Rider 2- Page 1

 

 


set forth above (i.e., by selecting either Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted best and final fair market rental rate), and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof, and such appraiser’s decision shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant  and neither party shall have the right to reject the decision or to undo the exercise of the applicable Option.

(e)If the two (2) appraisers fail to agree upon and appoint a third appraiser, either party, upon ten (10) days written notice to the other party, can apply to the Presiding Judge of the State Court of Nevada, Clark County to appoint a third appraiser meeting the qualifications set forth herein.  The third appraiser, however, selected shall be a person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either party. 

(f)The cost of each party’s appraiser shall be the responsibility of the party selecting such appraiser, and the cost of the third appraiser (or arbitration, if necessary) shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant. 

(g)If the process described hereinabove has not resulted in a selection of either Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted best and final fair market rental rate by the commencement of the applicable Option Term, then the fair market rental rate estimated by Landlord will be used until the appraiser(s) reach a decision, with an appropriate rental credit and other adjustments for any overpayments of Monthly Base Rent or other amounts if the appraisers select Tenant’s submitted best and final estimate of the fair market rental rate.  The parties shall enter into an amendment to this Lease confirming the terms of the decision. 


 

Rider 2- Page 2

 

 

 


OFFERING LISTING AGREEMENT

 

 

This Offering Listing Agreement (this "Agreement") is effective as of January 19, 2021 (the "Effective Date") by and among Boxabl Inc., a Nevada corporation ("Issuer"), and OpenDeal Broker LLC dba the Capital R ("ODB"), a New  York limited liability company. Issuer and ODB are hereby referred to collectively as the "Parties" or individually as a "Party".

 

 

RECITALS

 

 

A.            WHEREAS, ODB is a FINRA registered private placement broker-dealer;

 

 

B.            WHEREAS, Issuer intends to issue certain securities in compliance with the Securities Act including but not limited to exemptions from registration under the Securities Act such as Rule 506(b), 506(c), and Regulation A/A+  to the extent described on Schedule A ("Private Security(ies)")

 

C.            WHEREAS,  Issuer wishes to engage ODB,   and ODB   wishes to accept such engagement, to host the offering(s) of the Private Securities (each an "Offering" and if multiple, collectively the "Offerings") and to perform related services with respect thereto.

 

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and conditions set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

 

 

1       DEFINITIONS

1.1       "Action" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 of this Agreement.

 

1.2 "Affiliate" means any person that is directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controlling, Controlled   by, or under common Control with, one of the parties hereto. For purposes   of this definition, "Control" shall   mean possessing, directly   or indirectly, the power to direct or cause   the direction of the management, policies and operations of a person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 

1.3       "Books and Records" shall have the meaning set forth in Schedule B-1.

1.4       "Branding" means trademarks, service marks, domain names, logos, links, navigation and other indicators of

origin.

1.5 "Content" means any or all text, images, video, audio, graphics, and other data, products, materials, services, text, pointers, technology, code, language, functions and software, including Branding. 

 

1.6       "Disclosing Party" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

1.7       "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

1.8 "Escrow Agent" means either a (i) registered broker or dealer that carries customer or broker or dealer accounts and holds funds or securities for those persons; or (ii) bank or credit union (where such credit union is insured by National Credit Union Administration) that has agreed in writing either to hold the funds in escrow for  the persons who have the beneficial interests therein  and to transmit or return such funds directly to the persons entitled thereto  when so directed by ODB, or to maintain  a bank or credit  union account (or accounts) for the exclusive benefit of investors and the issuer. 

1.9       "Fees" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of this Agreement.


1



1.10     "FINRA" means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or any successor thereto.

1.11     "ODB Branding" means all Branding (other than from Issuer) used by ODB and includes any Branding provided

by ODB to Issuer for use on the Issuer Site.

1.12     "ODB Content" means the Content owned  by, licensed for use by, or otherwise permitted to be used by ODB in any manner, which for the avoidance of doubt shall in no event include Issuer Content.

 

1.13     "ODB Indemnified Parties" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 of this Agreement.

 

1.14     "ODB Name" means, and  includes, the name of ODB or any of its Affiliates, or the name of any member, stockholder, partner, manager or employee of ODB or any of its Affiliates, or any trade name, trademark, logo, service mark, symbol or any abbreviation, contraction or simulation thereof  owned or used by ODB or any of its Affiliates.

1.15     "Investor(s)" means persons who subscribe to Issuer's Offering.

1.16     "Issuer Branding" means all Branding (other than from ODB) used by Issuer and includes any Branding provided by Issuer to ODB for use on the ODB Site.

 

1.17     "Issuer Content" means the Content owned by, licensed for use by, or otherwise permitted to be used by Issuer in any manner, which for the avoidance of doubt shall in no event include ODB Content.

 

1.18     "Issuer Indemnified Parties" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3 of this Agreement.

1.19     "Issuer Site" means those internet sites  as set forth on Schedule A maintained by the Issuer or an Affiliate of the

Issuer for the purpose of offering the Private Securities.

1.20     "Law" or "Legal Requirement" means any statute,  law, ordinance, rule or regulation, or any order, judgment, or plan, of any court, arbitrator, department,  agency, authority, instrumentality or other body, whether federal, state, municipal, foreign, self-regulatory or other that governs the activities of either of the Parties.

 

1.21     "Losses" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 of this Agreement.

1.22     "Material" means information that a reasonable Investor would consider important in deciding whether or not to

purchase the Private Securities.

1.23     "Offering" means  the offering, pursuant to a registration statement or an offering statement under the Securities

Act or an exemption therefrom, of Private Securities to Investors.

1.24     "Private Placements Platform" means such technology owned, operated or made available by ODB, or an Affiliate of ODB, for Issuer's use in the Offering on the website located at https://republic.co.

 

1.25     "Private Security(ies)" shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals. This definition does not restrict the Parties

to expand  the scope of securities that may also include various public offerings.

1.26     "SEC" means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.27     "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1.28     "Services" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

1.29      "Term" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1 of this Agreement.

 

 

2       INTRODUCED CUSTODIAL AND RELATED SERVICES

2.1 Offering Listing and Broker-Dealer Services. ODB shall provide a landing page to Issuer's Offering on the Private Placements Platform and perform related services, including broker-dealer services, with respect to the Issuer to the extent explicitly contemplated by specific provisions contained in Schedule B-1 of this Agreement and shall not be responsible for  any duties or obligations not specifically allocated to ODB pursuant to this Agreement, which services shall be contingent upon Issuer meeting its obligations as outlined in this Agreement including Schedule B-2, and as limited by Schedule C of this Agreement (the "Services"). ODB may  also, in its sole  discretion, take such actions as it reasonably deems  necessary to perform due diligence or investigation 


2



with respect to the Issuer and/or any Offering at any time and from time to time.

2.2       Reserved.

 

2.3 Modifications to ODB   Systems, Platforms and Operations. ODB   upgrades   and enhances   its platform and amends, modifies and changes its  operations and procedures on a consistent basis. ODB reserves the right, therefore, in its sole discretion, to change or modify the Private Placements Platform at any time and from time to time. 

 

2.4 No Discretionary Authority. Unless and only to the extent specifically described in any separate agreement between ODB and the Issuer: (a) ODB shall, at all times, act solely in a passive, non-discretionary capacity with respect to the Issuer and each  Investor and shall not be responsible or liable for any investment decisions or recommendations with respect to the purchase or disposition of any Private Security or other assets; (b) ODB shall not be responsible for questioning, investigating, analyzing, monitoring, or otherwise evaluating any of the investment   decisions  of any Investor or reviewing the prudence, merits, viability or suitability of any investment decision made by any Investor, including the decision to purchase or hold the Private Securities or such other investment decisions or direction that may be provided by any individual or entity with authority over the relevant   Investor; and (c) ODB shall not be responsible for directing investments or determining whether any investment by an Investor or any person or entity with authority  to make investment decisions on Investor's behalf is acceptable under applicable Law. 

 

However, ODB reserves the right to perform due diligence on and  review suitability of each investor as required by regulation. Additionally ODB reserves the right to deny or oppose the transaction if ODB, in its sole discretion, believes or has reason to believe that the investment is unsuitable for the investor, or if ODB believes or has reason to believe that the investor violated  or may violate securities or anti-money laundering laws, and the Issuer shall indemnify ODB for any such action taken by ODB.

 

2.5 Offering Terms. ODB will provides the  Services in conformance with the  terms of the Offering, including providing the Services in conjunction with (i) an Escrow Agent or (ii) another third party mutually agreed to by the Parties   associated with such Offering. 

 

 

3       FEES

3.1 Fees. Issuer shall pay to ODB the fees specified in Schedule D to this Agreement (collectively, "Fees"). Issuer agrees to pay any invoice provided by ODB within seven (7) calendar days of  receipt and understands that failure to make timely payment may result in the Services being suspended, discontinued or withdrawn. 

 

 

4       NAMES, BRANDS, WEBSITES AND CONTENT

4.1 Use of ODB Name, ODB Brand and ODB Content. Issuer shall not, and shall cause its representatives not to, without the prior written consent of ODB: (a) use in advertising, publicity, or otherwise any ODB Name, Brand or Content, or (b) represent, directly or indirectly, that Issuer, any Affiliate of Issuer, or any representative of Issuer or the Private Securities have been approved, endorsed, or recommended by ODB or any of its Affiliates. In addition, all use of the ODB Name, Branding or Content and all descriptive materials about the Services used by the Issuer on the Issuer Site or elsewhere, must be reviewed and  approved by ODB,   as to appearance, substance and placement, prior to use  by Issuer. ODB may also require a "jump" or other interstitial page in connection with any links or references to ODB or any of its websites or otherwise if deemed necessary by ODB to ensure clear demarcation between any websites or content of  ODB and any websites or content of Issuer. Issuer understands that any breach hereof may also cause a breach of Law, and Issuer will be  liable hereunder for any failure to obtain such prior approval or otherwise comply with these provisions. 

 

4.2 Use of Issuer Name, Issuer Brand and Issuer Content. ODB shall not, and shall cause its representatives not to, without the prior written consent of Issuer use in advertising, publicity, or otherwise any Issuer Name, Brand or Content. In addition, all use of the Issuer Name, Branding or Content on the ODB Site  must be reviewed and approved by Issuer, as to appearance, substance and placement, prior to use by ODB. Issuer may also require a 


3



"jump" or other interstitial page  in connection with any links  or references to Issuer or any of its websites or otherwise to ensure clear demarcation between any websites or content of Issuer and any websites or content of ODB.   ODB understands that  any breach hereof may also cause a  breach of Law, and ODB will be liable hereunder for any failure to obtain such prior approval or otherwise comply with these provisions.

 

4.3 No Responsibility for Issuer Site or Issuer Content. ODB is not preparing, endorsing, adopting, reviewing or approving   in any way   the Issuer   Site   or Issuer   Content or any offering  material,   including   any offering memorandum, or any other materials of any kind prepared by Issuer or on behalf of Issuer (even if prepared by ODB on behalf of Issuer) wherever it may appear, except to the extent that the Issuer Site, Issuer Content or other material specifically references ODB, and has been approved by  ODB in writing, and then only to the limited extent of such reference.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any of the information   Issuer provided on, or through, the Issuer Site,   Issuer Content, offering materials   or  otherwise, proves incorrect, outdated  or otherwise materially deficient, Issuer shall notify ODB, within twenty-four (24) hours of gaining knowledge  of such occurrence, and work in good faith to amend the Issuer Site, Issuer Content, offering materials and the like to the parties' mutual satisfaction. 

 

4.4 No License of Intellectual Property. No license or grant of any intellectual property of any nature whatsoever, including any  Branding or Content, or any  data, business method, patents or applications thereof or similar material shall be deemed granted, licensed or otherwise from either Party (or any Affiliate thereof) to the other (or any Affiliate thereof) under this Agreement provided in the event  of a successful Offering, ODB may use Issuer's name and  or current logo, to inform the  general public of those certain clients ODB has provided Services to. 

 

 

5       CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

5.1 Either Party or their Affiliate (in either case a "Disclosing Party") may disclose to the other thereof (the recipient being the "Receiving Party") certain technical or other business information that is not generally available to the public, the specific terms of this Agreement, and/or personal information relating to any person (specifically including in the case of ODB, information relating to an Investor). All  such information is referred  to herein as "Confidential Information".  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Books and Records as they pertain to the Private   Securities (and with   the permission   of the Investors   with respect   to any personally identifying information), will be made available to Issuer, and shall be Confidential Information as to ODB, and mayonly be used by Issuer  in accordance with Law or as otherwise authorized by the Investor to whom the information pertains  by affirmative or negative consent, as permitted. The Parties severally agree that before a Disclosing Party shares Confidential Information with  an Affiliate, such Affiliate shall be bound by at least the same or greater  confidentiality obligations with respect to the Confidential Information, as such time as the Affiliate is bound the Affiliate may also be considered a "Receiving Party". 

 

5.2 The Receiving Party agrees to use Confidential Information solely in conjunction with its performance under this Agreement, in conducting   an Offering, and or as otherwise authorized   by the Investor   to whom the information pertains by affirmative or negative consent, as permitted,  and not to disclose or otherwise use such information in any other fashion and to maintain  such information with at least the standard of care it uses to protect its own Confidential Information, but in no event less than a reasonable standard of care. 

 

5.3 The Receiving Party will not be required to keep confidential such Confidential Information to the extent that it: (a) becomes generally available without  fault on its part; (b) is already rightfully in the Receiving Party's possession prior to its receipt from the disclosing Party; (c) is independently developed by the Receiving Party; 

(d) is rightfully obtained by the Receiving Party from third parties; or (e) is otherwise required to be disclosed by Law or judicial process.

 

5.4 Information related to this Agreement shall be deemed Confidential Information, but in the event either Party wishes to disclose such information,   such Party shall seek the prior written consent of the other, and such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 

5.5       Unless required by Law, including but not limited to regulatory or judicial requests for information (whether


4



formal or informal), or to assert its rights under this Agreement, and except for disclosure on a "need to know basis" to its own employees, and its legal, investment and financial advisers, other  professional advisers or others as authorized by the Investor to whom  the information pertains by affirmative or negative consent, as permitted, on a confidential basis (in each case pursuant to written agreements with each such person requiring it to maintain such information as confidential to the same  extent as if it were a party to this Agreement), each Party  agrees not to disclose the Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

5.6 This Section 5 shall survive for a period of three (3) years beyond termination of this Agreement, except with respect to Confidential Information that is personal or identifying information   regarding   or relating   to an Investor,  in which case this Section 5 shall be indefinite, unless in the case of Issuer such disclosure is authorized by the relevant Investor  in connection with the Private  Securities and in the case of ODB, is otherwise permitted by Law. 

 

 

6       REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

6.1       Mutual Representations, Warranties and Agreements. Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that:

a.      it is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its establishment;

b.      it has the full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations under this

Agreement;

c. it has obtained all Material consents and approvals and taken all actions necessary for it to validly enter into and give effect to this Agreement and to engage in the activities contemplated and perform its obligations under this Agreement; 

 

d. this Agreement will, when executed, constitute lawful, valid and binding obligations on it, enforceable in accordance with its terms; 

 

e. it is understood that no sale of the Private Securities shall be regarded as effective unless and until accepted by  the Issuer and the Issuer reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to reject any  subscription for Private Securities under a subscription agreement in whole or in part; and 

 

f. neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the performance by such Party of its obligations hereunder   will   (i) violate any   Legal Requirement, (ii)   require   any   authorization, consent,   approval, exemption or other action by or notice to any government entity, or (iii) violate or conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of  time, or both,  would constitute a default) under the governing documents of such Party or any contract, commitment, understanding, arrangement, agreement or restriction of any kind or character to which such Party is a party  or by which such Party or any of its assets or properties may be bound or affected. 

6.2       Issuer Representations, Warranties and Covenants. Issuer represents, warrants and covenants to ODB that:

 

a. the Private   Securities are, and during the Term shall remain, registered or exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and are, and during the Term shall remain, registered or exempt  from the registration requirements of any state where Issuer from time to time will offer such securities; 

 

b. it will not, during the Term, either (i) act as a "broker" or "dealer" as those terms are defined under the Exchange Act  or otherwise in a capacity under any other Law that is not permitted, unless pursuant to an applicable exemption, or provide investment advice with respect to any Investor or (ii), with respect to any Investor, hold or have access to any funds or securities, or extend credit for the  purpose of purchasing securities through ODB, including specifically the Private Securities;  and 

c. Issuer owns the Issuer Brand, Issuer Site and Issuer Content and/or has the right to grant the licenses and/or rights of use as contemplated by this Agreement. 

 

6.3       ODB Representations, Warranties and Covenants. ODB represents, warrants and covenants to Issuer that:


5



a. it is, and during the term of this Agreement will remain, duly registered and in good standing as a broker- dealer with the SEC and is a member firm in good standing with FINRA; 

 

b. it has obtained and currently maintains all applicable state licenses and registrations necessary to perform the services described herein and to receive compensation hereunder, and, in performing such services, will comply with all applicable state laws relating to the Offering; 

 

c. neither ODB nor any managing member of ODB, nor any director or executive officer of ODB or other officer of ODB participating in the  Offering is subject to the disqualification provisions of Rule 262 of Regulation A under the Securities Act.    No  registered representative of ODB or any other person being compensated by or through ODB for the solicitation of investors, is subject to the disqualification provisions of Rule 262 of Regulation A; and 

d. ODB, with its Affiliates, owns the ODB Brand, ODB Site and ODB Content and/or has the right to grant the licenses and/or rights of use as contemplated by this Agreement. 

 

6.4 Disclaimer of Warranties. THE SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" AND "AS AVAILABLE" BASIS. ODB   SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY   AND   ALL WARRANTIES FOR   THE   SERVICES, EXPRESS OR   IMPLIED,   INCLUDING IMPLIED   WARRANTIES   OF   MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS   FOR    A   PARTICULAR   PURPOSE.   NEITHER ODB    NOR    ANY    AFFILIATE   OF   ODB WARRANTS THAT THE SERVICE WILL MEET ISSUER'S OR ANY INVESTOR'S REQUIREMENTS OR  THAT THE SERVICES WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR  ERROR-FREE. NO ORAL OR  WRITTEN INFORMATION GIVEN BY ODB OR ITS AFFILIATES SHALL CREATE ANY WARRANTIES OR IN ANY WAY INCREASE THE SCOPE OF ODB'S OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER. 

 

 

7       LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

7.1 Limitation of Liability. IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO ANOTHER PARTY FOR ANY   SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE, EVEN IF  SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE FOREGOING SHALL APPLY REGARDLESS OF THE NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER FAULT OF   ANY    PARTY AND   REGARDLESS OF   WHETHER   SUCH    LIABILITY   SOUNDS IN CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY. 

 

7.2 ODB Indemnification. Issuer agrees to indemnify, defend and hold ODB and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, agents  and employees (each a "ODB Indemnified Party" or, collectively, "ODB Indemnified Parties")  harmless   against   any investigation, claim,   action, or proceeding  (including   a regulatory inquiry, whether formal or informal or any arbitration or court action) ("Action") brought by an Investor,  court, regulator or self-regulatory organization asserting jurisdiction over the ODB Indemnified Party or by any other  party against any ODB Indemnified Party if such Action relates to the Issuer, any Affiliate of Issuer, the  Private Securities, the Offering, the marketing   and advertising thereof,   or that results   from any action, inaction, omission, misstatement or statement of Issuer or any  person acting in connection with Issuer or on Issuer's behalf (other than any misstatement or statement about ODB provided by ODB) arising out of or based upon (a) the Issuer Site or the offering circular, including  any amended versions thereof; (b) any Material breach or alleged Material breach of any of Issuer's representations, warranties, covenants or agreements hereunder and including   any   representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained   in the   Schedules to this Agreement; (c) any breach or alleged breach of confidentiality or privacy relating to Issuer's failure or alleged failure to treat any Investor's personal or identifying information as confidential pursuant to Section 5; and (d) infringement or misappropriation by Issuer of  any third party's property and/or intellectual property rights, including, but not limited to, patents,  trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and publicity rights. Further, Issuer shall indemnify   and defend the ODB   Indemnified  Parties against   all expenses, fees   (including   reasonable attorney's fees and other legal expenses), losses, claims, damages, demands, liabilities, judgments (including fines and settlements), costs  of investigation or responding to inquiries or otherwise ("Losses") incurred by or levied   or brought against   the ODB   Indemnified Parties   arising   out of, or related   to, Actions   warranting indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.2 as such Losses arise. 


6



Promptly  after receipt by a ODB Indemnified Party of notice of any claim or the commencement of any Action with respect to which  a ODB Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnity hereunder, ODB will notify Issuer in writing of such claim or of the commencement of such Action,   and the Issuer,   if requested   by the ODB Indemnified Party, will assume the defense of such Action and will employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the ODB Indemnified Party and will pay the fees and expenses of such  counsel, provided that any failure to promptly notify Issuer shall not affect the indemnification right of a ODB Indemnified Party except to the extent that the Issuer is Materially prejudiced   by such failure. Notwithstanding the preceding   sentence,   the ODB Indemnified Party will be entitled to employ counsel separate from counsel for the Issuer and from any other party in such action if counsel   for the ODB   Indemnified Party reasonably determines   that it would   be inappropriate or ill-advised for the same counsel to represent both parties. In such event, the reasonable fees and disbursements of no more than one such separate counsel will be paid by the Issuer, in addition to local counsel. If the ODB Indemnified Party elects the Issuer to assume the defense of such Action, Issuer will have the exclusive right to settle the claim or proceeding, provided that Issuer will  not settle any such claim or Action without the prior written consent of the  ODB Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the ODB Indemnified Party assumes the defense (with payment of any related costs and expenses by Issuer), the ODB Indemnified Party will have the exclusive right to settle the claim or proceeding, provided that the ODB Indemnified Party will not settle any claim or Action without the prior written consent of  the Issuer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

7.3 Issuer Indemnification. ODB agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Issuer and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors,   agents   and employees (each   an "Issuer Indemnified Party" and, collectively, "Issuer Indemnified Parties") harmless against any Action brought by an Investor, Investor, court, or regulator asserting jurisdiction over the Issuer Indemnified Party or by any other party against any Issuer Indemnified Party relating to ODB, any Affiliate of ODB or the Services, insofar as the Action arises out of or is based upon (a) the ODB Site; (b)  any misstatement or statement about ODB provided by ODB to the Issue in connection with this Agreement; (c) any Material breach  or alleged Material breach  of any of ODB's representations, warranties, covenants or agreements hereunder and including any representations, warranties,  covenants or agreements contained in the  Schedules to this Agreement; (d) any and all commitments, representations, warranties or statements of any kind by ODB to any third party regarding the use of the ODB Site; and (e) infringement or misappropriation by ODB of any third party's property  and/or intellectual property rights, including, but not limited to, patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and publicity rights.   Further, ODB shall  indemnify the Issuer Indemnified Parties against all Losses incurred  by or levied or brought against the Issuer Indemnified Parties arising out of, or related to, Actions warranting indemnification pursuant to this  Section 7.3 as such Losses arise. 

 

Promptly after receipt by an Issuer Indemnified Party of notice of any  claim or the commencement of  any Action with respect to which  an Issuer Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnity hereunder, Issuer will notify ODB in writing of such claim or of the commencement of such  Action, and ODB, if requested by the Issuer Indemnified Party, will assume the defense of such Action and will employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer Indemnified Party and will pay the fees and expenses of such  counsel provided that any failure to promptly notify ODB shall not affect the indemnification rights  of an Issuer Indemnified Party  except to the extent that ODB is Materially prejudiced by such failure. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Issuer Indemnified Party will be entitled to employ counsel separate from counsel for ODB and from any other party in such action if counsel for the Issuer Indemnified Party reasonably determines that it would be inappropriate or ill-advised for   the same   counsel   to represent   both parties.   In such   event,   the reasonable fees   and disbursements of no more than one such separate counsel will be paid by ODB, in addition to local counsel. If the Issuer Indemnified Party elects ODB to assume the defense of such Action, ODB will have the exclusive right to settle the claim or proceeding, provided that ODB will not settle any such claim or Action without the prior written consent of the Issuer Indemnified Party, which consent  shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the Issuer Indemnified Party  assumes the defense (with payment of any related costs and expenses by ODB), the Issuer  Indemnified Party will have the exclusive right to settle the claim or proceeding, provided that the Issuer Indemnified Party will not settle any claim or Action without the prior written consent of ODB, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

7.4       No Claim Preclusion. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to preclude either Party from making any claim


7



against the other arising out of a failure to perform obligations under this Agreement. Neither Party  shall be precluded from claiming or commencing an action for contribution to any amounts the other may be required  or otherwise agree to pay to an  Investor or other third party, including a regulator,   with jurisdiction over the Services.

 

 

8       TERM AND TERMINATION

8.1 Term. This Agreement shall be effective on the Effective Date and continue in force until the later of (i) so long as the Private Securities remain on the Private Placements Platform or (ii) all fees due to ODB pursuant to Section 

3 have been remitted in full (the "Term"), unless otherwise terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Section

8.

 

8.2 Termination Without Cause. This Agreement may be terminated without cause by either Party, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice, provided that such termination notice may not be given until at least ninety (90) days after the launch of the Offering on the Private Placement Platform. 

8.3       Termination for Regulatory, Legal, Reputational or Other Risks.

 

a. In the event that any due diligence or investigation results in findings that would pose regulatory, legal, reputational   or other risks to ODB,   ODB   shall   provide   Issuer   notice of such risks and a reasonable opportunity to cure them. If the risks are not addressed or cured to ODB's reasonable satisfaction, ODB may terminate this Agreement. ODB will facilitate the  orderly transition of the custody of the Private Securities to such person designated by the Issuer in accordance with Section 8.9. 

 

b.    In ODB's sole discretion, if the risks described in 8.3(a) are of sufficient size, significance or immediacy that a delay in termination of this Agreement would  be inappropriate, ODB may terminate this Agreement immediately.

8.4       Termination for Cause or Insolvency. Either Party may terminate this Agreement immediately if the other Party:

 

a. is in breach of any Material obligation herein or in the Schedules attached to this Agreement, and (i) such breach is incapable of being cured, or (ii) if such breach is capable of cure, such breach is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice  of such breach from the non-breaching Party, or within such additional cure period as the non-breaching Party may authorize; 

b. voluntarily or involuntarily becomes the subject of a petition in bankruptcy or of any proceeding relating to insolvency, receivership, liquidation or composition for the benefit of creditors; 

 

c.         admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due;

d.         fails to provide notice and take corrective action, as specified in Section 4.3.

 

8.5 Termination for Force Majeure. In the event of a force majeure that lasts longer than thirty (30) days from the date that a Party  claiming relief due to the force majeure event gives notice to the other Party,  the Party  not claiming relief under the force majeure event may  terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the other Party.   For the avoidance of doubt, the COVID-19 pandemic does not constitute a force majeure event. 

 

8.6 Compliance with Laws. If at any point during the Term, either Party's performance under this Agreement conflicts or threatens  to conflict with any Legal Requirement, such Party may suspend performance under this Agreement and negotiate in good faith  to amend this Agreement so that each Party's performance hereunder complies with such Legal Requirement. If after thirty (30) days, the parties are unable to agree on a mutually acceptable amendment, either Party may immediately terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the other Party. 

 

8.7 Actions Upon Termination. Upon the termination of this Agreement, Issuer shall remove all references to any ODB Name, Branding and Content from the Issuer Site or Issuer Content and terminate all links on the Issuer Site to any ODB Site. ODB shall remove all references to Issuer Name, Branding and Content and terminate all links on the ODB   Site   to any Issuer Site.   Each Party shall promptly return all Confidential Information, documents, manuals and other materials stored in any form or media (including but not limited to electronic 


8



copies) belonging to the other Party, except as may be otherwise provided in this Agreement or required by

Law.

8.8       Termination Fee. Termination Fees are set forth in Schedule D.

 

8.9 Cooperation. In all events, if there are one or more Investors at the time of termination, the Parties will cooperate in planning and implementing an  orderly transition of the custody of the Private Securities to such person designated by the Issuer authorized under applicable Law to assume custody of the securities, or to the Issuer itself if it is authorized to hold such securities in custody, or to such other person selected by ODB if Issuer does not so select such person within a reasonable period not to exceed ninety  (90)  days. In all events, Issuer shall pay the reasonable costs of such transition. As part of such a transition, the  parties agree to seek the affirmative or  negative consent of Investors to  the sharing of Confidential Information necessary for their transition. 

9       ARBITRATION

 

9.1 Arbitration Proceedings Disclosure. The   parties hereby agree that   any   controversy under or   in connection with this  Agreement will be subject to arbitration and agree and acknowledge the following with respect to arbitration proceedings: 

a.      Arbitration is final and binding on the parties;

b.      The parties are waiving their right to seek remedies in court, including the right to a jury trial;

c.      Pre-arbitration discovery generally is more limited than and different from court proceedings;

d.      The arbitrators' award is not required to include factual findings or legal reasoning;

e.      A Party's right to appeal or to seek modification of rulings by the arbitrators is strictly limited; and

f. The panel of arbitrators may include a minority of arbitrators who were or are affiliated with the securities industry. 

 

9.2 Arbitration  Agreement. Any controversy between the parties arising out of this Agreement shall   be submitted to arbitration conducted before FINRA Dispute Resolution before a panel of three arbitrators, and in accordance with FINRA rules. Arbitration must be  commenced by service upon the other Party of a written demand for arbitration or a written notice of intention to arbitrate. Proceedings and hearings will take place in New  York, New  York. Both parties waive any right either of them may have to institute or conduct litigation or arbitration in any other forum or location, or before any other body. Arbitration is final and binding on both parties. An award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court of applicable jurisdiction over the  parties. Each party shall bear its own expenses, including legal fees and disbursements, and the costs of that arbitrator shall be borne one half by each party. Each party shall  choose one arbitrator  and the chosen arbitrators shall select the third arbitrator; provided that if the chosen arbitrator are unable  to select the third arbitrator such arbitrator shall be selected in accordance with the rules of FINRA. An award rendered by the arbitrator(s) shall be selected in any court of applicate jurisdiction of the parties. 

 

 

10     GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

10.1     Compliance with Law. Each Party shall comply with any Legal Requirement applicable to the performance of its obligations hereunder.

 

10.2     Non-exclusive ODB Relationship. ODB reserves the right, without obligation or liability to the Issuer, to market and provide  either directly, through other parties, or through any other type of distribution channel, services to others that are the same as or similar to the Services.

 

10.3     No Agency. Neither Party is an agent, representative or partner of the other Party.  Neither Party shall have any right, power or authority to enter into any agreement for or on behalf of, or to incur any obligation or liability for,  or to otherwise bind, the other Party.    This  Agreement shall not be interpreted or construed to create an association, joint venture, co-ownership, co-authorship, or partnership between the parties or to impose any


9



partnership obligation or liability upon either Party.

10.4     Amendments and Modifications. No change, amendment or modification of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless set forth in writing and signed by the Parties.

 

10.5     Assignment. Issuer shall not assign, sublicense or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any  right, interest or benefit hereunder, except by operation of law, without the prior written consent of ODB, which consent may be withheld in ODB's sole discretion. ODB shall have  the right to assign, sublicense or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any  right, interest or benefit hereunder, including an assignment by operation of  law, to any affiliate of ODB that is properly authorized under applicable Law to provide the Services by giving notice  to Issuer within thirty (30) days of any of the actions listed  herein.

 

10.6     Governing Law. This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed and enforced in all respects in accordance with the laws of the State of New  York, except with respect to the choice of law provisions therein or to the extent inconsistent with FINRA Rules applicable to an arbitration proceeding under Section 9 above.

 

10.7     No Waiver. The failure of either  Party to insist upon or enforce strict performance by the other Party of any provision of this Agreement or to exercise any right under this Agreement shall  not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment to any extent of such Party's right to assert or rely upon any such provision or right in that or any other instance; rather the same shall be and remain in full force and effect.

 

10.8     Notice.   Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered to the receiving Party's principal   place   of business   as set forth on the signature   block   to this Agreement in a manner contemplated in this Section and addressed to the attention of its General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer or equivalent. Notice shall  be deemed duly given (a) if delivered by hand, when received, (b) if transmitted by email, upon confirmation that the entire document has  been successfully received, (c) if  sent  by recognized overnight courier service, on the business day following the date of deposit with such courier service so long as the deposit was made by that overnight courier service's deadline or on the second business day following the date of deposit if after that overnight courier  service's deadline, or (d) if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, on the third business day following the date of deposit  in the United States  mail.

 

10.9     Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Schedules hereto  and incorporated herein by reference constitute the entire agreement between the Parties  and supersede any and all prior agreements or understandings between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.   Neither Party shall be bound by, and each Party specifically objects to, any term, condition or other provision or other condition which is different from or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement (whether or not it would Materially alter this Agreement) and which is proffered by the  other Party in any purchase order, correspondence or other document, unless the  Party to be bound thereby specifically agrees to such provision in writing.

 

10.10 Severability; Survival. In the event that any provision of this Agreement conflicts with the law under which this Agreement is to be construed or if any such provision is held invalid by a court with jurisdiction over the parties to this Agreement, such provision shall be deemed to be restated to reflect as  nearly as  possible the original intentions of the parties in accordance with applicable Law, and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full  force and effect. All  provisions herein that by their terms or intent are to survive the termination of this Agreement shall so survive, specifically including Sections 3, 5, 6, 7 and 9.

10.11 Headings. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be construed to have legal significance.

 

10.12 Third Parties. This Agreement is between the Parties hereto and is not intended to confer  any benefits on third parties including, but not limited to, Investors.

 

10.13 Force  Majeure. Neither Party will be liable for delay or default in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement if  such delay or default is caused by conditions beyond its reasonable control, including, but not limited to, fire, flood, accident, earthquakes, telecommunications line failures, storm, acts  of war,  riot, acts of terrorism, government interference, strikes and/or walk-outs. In addition, ODB shall not be  responsible for downtime or other problems with any website, including the ODB website, caused by any public  or third party private network,   including   the Internet or any communications carrier network,   or computer hardware   or


10



software problems regardless of whether they arise in the ordinary course of business or constitute extraordinary events.

 

 

[Signature Page Follows]


11



This Agreement contains an arbitration agreement.

 

 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by duly authorized officers or representatives as of the Effective Date.

 

 

 

 

ODB:                                    OPENDEAL BROKER LLC DBA THE CAPITAL R

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuer:                             BOXABLE INC.

 

 


12



SCHEDULE A - Private Securities and Internet Sites Used for Offering Such Securities

 

 

1. Description of the Securities and the registration exemptions such Securities are offered under.

 

 

Preferred Shares of Issuer.

 

 

2. URLs for Internet Sites Used for directing potential Investor to the Offering of such Securities or N/A:


13



SCHEDULE B-1 - Private Placement Platform

 

 

Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Agreement, ODB agrees to provide, perform or make available the following to Issuer:

 

 

1.    Execution of Private Securities. After the Issuer has successful closed on an Investor's subscription, ODB will, in the ordinary course,  and consistent with ODB's policies and procedures as in existence from time to time, provide technical   services to  allow the Issuer to  execute and deliver   evidence of the Private Securities to  the relevant Investor.

 

 

2.    Use of the ODB Private Placements Platform. ODB will make tools available to Issuer for the Issuer to perform or

ODB to perform on behalf of Issuer, the following activities with respect to the Private Placements Platform:

a. display information regarding the Offering as provided and instructed by the Issuer or an agent of the Issuer, including, but not limited to the number of units of the Private Securities available, price, and terms; 

 

b.    enable Investors to view such documents as the Issuer has created and determines to make available to potential investors   relating   to the Private   Securities, including, but not limited to, an offering circular   or a private placement memorandum and subscription agreement or other similar offering materials;

 

c. provide information provided by Investors relating to their qualifications to purchase the Private Securities, including presenting Issuers with successfully submitted subscription requests for review; 

 

d.    verify that an Investor   has the appropriate   status to purchase   the Private   Securities  based   on the status requirements specified by the Issuer  on the Private Placement Platform (in connection with such verification, ODB relies solely on the information or documents with respect to net worth or income  as provided by such Investor to ODB, on the representation of verified status from a certified public accountant or licensed attorney or other person reasonably capable of providing such attestation, or such other third party services that ODB reasonably believes can provide such verification. ODB cannot  and will not represent or warrant that such information or documents are accurate or complete and disclaims liability for any determination by ODB of such status in reliance   on such information,   documents or representations  to the extent that ODB   has a reasonable belief  that it has relied in good faith on such information or attestation or service); ODB will provide a mechanism for the issuer to review, accept or reject subscribers to its offering;

e. provide Investors with a mechanism to view the status of their subscription and the date that the issuer has set for cash required for closing; 

 

f.     record identifying information regarding Investors and their holdings; and

 

g.    provide services that allow an Investor to send consideration for the Private Securities either to an escrow agent (in which case a separate escrow fee agreement between such escrow agent and the Parties must be entered in to) or directly to the Issuer, as determined by the Parties.

 

 

3. Broker Services. ODB will provide the following additional services, as required:

 

a. To the extent that there are Investors in Alabama, Arizona, Florida, New Jersey, North Dakota, Texas, Washington or any other state in which the Issuer would be required to register as an "Issuer Dealer" prior to making any offers or sales in such state, ODB will act as accommodating broker of record with respect to sales of the Private Securities in those states; and 

b.    review investor information, including KYC (Know Your  Customer) data, perform AML (Anti-Money Laundering) and other compliance background checks, and provide a recommendation to the Issuer, vis a vis KYC and AML standards, whether or not to accept an investor's subscription for Private Securities.


14



SCHEDULE B-2 - Obligations of Issuer in Connection with Services

 

 

Notwithstanding the Services as provided under the Agreement, Issuer solely is responsible for maintaining all records of Private Securities and for maintaining accurate and complete records of the aggregate total units of Private Securities sold and redeemed by Issuer through the ODB Private Placements Platform. Pursuant to its obligations, Issuer shall:

 

 

1.    based upon the data, documents and materials ("collectively the "Books and Records") provided by ODB or an Affiliate of ODB, or contracted third-party vendor, from time to time, maintain an accurate and complete record on its official books and records of the number of units (which may be in aggregate if permitted by Law) of Private Securities held by Investors;

 

2.    maintain an accurate   and complete   record on  its official books and records of the number of units of Private Securities, if any, held by ODB for ODB's own benefit, or if certificated, deliver to ODB an original, duly issued and outstanding unit certificate in the name of "ODB Capital Corporation." in an amount equal to the number of units of Private Securities held by ODB;

 

3.    provide ODB,   pursuant to such methods as ODB may reasonably require, with the details   of, and all monies associated with any dividend, interest, principal or other payment due  to Investors and a detailed record of the recipients and amounts to be credited thereto and any tax reporting codes in a manner required by ODB from time to time in order  for ODB to credit Investors with such payments on a timely basis and to produce relevant tax documentation therefrom (it is agreed that Issuer shall produce or cause to be produced by third parties on behalf of Issuer, at Issuer's expense, any Schedule K-1's or similar  documents for delivery by ODB to Investors); and;

 

4.    provide to ODB, in such form  and at such time as ODB may reasonably request, a copy of  any documentation, memoranda, agreements or other documents or information that ODB believes is necessary for it to satisfy any filing, reporting or other applicable legal requirements it may have relating to the custody of the Private Securities.


15



SCHEDULE C - Services Specifically NOT Provided

 

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Schedules or this Agreement, unless otherwise specifically agreed to in this Agreement or in a separate written agreement between the Parties, the following services specifically are NOT provided by ODB or any Affiliate of ODB under this Agreement:

 

 

1.    No Investment Banking, Underwriting, Advice or Advisory Service. ODB is not providing investment banking or underwriter services to Issuer, acting as an underwriter or selling group member  and has no role in the issuance of the Private Securities, and ODB is not providing any advice or advisory services in connection with the Services as set forth in Schedule B, is not recommending the Private Securities or the Offering, and is not making any suitability determinations with respect  to any Investor. ODB is not committing to and does not intend to purchase any of the Private Securities for its own account or that of an Affiliate.

 

 

2.    No Approval of Issuer Content.  ODB is not preparing, endorsing, adopting, or approving in any way any offering memoranda or other offering documents, SEC, state or other regulatory filings, or any sales or marketing material or Issuer Content, specifically including any Issuer Sites, or any other material or Content of any kind wherever they may appear except to the extent that such websites, material or Content specifically reference the ODB Name, Branding, Content, or descriptive materials about the Services, and then only to the extent  of such references and specifically not including other portions of such website or materials   provided ODB reserves the right to reject Issuer Content it deems non-compliant.

 

 

3.    No  Setting, Reviewing or Guaranteeing of Price, Tax or Other Data. ODB is not setting, calculating, creating, approving, endorsing, adopting, reviewing, recommending or guaranteeing any price for the Private Securities, or giving any opinion with  respect to the accuracy, reliability or completeness of any data or information about the Private Securities appearing on a ODB Site or  elsewhere. ODB is relying   on the Issuer for all such data and information.   ODB   is not preparing   or calculating any tax statements   or documentation   on behalf   of Issuer, specifically including Schedule K-1s, except for those tax  documents normally and usually included as part of a brokerage account (such as 1099s).

 

 

4.    No Offering of Issuer Securities. Except with  respect to acting as accommodating broker in accordance with  the provisions of Schedule B-1 of this Agreement, ODB is not selling, distributing, offering for sale or marketing, or participating in any sale, distribution, offer or marketing, in any way the Private Securities under this Agreement.


16



SCHEDULE D - Fees and Other Costs

 

 

1)    Offering Set-up and Processing Fees. The  cash fee paid to ODB from the proceeds of the Offering will be determined pursuant to the following schedule but in all events shall be equal to at least $10,000 per Offering:

 

i)     For the dollar value of the securities sold to Investors pursuant to each Offering through the Private Placements

Platform up to but not in excess of $1,000,000:

(1) Five percent (5%) to ODB; and

ii)    For the dollar value of the securities sold to Investors pursuant to each Offering through the Private Placements

Platform greater than $1,000,000:

(1) Four percent (4%) to ODB.

 

 

 

2)    Securities Commission. A securities commission equivalent to two percent (2%) of the dollar value of the securities issued to Investors pursuant to each Offering through the Private Placements Platform at the time of closing.

 

 

3)    Fee for  Termination Prior to Closing.   If after ODB has setup an Offering to be displayed on the Private Placements Platform and the Issuer has met the minimum investment amount necessary to perform  a closing, the Issuer cancels or decides not to pursue the offering prior to the final  closing of the Offering, the Issuer shall immediately pay to ODB the greatest of (a) $50,000 or (b) all out of pocket costs  incurred by ODB in enabling the Offering to be listed on the Private Placements Platform, which shall be invoiced in itemized form; except that if circumstances beyond the control of the Issuer make a closing impossible, then this Fee for  Termination Prior to Closing will not apply. For  the avoidance of doubt, if the Issuer has not made such best efforts and a closing is possible but the Issuer then terminates an Offering, such fee shall apply provided that no fee shall be due under this provision in the event termination is for cause due to ODB's uncured breach.

 

4)    Termination Fees. For terminations pursuant to Sections 8.2(a), 8.3(a) or 8.4(a), Issuer shall at the date of termination pay $25,000 provided that no Termination Fee shall be due under this provision in the event termination is for cause due to ODB's uncured breach.

 

5)    Administrative Expenses. Administrative Expenses are limited to FINRA fees and processing fees and shall be evidenced by the invoices third-parties sent to ODB for the incurrence of such Administrative Expenses.

 

6)    Ancillary Issuer Fees.   No ancillary fees will be payable by Issuer without its written consent.

 

7)    Escrow Fees. The cumulative fee for all Escrow Agent and payment processing services shall be two and one-half percent (2.5 %) of the dollar value of the securities sold in each Offering at the time of closing. The Escrow Agent shall be Prime Trust, LLC.

 

8)    Fees to Investors. ODB will not charge fees to Investors.


17

Picture 1 


Escrow Services Agreement

This Escrow Services Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [●] by and between Prime Trust, LLC (“Prime Trust” or “Escrow Agent”), [●] (the “Issuer”) and [●] (the “Broker”).

Recitals

WHEREAS, the Issuer proposes to offer for sale and sell securities to prospective investors (“Subscribers”), as disclosed in its offering materials, in a registered offering pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or exemption from registration (i.e. Regulation A+, D or S) (the “Offering”), the equity, debt or other securities of the Issuer (the “Securities”) in the amount of at least [●] (the “Minimum Amount of the Offering”) and up to the maximum amount of [●] (the “Maximum Amount of the Offering”).

WHEREAS, Issuer has engaged Broker, a registered broker-dealer with the Securities Exchange Commission and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, to serve as placement agent or underwriter, as applicable, for the Offering.

WHEREAS, Issuer and Broker desire to establish an Escrow Account in which funds received from Subscribers will be held during the Offering, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

WHEREAS, Prime Trust agrees to serve as third-party escrow agent for the Subscribers with respect to such Escrow Account (as defined below) in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein.

Agreement

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration for the mutual covenants, promises, agreements, representations, and warranties contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties herby agree as follows:

1.Establishment of Escrow Account. Prior to the Issuer initiating the Offering, and prior to the receipt of the first Subscriber funds, Escrow Agent shall establish an account for the Issuer (the “Escrow Account”). All parties agree to maintain the Escrow Account and Escrow Amount (as defined below) in a manner that is compliant with applicable banking and securities regulations. Escrow Agent shall be the sole administrator of the Escrow Account. 

2.Escrow Period. The escrow period (“Escrow Period”) shall begin with the commencement of the Offering and shall terminate, in whole or in part, as applicable, upon the earlier to occur of the following: 

a.The date upon which the Minimum Amount of the Offering is received, in bona fide transactions that are fully paid for with cleared funds, which is defined to occur when Escrow Agent has received gross proceeds of at least the Minimum Amount of the Offering that have cleared in the Escrow Account and the Issuer and/or Broker instructed a partial or full closing on those funds.; or 

b.[●], if the Minimum Amount of the Offering has not been reached; or 

c.The date upon which a determination is made by Issuer and/or their authorized representatives to terminate the Offering; or 

d. Escrow Agent’s exercise of the termination rights specified in Section 8. 


 


Picture 1 


During the Escrow Period, the parties agree that (i) the Escrow Account and escrowed funds will be held for the benefit of the Subscribers, and that (ii) neither Issuer nor the Broker are entitled to any funds received into the Escrow Account, and that no amounts deposited into the Escrow Account shall become the property of Issuer, Broker or any third-party, or be subject to any debts, liens or encumbrances of any kind, until the contingency has been satisfied by the sale of the Minimum Amount of the Offering to such Subscribers in bona fide transactions that are fully paid and cleared.

3.Deposits into the Escrow Account. All Subscribers will be directed by the Issuer and its agents to transmit their data and subscription amounts via Escrow Agent’s technology systems (“Issuer Dashboard”), directly to the Escrow Account to be held for the benefit of Subscribers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and applicable regulations. All Subscribers will transfer funds directly to the Escrow Agent (with checks, if any, made payable to “Prime Trust, LLC as Escrow Agent for Investors in [●]”) for deposit into the Escrow Account. Escrow Agent shall process all subscription amounts for collection through the banking system (except for virtual currencies), shall hold Escrow Amounts, and shall maintain an accounting of each such subscription amount posted to its ledger, which also sets forth, among other things, each Subscriber’s name and address, the quantity of Securities purchased, and the amount paid. All subscription amounts which have cleared the banking system, or in the case of virtual currencies are confirm as received, are hereinafter referred to as the “Escrow Amount”. No interest shall be paid to Issuer or Subscribers on balances in the Escrow Account. Issuer shall promptly, concurrent with any new or modified  subscription agreement (each a “Subscription Agreement”) and/or Offering materials, provide Escrow Agent with a copy of such revised documents and other information as may be reasonably requested by Escrow Agent which is necessary for the performance of its duties under this Agreement. Escrow Agent is under no duty or responsibility to enforce collection of any subscription amounts whether delivered to it or not hereunder. Issuer shall cooperate with Escrow Agent with clearing any and all AML and funds processing exceptions.  

Funds Hold; Clearing, Settlement and Risk Management Policy: All parties agree that Subscriber funds are considered “cleared” as follows:

* Wires — 24 hours (one business day) following receipt of funds;
* Checks — 10 days following deposit of funds to the Escrow Account;
*ACH — 10 days following receipt of funds;

*Virtual currencies – upon receipt of coins/tokens or USD upon conversion, as agreed;

*Credit and Debit Cards – 24 hours (one business day) following receipt of funds.

 

For subscription amounts received through ACH transfers, Federal regulations provide Subscribers with the right to recall, cancel or otherwise dispute the transaction for a period of up to 60 days following the transactions. Similarly, subscription amounts processed by credit or debit card transactions are subject to recall, chargeback, cancellation or other dispute for a period of up to 180 days following the transaction. As an accommodation to the Issuer and Broker, subject to the terms of this Agreement, Escrow Agent shall make subscription amounts received through ACH fund transfers available starting 10 calendar days following receipt by Escrow Agent of the subscription amounts and 24 hours following receipt of funds for credit and debit card transactions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all cleared subscription amounts remain subject to internal compliance review in accordance with internal procedures and applicable rules and regulations. Escrow Agent reserves the right to deny, suspend or terminate participation in the Escrow Account any Subscriber to the extent Escrow Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems it advisable or necessary to comply with applicable laws or to eliminate practices that are not consistent with laws, rules, regulations or best practices. Prime Trust


 


Picture 1 


reserves the right to limit, suspend, restrict (including increasing clearing periods) or terminate the use of ACH, credit card and/or debit card transactions at its sole discretion. Without limiting the indemnification obligations under Section 11 of this Agreement, Issuer agrees that it will immediately indemnify, hold harmless and reimburse the Escrow Agent for any fees, costs or liability whatsoever resulting or arising from funds processing failures, including without limitation chargebacks, recalls or other disputes. Issuer acknowledges and agrees that the Escrow Agent shall not be responsible for or obligated to pursue collection of any funds from Subscribers.

4.Disbursements from the Escrow Account. In the event Escrow Agent does not receive the Minimum Amount of the Offering prior to the termination of the Escrow Period, Escrow Agent shall terminate the Escrow Account and make a full and prompt return of cleared funds to each Subscriber to the Offering. In the event Escrow Agent receives cleared funds for at least the Minimum Amount of the Offering prior to the termination of the Escrow Period, and for any point thereafter and Escrow Agent receives a written instruction from Issuer and Broker (generally via notification on the Issuer Dashboard), Escrow Agent shall, pursuant to those instructions, make a disbursement to the Issuer from the Escrow Account. Issuer acknowledges that there is a 24-hour (one business day) processing time once a request has been received to disburse funds from the Escrow Account. Furthermore, Issuer directs Escrow Agent to accept instructions regarding fees from Broker, including other registered securities brokers in the syndicate, if any, or from the API integrated platform or portal through which this Offering is being conducted, if any. 

5.Collection Procedure. Escrow Agent is hereby authorized, upon receipt of Subscriber funds, to promptly deposit them in the Escrow Account. Any Subscriber funds which fail to clear or are subsequently reversed, including but not limited to chargebacks, recalls or otherwise disputed, shall be debited to the Escrow Account, with such debits reflected on the Escrow Account ledger accessible via Escrow Agent’s API or Issuer Dashboard as a non-exclusive remedy. Any and all escrow fees paid by Issuer, including those for funds processing are non-refundable, regardless of whether ultimately cleared, failed, rescinded, returned or recalled. In the event of any Subscriber refunds, returns or recalls after funds have already been remitted to Issuer, Issuer and/or Broker hereby irrevocably agree to immediately and without delay or dispute send equivalent funds to Escrow Agent to cover such refunds, returns or recalls. If Issuer has any dispute or disagreement with its Subscriber then that is separate and apart from this Agreement and Issuer and/or Broker will address such matters directly with such Subscriber, including taking whatever actions Issuer and/or Broker determines appropriate, but Issuer and/or Broker shall regardless remit funds to Escrow Agent and not involve Escrow Agent in any such disputes. 

6.Escrow Administration Fees, Compensation of Prime Trust. Escrow Agent is entitled to escrow administration fees from Issuer and/or Broker as set forth in Schedule A attached hereto and as displayed on the Issuer Dashboard. Escrow Agent fees are not contingent in any way on the success or failure of the Offering, receipt of Subscriber funds, or transactions contemplated by this Agreement. No fees, charges or expense reimbursements of Escrow Agent are reimbursable, and are not subject to pro-rata analysis. All fees and charges, if not paid by a representative of Issuer (e.g. funding platform, lead syndicate broker, etc.), may be made via either Issuers credit/debit card or ACH information on file with Escrow Agent. Issuer shall at all times maintain appropriate funds in their account for the payment of escrow administration fees. Escrow Agent may also collect its fee(s), at its option, from any other account held by the Issuer at Prime Trust. It is acknowledged and agreed that no fees, reimbursement for costs and expenses, indemnification for any damages incurred by Issuer or Escrow Agent shall be paid out of or chargeable to the Escrow Amount. 

7.Representations and Warranties. The Issuer and Broker each covenant and make the following representations and warranties to Escrow Agent: 


 


Picture 1 


a.It is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation or organization and has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. 

b.This Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly approved by all necessary actions, including any necessary shareholder or membership approval, has been executed by its duly authorized officers, and constitutes a valid and binding agreement enforceable in accordance with its terms. 

c.The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement is in accordance with the agreements related to the Offering and will not violate, conflict with, or cause a default under its articles of incorporation, bylaws, management agreement or other organizational document, as applicable, any applicable law, rule or regulation, any court order or administrative ruling or decree to which it is a party or any of its property is subject, or any agreement, contract, indenture, or other binding arrangement, including the agreements related to the Offering, to which it is a party or any of its property is subject. 

d.The Offering shall contain a statement that Escrow Agent has not investigated the desirability or advisability of investment in the Securities nor approved, endorsed or passed upon the merits of purchasing the Securities; and the name of Escrow Agent has not and shall not be used in any manner in connection with the Offering of the Securities other than to state that Escrow Agent has agreed to serve as escrow agent for the limited purposes set forth in this Agreement. 

e.No party other than the parties hereto has, or shall have, any lien, claim or security interest in the Escrow Amounts or any part thereof. No financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code is on file in any jurisdiction claiming a security interest in or describing (whether specifically or generally) the Escrow Amounts or any part thereof. 

f.It possesses such valid and current licenses, certificates, authorizations or permits issued by the appropriate state, federal or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct its respective businesses, and it has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of, or non-compliance with, any such license, certificate, authorization or permit. 

g.Its business activities are in no way related to Cannabis, gambling, pornography, or firearms. 

h.The Offering complies in all material respects with the Act and all applicable laws, rules and regulations. 

i.All of its representations and warranties contained herein are true and complete as of the date hereof and will be true and complete at the time of any disbursement of Escrow Amounts. 

8.Term and Termination. This Agreement will remain in full force during the Escrow Period and shall terminate upon the following: 

a.As set forth in Section 2. 

b.Termination for Convenience. Any party may terminate this Agreement at any time for any reason by giving at least thirty (30) days’ written notice. 


 


Picture 1 


c.Escrow Agent’s Resignation. Escrow Agent may unilaterally resign at any time without prior notice by giving written notice to Issuer, whereupon Issuer will immediately appoint a successor escrow agent.  

9.Binding Arbitration, Applicable Law, Venue, and Attorney’s Fees. This Agreement is governed by, and will be interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Nevada, as applicable, without regard to principles of conflict of laws. Any claim or dispute arising under this Agreement may only be brought in arbitration, pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, with venue in Clark County, Nevada. The parties consent to this method of dispute resolution, as well as jurisdiction, and consent to this being a convenient forum for any such claim or dispute and waives any right it may have to object to either the method or jurisdiction for such claim or dispute. Furthermore, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover damages plus reasonable attorney’s fees and costs and the decision of the arbitrator shall be final, binding and enforceable in any court. 

10.Limited Capacity of Escrow Agent. This Agreement expressly and exclusively sets forth the duties of Escrow Agent with respect to any and all matters pertinent hereto, and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against Escrow Agent. Escrow Agent acts hereunder as an escrow agent only and is not associated, affiliated, or involved in the business decisions or business activities of Issuer, portal, or Subscriber. Escrow Agent is not responsible or liable in any manner whatsoever for the sufficiency, correctness, genuineness, or validity of the subject matter of this Agreement or any part thereof, or for the form of execution thereof, or for the identity or authority of any person executing or depositing such subject matter. Escrow Agent shall be under no duty to investigate or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any document, agreement, instruction, or request furnished to it hereunder, including, without limitation, the authority or the identity of any signer thereof, believed by it to be genuine, and Escrow Agent may rely and act upon, and shall not be liable for acting or not acting upon, any such document, agreement, instruction, or request. Escrow Agent shall in no way be responsible for notifying, nor shall it be responsible to notify, any party thereto or any other party interested in this Agreement of any payment required or maturity occurring under this Agreement or under the terms of any instrument deposited herewith. Escrow Agent’s entire liability, and Broker and Issuer’s exclusive remedy, in any cause of action based on contract, tort, or otherwise in connection with any services furnished pursuant to this Agreement shall be limited to the total fees paid to Escrow Agent by Issuer. The Escrow Agent shall not be called upon to advise any party as to the wisdom in selling or retaining or taking or refraining from any action with respect to any securities or other property deposited hereunder. Escrow Agent may consult legal counsel selected by it in the event of any dispute or question as to the construction of any of the provisions hereof or of any other agreement or of its duties hereunder, or relating to any dispute involving any party hereto, and shall incur no liability and shall be fully indemnified from any reasonable liability whatsoever in acting in accordance with the opinion or instruction of such counsel. Issuer shall promptly pay, upon demand, the reasonable fees and expenses of any such counsel. 

11.Indemnity. Issuer agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Escrow Agent and its related entities, directors, employees, service providers, advertisers, affiliates, officers, agents, and partners and third-party service providers (collectively, “Escrow Agent Indemnified Parties”) harmless from and against any loss, liability, claim, or demand, including attorney’s fees (collectively “Expenses”), made by any third party due to or arising out of (i) this Agreement or a breach of any provision in this Agreement, or (ii) any change in regulation or law, state or federal, and the enforcement or prosecution of such as such authorities may apply to or against Issuer. This indemnity shall include, but is not limited to, all Expenses incurred in conjunction with any interpleader that Escrow Agent may enter into regarding this Agreement and/or third-party subpoena or discovery process that may be directed to Escrow Agent Indemnified Parties. It shall also include any action(s) by a governmental or trade association authority  


 


Picture 1 


seeking to impose criminal or civil sanctions on any Escrow Agent Indemnified Parties based on a connection or alleged connection between this Agreement and Issuers business and/or associated persons. The defense, indemnification and hold harmless obligations will survive termination of this Agreement. Escrow Agent reserves the right to control the defense of any such claim or action and all negotiations for settlement or compromise, and to select or approve defense counsel, and Issuer agrees to fully cooperate with Escrow Agent in the defense of any such claim, action, settlement, or compromise negotiations.

12.Entire Agreement, Severability and Force Majeure. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between Issuer and Escrow Agent regarding the Escrow Account. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. Furthermore, no party shall be responsible for any failure to perform due to acts beyond its reasonable control, including acts of God, terrorism, shortage of supply, labor difficulties (including strikes), war, civil unrest, fire, floods, electrical outages, equipment or transmission failures, internet interruptions, vendor failures (including information technology providers), or other similar causes. 

13.Escrow Agent Compliance. Escrow Agent may, at its sole discretion, comply with any new, changed, or reinterpreted regulatory or legal rules, laws or regulations, law enforcement or prosecution policies, and any interpretations of any of the foregoing, and without necessity of notice, Escrow Agent may (i) modify either this Agreement or the Escrow Account, or both, to comply with or conform to such changes or interpretations or (ii) terminate this Agreement or the Escrow Account or both if, in the sole and absolute discretion of Escrow Agent, changes in law enforcement or prosecution policies (or enactment or issuance of new laws or regulations) applicable to the Issuer might expose Escrow Agent to a risk of criminal or civil prosecution, and/or of governmental or regulatory sanctions or forfeitures if Escrow Agent were to continue its performance under this Agreement. Furthermore, all parties agree that this Agreement shall continue in full force and be valid, unchanged and binding upon any successors of Escrow Agent. Changes to this Agreement will be sent to Issuer via email. Escrow Agent may act or refrain from acting in respect of any matter referred to in this Escrow Agreement in full reliance upon and by and with the advice of its legal counsel and shall be fully protected in so acting or in refraining from acting upon advice of counsel. In the event that the Escrow Agent shall be uncertain as to its duties or rights hereunder, the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to (i) refrain from taking any action other than to keep safe the Escrow Amounts until directed otherwise by a court of competent jurisdiction or, (ii) interplead the Escrow Amount to a court of competent jurisdiction.  

14.Waivers. No waiver by any party to this Agreement of any condition or breach of any provision of this Agreement will be effective unless in writing. No waiver by any party of any such condition or breach, in any one instance, will be deemed to be a further or continuing waiver of any such condition or breach or a waiver of any other condition or breach of any other provision contained in this Agreement. 

15.Notices. Any notice to Escrow Agent is to be sent to escrow@primetrust.com. Any notices to Issuer will be to [●] and any notices to the Broker will be sent to [●]. 

Any party may change their notice or email address giving notice thereof in accordance with this Paragraph. All notices hereunder shall be deemed given: (1) if served in person, when served; (2) if sent by facsimile or email, on the date of transmission if before 6:00 p.m. Eastern time, provided that a hard copy of such notice is also sent by either a nationally recognized overnight courier or by U.S. Mail, first class; (3) if by overnight courier, by a nationally recognized courier which has a system of providing evidence of delivery, on the first business day after delivery to the courier; or (4) if by U.S. Mail, on the third day after deposit in the mail, postage prepaid, certified mail, return receipt requested. Furthermore, all parties hereby agree that all current and future notices, confirmations and other


 


Picture 1 


communications regarding this Agreement specifically, and future communications in general between the parties, may be made by email, sent to the email address of record as set forth above or as otherwise from time to time changed or updated in Issuer Dashboard, directly by the party changing such information, without necessity of confirmation of receipt, delivery or reading, and such form of electronic communication is sufficient for all matters regarding the relationship between the parties. If any such electronically-sent communication fails to be received for any reason, including but not limited to such communications being diverted to the recipients’ spam filters by the recipients email service provider or technology, or due to a recipients’ change of address, or due to technology issues by the recipients’ service provider, the parties agree that the burden of such failure to receive is on the recipient and not the sender, and that the sender is under no obligation to resend communications via any other means, including but not limited to postal service or overnight courier, and that such communications shall for all purposes, including legal and regulatory, be deemed to have been delivered and received. No physical, paper documents will be sent to Issuer, including statements, and if such documents are desired then that party agrees to directly and personally print, at their own expense, the electronically-sent communication(s) or dashboard reports and maintaining such physical records in any manner or form that they desire.

16.Counterparts; Facsimile; Email; Signatures; Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which, taken together, will constitute one and the same instrument, binding on each signatory thereto. This Agreement may be executed by signatures, electronically or otherwise, and delivered by email in .pdf format, which shall be binding upon each signing party to the same extent as an original executed version hereof.  

17.Substitute Form W–9:  Section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code requires Issuer to provide the correct Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN). Under penalties of Perjury, Issuer certifies that: (1) the tax identification number provided to Escrow Agent is the correct taxpayer identification number and (2) Issuer is not subject to backup withholding because: (a) Issuer is exempt from backup withholding, or, (b) Issuer has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that it is subject to backup withholding.  Issuer agrees to immediately inform Escrow Agent in writing if it has been, or at any time in the future is, notified by the IRS that Issuer is subject to backup withholding. 

18.Survival. Even after this Agreement is terminated, certain provisions will remain in effect, including but not limited to Sections 3, 4, 5, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 14 of this Agreement. Upon any termination, Escrow Agent shall be compensated for the services as of the date of the termination or removal. 

[Signature Page Follows]


 


Picture 1 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

ISSUER:

 

[●]

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

BROKER:

 

[●]

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

ESCROW AGENT:

 

Prime Trust, LLC

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 


 

 


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR

 

 

We consent to the use, in this Offering Statement on Form 1-A of our independent auditors’ report dated November 24, 2020, which includes an explanatory paragraph as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, on our audit related to the financial statements of Boxabl, LLC, which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related statements of operations, member’s equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements. 

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ dbbmckennon

San Diego, California

January 22, 2021



AN OFFERING STATEMENT PURSUANT TO REGULATION A RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PRELIMINARY OFFERING CIRCULAR IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED BEFORE THE OFFERING STATEMENT FILED WITH THE COMMISSION IS QUALIFIED. THIS PRELIMINARY OFFERING CIRCULAR SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR MAY THERE BE ANY SALES OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL BEFORE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE LAWS OF SUCH STATE. THE COMPANY MAY ELECT TO SATISFY ITS OBLIGATION TO DELIVER A FINAL OFFERING CIRCULAR BY SENDING YOU A NOTICE WITHIN TWO BUSINESS DAYS AFTER THE COMPLETION OF THE COMPANY’S SALE TO YOU THAT CONTAINS THE URL WHERE THE FINAL OFFERING CIRCULAR OR THE OFFERING STATEMENT IN WHICH SUCH FINAL OFFERING CIRCULAR WAS FILED MAY BE OBTAINED.

 

PRELIMINARY OFFERING CIRCULAR DATED DECEMBER 14, 2020

 

BOXABL, INC.

 

 

 

6120 N. Hollywood Blvd. #104

Las Vegas, NV 89115

 

UP TO [_] SHARES OF NON-VOTING SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK AND UP TO [_] SHARES OF COMMON STOCK INTO WHICH THE NON-VOTING SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK MAY CONVERT

 

SEE “SECURITIES BEING OFFERED” AT [PAGE XX]

 

 

 

Price to Public

Underwriting discount and commissions(1)

Proceeds to issuer(2)

Proceeds to other persons

Per share/unit

 

 

 

 

Total Minimum

$1,000,000

 

 

 

Total Maximum

$50,000,000

 

 

 

 

(1)   The company intends to engage a broker-dealer to serve as its placement agent for this Offering and will agree to pay cash fees of up to approximately $[_] million for a fully-subscribed offering to the Placement Agent and third party registered brokers-dealers who introduce investors to this offering (the “Offering”).  The maximum commission payable to the Placement Agent is [_]% if all Common Stock were to be sold through the Placement Agent. See the “Plan of Distribution” for details.

(2)   Not including expenses of this Offering, which are estimated at approximately $[_] for a fully-subscribed offering, not including state filing fees.

 

We have engaged [_] as an escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”) to hold funds tendered by investors. We may hold a series of closings at which we receive the funds from the Escrow Agent and issue the shares to investors. This Offering will terminate at the earlier of (i) the date at which the maximum offering amount has been sold; (ii) three years from the date of qualification of this Offering Statement or (iii) the date at which the Offering is earlier terminated by the company at its sole discretion. However, if a new offering statement is filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) prior to the termination of this Offering, this Offering may continue to be offered and sold until the earlier of the qualification of the new offering statement or three years and 180 days from the date of qualification of this Offering Statement. At least every 12 months after this Offering has been qualified by the


1



Commission, the company will file a post-qualification amendment to include its recent financial statements. The Offering is being conducted on a best-efforts basis with a minimum raise of $1,000,000 (the “Minimum Target”). Provided the company reaches the minimum target, we may undertake one or more closings on a rolling basis, if we do so, we anticipate after the initial closing to hold closing at least on a monthly basis. After each closing, funds tendered by investors will be available to the Company. After the initial closing of the Offering, we expect to hold closings on at least a monthly basis.

 

THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OR GIVE ITS APPROVAL OF ANY SECURITIES OFFERED OR THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, NOR DOES IT PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SOLICITATION MATERIALS. THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE COMMISSION; HOWEVER THE COMMISSION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION

 

GENERALLY NO SALE MAY BE MADE TO YOU IN THIS OFFERING IF THE AGGREGATE PURCHASE PRICE YOU PAY IS MORE THAN 10% OF THE GREATER OF YOUR ANNUAL INCOME OR NET WORTH. DIFFERENT RULES APPLY TO ACCREDITED INVESTORS AND NON-NATURAL PERSONS. BEFORE MAKING ANY REPRESENTATION THAT YOUR INVESTMENT DOES NOT EXCEED APPLICABLE THRESHOLDS, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REVIEW RULE 251(d)(2)(i)(C) OF REGULATION A. FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ON INVESTING, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REFER TO www.investor.gov.

 

This offering is inherently risky. See “Risk Factors” on page [XX].

 

Sales of these securities will commence on approximately [_], 2021

 

The company is following the “Offering Circular” format of disclosure under Regulation A.

 

In the event that we become a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we intend to take advantage of the provisions that relate to “Emerging Growth Companies” under the JOBS Act of 2012. See “Summary -- Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”


2



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Summary

4

Risk Factors

6

Dilution

10

Plan of Distribution and Selling Securityholders

12

Use of Proceeds to Issuer

15

The Company’s Business

16

The Company’s Property

24

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

25

Directors, Executive Officers and Significant Employees

29

Compensation of Directors and Officers

31

Security Ownership of Management and Certain Securityholders

32

Interest of Management and Others in Certain Transactions

33

Securities Being Offered

34

Financial Statements

37

 

 

In this Offering Circular, the term “Boxabl” or “the company” refers to Boxabl, Inc.

 

THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR MAY CONTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION RELATING TO, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE COMPANY, ITS BUSINESS PLAN AND STRATEGY, AND ITS INDUSTRY.  THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE BASED ON THE BELIEFS OF, ASSUMPTIONS MADE BY, AND INFORMATION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY’S MANAGEMENT.  WHEN USED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS, THE WORDS “ESTIMATE,” “PROJECT,” “BELIEVE,” “ANTICIPATE,” “INTEND,” “EXPECT” AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH CONSTITUTE FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS. THESE STATEMENTS REFLECT MANAGEMENT’S CURRENT VIEWS WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE EVENTS AND ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE THE COMPANY’S ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE CONTAINED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.  INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH SPEAK ONLY AS OF THE DATE ON WHICH THEY ARE MADE.  THE COMPANY DOES NOT UNDERTAKE ANY OBLIGATION TO REVISE OR UPDATE THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS TO REFLECT EVENTS OR CIRCUMSTANCES AFTER SUCH DATE OR TO REFLECT THE OCCURRENCE OF UNANTICIPATED EVENTS.


3



SUMMARY

 

The Company

 

Boxabl is on a mission to bring building construction in line with modern manufacturing processes, creating a superior residential and commercial building that could be completed in half the time for half the cost of traditional construction.

 

The core product that we offer is the “Building Box", which consists of room modules that ship to site at a low cost and are stacked and connected to build most any shape and style of finished buildings. We are currently evaluating market demand, but anticipate that available dimensions will be 20x20 ft., 20x30 ft., 20x40 ft., and 20x60 ft. Our first product available for sale is our Casita Box, an accessory dwelling unit featuring a full-size kitchen, bathroom, and living area.

 

The Offering

 

Securities offered by us:

 

Maximum of [_] shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock and [_] shares of Common Stock into which the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock may convert.

 

 

 

Securities outstanding before the offering as of December 4, 2020:

 

 

Common Stock:

 

300,000,000 shares

Series A Preferred Stock:

 

15,127,329

 

 

 

Series A Preferred Stock outstanding after the offering:

 

[_]

 

 

 

 

Selected Risks Associated with Our Business

 

Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

We have a limited operating history with a history of losses and we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

 

If we cannot raise sufficient funds, we will not succeed.

 

Our future success is dependent on the continued service of our senior management and in particular our Founder and Chief Executive Officer Paolo Tiramani.

 

We may not be able to effectively manage our growth, and any failure to do so may have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

Decreased demand in the housing industry would adversely affect our business.

 

If we do not protect our brand and reputation for quality and reliability, or if consumers associate negative impressions of our brand, our business will be adversely affected.

 

We depend upon our patents and trademarks licensed from a related party. Any failure to protect those intellectual property rights, or any claims that our technology infringes upon the rights of others may adversely affect our competitive position and brand equity.

 

We do not yet have a suitable manufacturing facility to begin production as the scale necessary to make the business viable.

 

We have accepted deposits for a product we are not yet able to produce at scale.

 

We will rely on third-party builders to construct our Boxes on site as well as we intend to rely on third-party franchisees. The failure of those builders to properly construct homes and franchisee manufacturers to properly manufacture Boxes could damage our reputation, result in costly litigation and materially impact our ability to succeed.

 

If an unknown defect was detected in our Boxes or Box designs, our business would suffer and we may not be able to stay in business.

 

The housing industry is highly competitive and many of our competitors have greater financial resources than we do.  Increased competition may make it difficult for us to operate and grow our business.

 

Government regulations may cause project delay, increase our expenses, or increase the costs to our customers which could have a negative impact on our operations.

 

Increases in the cost of raw materials, or supply disruptions, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

You will not have significant influence on the management of the company.


4



 

We expect to raise additional capital through equity and/or debt offerings to support our working capital requirements and operating losses.

 

Our Articles of Incorporation includes a forum selection provision, which could result in less favorable outcomes to the plaintiff(s) in any action against our company.

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

We are not subject to the ongoing reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) because we are not registering our securities under the Exchange Act.  Rather, we will be subject to the more limited reporting requirements under Regulation A, including the obligation to electronically file:

·annual reports (including disclosure relating to our business operations for the preceding three fiscal years, or, if in existence for less than three years, since inception, related party transactions, beneficial ownership of the issuer’s securities, executive officers and directors and certain executive compensation information, management’s discussion and analysis (“MD&A”) of the issuer’s liquidity, capital resources, and results of operations, and two years of audited financial statements), 

·semiannual reports (including disclosure primarily relating to the issuer’s interim financial statements and MD&A) and 

·current reports for certain material events.  

 

In addition, at any time after completing reporting for the fiscal year in which our offering statement was qualified, if the securities of each class to which this offering statement relates are held of record by fewer than 300 persons and offers or sales are not ongoing, we may immediately suspend our ongoing reporting obligations under Regulation A.

 

If and when we become subject to the ongoing reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, as an issuer with less than $1.07 billion in total annual gross revenues during our last fiscal year, we will qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) and this status will be significant. An emerging growth company may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. In particular, as an emerging growth company we:

 

·will not be required to obtain an auditor attestation on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; 

·will not be required to provide a detailed narrative disclosure discussing our compensation principles, objectives and elements and analyzing how those elements fit with our principles and objectives (commonly referred to as “compensation discussion and analysis”); 

·will not be required to obtain a non-binding advisory vote from our shareholders on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements (commonly referred to as the “say-on-pay,” “say-on-frequency” and “say-on-golden-parachute” votes); 

·will be exempt from certain executive compensation disclosure provisions requiring a pay-for-performance graph and CEO pay ratio disclosure; 

·may present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or MD&A; and 

·will be eligible to claim longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards. 

 

We intend to take advantage of all of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions, including the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under Section 107 of the JOBS Act. Our election to use the phase-in periods may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the phase-in periods under Section 107 of the JOBS Act.

 


5



Under the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of the above-described reduced reporting requirements and exemptions for up to five years after our initial sale of common equity pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or such earlier time that we no longer meet the definition of an emerging growth company. Note that this offering, while a public offering, is not a sale of common equity pursuant to a registration statement, since the offering is conducted pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements. In this regard, the JOBS Act provides that we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenues, have more than $700 million in market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1 billion in principal amount of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

 

Certain of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions are also available to us due to the fact that we may also qualify, once listed, as a “smaller reporting company” under the Commission’s rules. For instance, smaller reporting companies are not required to obtain an auditor attestation on their assessment of internal control over financial reporting; are not required to provide a compensation discussion and analysis; are not required to provide a pay-for-performance graph or CEO pay ratio disclosure; and may present only two years of audited financial statements and related MD&A disclosure.

 

RISK FACTORS

 

The SEC requires the company to identify risks that are specific to its business and its financial condition. The company is still subject to all the same risks that all companies in its business, and all companies in the economy, are exposed to. These include risks relating to economic downturns, political and economic events and technological developments (such as cyber-attacks and the ability to prevent those attacks). Additionally, early-stage companies are inherently more risky than more developed companies. You should consider general risks as well as specific risks when deciding whether to invest.

 

Risks Related to our Business

 

We have a limited operating history with a history of losses and we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future. The company has operated at a loss since inception and historically relied on contributions from its owners to meet its growth needs. Further we have yet to receive any revenue from the sale of Boxes, our sole intended product. We expect to make significant future investments in order to develop and expand our business, which we believe will result in additional capital expenses, marketing and general and administrative expenses that will require raising funds in these offerings to cover these additional costs until we are able to generate significant revenue.  

 

If we cannot raise sufficient funds, we will not succeed. We are offering shares of our Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock to raise up to $[50,000,000] in this Offering. Even if the maximum amount is raised, we are likely to need additional funds in the future in order to continue to grow, and if we cannot raise those funds for whatever reason, including reasons relating to the company itself or to the broader economy, the company may not survive. If we raise a substantially lesser amount than our $[50,000,000] goal, we will have to find other sources of funding for some of the plans outlined in “Plan of Operations”.

 

The company has realized significant operating losses to date and expects to incur losses in the future. The company has operated at a loss since inception, and these losses are likely to continue. Boxabl’s net loss for 2019 was $707,547 and its net loss for 2018 was $110,768, and for the six month period ended June 30, 2020, Boxabl experienced a net loss of $335,117. Until the company achieves profitability, it will have to seek other sources of capital in order to continue operations.

 

The company’s auditor has prepared its audit report on the basis of the company continuing to operate as a going concern. The company’s auditor has issued a “going concern” opinion on the company’s financial statements. The company incurred a net loss of $707,547 during the year ended December 31, 2019, and has limited revenues, which creates substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.

 

Our future success is dependent on the continued service of our senior management and in particular our Founder and Chief Executive Officer Paolo Tiramani. Any loss of key members of our executive team could have a negative impact on our ability to manage and grow our business effectively. This is particularly true of our Founder and Chief Executive Officer Paolo Tiramani, who designed and patented our core intellectual property. The experience, technical skills and commercial relationships of our key personnel provide us with a competitive advantage, particularly as we are building our brand recognition and reputation.

 

We may not be able to effectively manage our growth, and any failure to do so may have an adverse effect on our business and operating results. We have received substantial interest in our Casita Boxes and will strive to meet that demand. This will require significant scaling up of operations, including acquiring facilities space, and skilled labor. To date, we do not have any


6



experience manufacturing our products at a commercial scale. If we are unable to effectively manage our scaling up in operations, we could face unanticipated slowdowns and problems and costs that harm our ability to meet production demands.

 

Decreased demand in the housing industry would adversely affect our business. Demand for new housing construction is tied to the broader economy and factors outside the company’s control. Should factors such as the COVID-19 pandemic result in continued loss of general economic activity, we could experience a slower growth in demand for our Boxes.

 

If we do not protect our brand and reputation for quality and reliability, or if consumers associate negative impressions of our brand, our business will be adversely affected. As a new entrant in the highly competitive home construction market, our ability to successfully grow our business is highly dependent on the reputation we establish for quality and reliability. To date, we have built a positive reputation based on our demonstration products for trade shows and conferences. As we expand operations to selling Boxes, we will need to deliver on the quality and reliability that is expected of us. If potential customers create a negative association about our brand, whether warranted or not, our business could be harmed.  

 

We depend upon our patents and trademarks licensed from a related party. Any failure to protect those intellectual property rights, or any claims that our technology infringes upon the rights of others may adversely affect our competitive position and brand equity. Our future success depends significantly on the intellectual property created by our founder and which is owned by a related entity, Build IP LLC. If Build IP LLC is unable to protect that intellectual property from infringement, or if it is found to infringe on others our business would be materially harmed as competitors could utilize our same building and shipping designs.

 

We do not yet have a suitable manufacturing facility to begin production as the scale necessary to make the business viable. Proceeds from this offering will be used to secure suitable manufacturing space in the Las Vegas area for our Boxes. Currently, we only have sufficient space to produce demonstration products. Our business relies on being able to produce our Boxes at scale, which can only be done once we have manufacturing space that is large enough for specialization of functions during the manufacturing process. If we are not able to obtain such manufacturing space in a timely manner, or on reasonable terms, our financial results may be negatively impacted.

 

We have accepted deposits for a product we are not yet able to produce at scale. As of the date of this offering circular, we have accepted deposits ranging from $100 to $1,200 from approximately 2,000 prospective customers. These deposits are being recorded as liabilities of the company and have not been maintained in a segregated account. As such, if the company is not able to deliver the requested product, we will be obligated to return the deposit, whether funds are available or not. If the prospective purchaser merely decides to not purchase a Box once they are available, they will forfeit their deposit.

 

We will rely on third-party builders to construct our Boxes on site as well as we intend to rely on third-party franchisees. The failure of those builders to properly construct homes and franchisee manufacturers to properly manufacture Boxes could damage our reputation, result in costly litigation and materially impact our ability to succeed. We sell our Boxes to Boxabl trained and certified builders, who are then responsible for on-site building and assembly. Purchasers can also order directly from us, and they will need to engage their own builders. We may discover that builders are engaging in improper construction practices, negatively impacting the reliability of our Boxes.  Further, we not only intend to manufacturer the Boxes at our own factories but also to rely on third-party franchisees to manufacture our Boxes. To the extent that we do, we cannot be certain that any such franchisees will act in a manner consistent with our standards and requirements and produce Boxes in accordance with our quality standards. We may discover that our franchisees do not end up operating their franchises in accordance with our standards or applicable law.  The occurrence of such events by the builders or franchisees could result in liability to us, or reputational damage.  

 

If an unknown defect was detected in our Boxes or Box designs, our business would suffer and we may not be able to stay in business. In the ordinary course of our business, we could be subject to home warranty and construction defect claims. Defect claims may arise a significant period of time after a building with our Boxes has been completed. Although we maintain general liability insurance that we believe is adequate and may be reimbursed for losses by subcontractors that we engage to assemble our homes, an increase in the number of warranty and construction defect claims could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Furthermore, any design defect in our components may require us to correct the defect in all of the projects sold up until that time.  Depending on the nature of the defect, we may not have the financial resources to do so and would not be able to stay in business.  Even a defect that is relatively minor could be extremely costly to correct in every home and could impair our ability to operate profitably.


7



The housing industry is highly competitive and many of our competitors have greater financial resources than we do.  Increased competition may make it difficult for us to operate and grow our business. The housing industry is highly competitive and we compete with traditional custom builders, manufactured and modular home builders, and other innovative entrants. In addition, we compete with existing homes that are offered for sale, which can reduce the interest in new construction. Many of our competitors have significantly greater resources than we do, a greater ability to obtain financing and the ability to accept more risk than we can prudently manage. If we are unable to compete effectively in this environment, we may not be able to continue to operate our business or achieve and maintain profitability.

 

Government regulations may cause project delay, increase our expenses, or increase the costs to our customers which could have a negative impact on our operations. We are subject to state modular home building codes, and projects are subject to permitting processes at the local level.  If we encounter difficulties with obtaining state modular home approvals, we could experience increased costs in obtaining those approvals. Until state approvals are obtained, we would be limited in our ability to access that state market. Further, modular home codes may change over time, potentially increasing our costs, which we may not be able to pass on to customers, negatively impact our sales and profitability.  

 

Increases in the cost of raw materials, or supply disruptions, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Our raw materials consist of steel, foams, and plastics, which primarily are sourced from, or dependent on materials sourced domestic vendors who may source their material from overseas. The costs of these materials may increase due to increased tariffs or shipping costs or reduced supply availability of these materials more generally.  Further, global or local natural disruptions, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may impact the supply chain, including limiting work in factories producing the materials into useable forms or impacts on the supply chain. Disruptions in supply could result in delays in our production line, delaying delivery of products. Further, we may not be able to pass through any increased material costs to our customers which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve profitability. To the extent that we are able to pass through increased costs, it may lessen any competitive advantage that we have based on price.

 

The company has broad discretion in the use of proceeds in this Offering. The company has broad discretion on how to allocate the proceeds received as a result of this Offering and may use the proceeds in ways that differ from the proposed uses discussed in this offering circular. If the company fails to spend the proceeds effectively, its business and financial condition could be harmed and there may be the need to seek additional financing sooner than expected.

 

Risks Related to the Offering and to the Securities being Offered

 

Any valuation at this stage is difficult to assess. The valuation for this offering was established by the company based on the best estimates of management, and is not based on historical financial results. Unlike listed companies that are valued publicly through market-driven stock prices, the valuation of private companies, especially early stage companies, is difficult to assess and you may risk overpaying for your investment.

 

We include projections of future plans and performance in this offering circular. Projections rely on the occurrence of stated assumptions and should not assumptions not be correct or not occur, then the stated projections may be inaccurate. We include projected timelines in our “Plan of Operations” and include projected cost comparisons on our offering page. Those projections will only be achieved if the assumptions they are based on are correct. There are many reasons why the assumptions could be inaccurate, including customer acceptance, competition, general economic conditions and our own inability to execute our plans. Potential investors should take the assumptions in consideration when reading those projections, and consider whether they think they are reasonable.

 

You will not have significant influence on the management of the company. The day-to-day management, as well as big picture decisions will be made exclusively by our executive officers and directors. You will have a very limited ability, if at all, to vote on issues of company management and will not have the right or power to take part in the management of the company and will not be represented on the board of directors of the company. Accordingly, no person should purchase our stock unless he or she is willing to entrust all aspects of management to our executive officers and directors.

 

This investment is illiquid. There is no currently established market for reselling these securities and the company currently has no plans to list any of its shares on any over-the-counter (OTC) or similar exchange. If you decide that you want to resell these securities in the future, you may not be able to find a buyer. You should assume that you may not be able to liquidate your investment for some time, or be able to pledge these shares as collateral.

 


8



We expect to raise additional capital through equity and/or debt offerings to support our working capital requirements and operating losses. In order to fund future growth and development, we will likely need to raise additional funds in the future through offering equity or debt that converts into equity, which would dilute the ownership percentage of investors in this offering. See “Dilution.”  Furthermore, if we raise capital through debt, the holders of our debt would have priority over holders of equity, including the Series Seed Preferred Stock, and we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur more debt. We cannot assure you that the necessary funds will be available on a timely basis, on favorable terms, or at all, or that such funds if raised, would be sufficient. The level and timing of future expenditures will depend on a number of factors, many of which are outside our control. If we are not able to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms, or at all, we may be forced to curtail or abandon our growth plans, which could adversely impact our business, development, financial condition, operating results or prospects.

 

Investors in this offering may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to claims arising under the subscription agreement, which could result in less favorable outcomes to the plaintiff(s) in any action under these agreements. Investors in this offering will be bound by the subscription agreement both of which include a provision under which investors waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may have against the company arising out of or relating to these agreements. By signing these agreements, the investor warrants that the investor has reviewed this waiver with his or her legal counsel, and knowingly and voluntarily waives the investor’s jury trial rights following consultation with the investor’s legal counsel. 

 

If we opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, a court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable based on the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with the applicable state and federal law. To our knowledge, the enforceability of a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver in connection with claims arising under the federal securities laws has not been finally adjudicated by a federal court. However, we believe that a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision is generally enforceable, including under the laws of the State of Nevada, which governs the subscription agreement. In determining whether to enforce a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision, courts will generally consider whether the visibility of the jury trial waiver provision within the agreement is sufficiently prominent such that a party knowingly, intelligently and voluntarily waived the right to a jury trial. We believe that this is the case with respect to the subscription agreement. You should consult legal counsel regarding the jury waiver provision before entering into the subscription agreement.  

 

If you bring a claim against the company in connection with matters arising under the subscription agreement, including claims under federal securities laws, you may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to those claims, which may have the effect of limiting and discouraging lawsuits against us. If a lawsuit is brought against us under this agreement, it may be heard only by a judge or justice of the applicable trial court, which would be conducted according to different civil procedures and may result in different outcomes than a trial by jury would have had, including results that could be less favorable to the plaintiff(s) in such an action.  

 

Nevertheless, if this jury trial waiver provision is not permitted by applicable law, an action could proceed under the terms of the subscription agreement with a jury trial. No condition, stipulation or provision of the subscription agreement serves as a waiver by any holder of common shares or by us of compliance with any substantive provision of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated under those laws. 

 

Our Articles of Incorporation includes a forum selection provision, which could result in less favorable outcomes to the plaintiff(s) in any action against our company. Our Articles of Incorporation includes a forum selection provision that requires any claims against us by stockholders involving, with limited exceptions:

·brought in the name or right of the Corporation or on its behalf; 

·asserting a claim for breach of any fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or agent of the company to the company or the company’s stockholders; 

·arising or asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of Chapters 78 or 92A of the Nevada Revised Statutes or any provision of these Articles of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock designation) or the bylaws; 

·to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of these Articles of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock designation) or the bylaws; or 

·asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. 

 

Any of the above actions are required to be brought in the Eighth Judicial District Court of Clark County, Nevada. This forum selection provision may limit investors’ ability to bring claims in judicial forums that they find favorable to such disputes and may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Note, this provision does not apply to any suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or to any claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.


9



Any of the above actions are required to be brought in the Eighth Judicial District Court of Clark County, Nevada. This forum selection provision may limit investors’ ability to bring claims in judicial forums that they find favorable to such disputes and may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Note, this provision does not apply to any suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or to any claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

 

By executing the subscription agreement in this offering, investors will join as Stockholders under our Stockholders Agreement. The company has established a Stockholders Agreement between itself, Paolo Tiramani, Galiano Tiramani, and each new stockholder to the company. The agreement provides for among, other items, control of the directorships of the company by Paolo Tiramani and Galiano Tiramani, restrictions on transfer of the securities in this offering, and a right for either Paolo Tiramani or Galiano Tiramani to call for the acquisition of securities issued to investors in this offering as a fair market value established by a valuation service.

 

The Stockholders Agreement places limitations on the transferability of our securities. Pursuant to Article III of the Stockholders Agreement, investors will not be allowed to transfer shares acquired in this offering, except under limited circumstance following approval of the Board of Directors of the Company and satisfaction of the provisions of a right of first refusal granted to Paolo Tiramani and Galiano Tiramani. Investors should note that these restrictions on transferability are in addition to any restrictions provided by statute or regulation.

 

The Stockholders Agreement includes a call right for Paolo Tiramani or Galiano Tiramani to repurchase the shares of investors in this offering. Investors should be aware that should this call right be exercised, they would be required to sell their shares at the fair market price established by a valuation service. Investors may disagree with this valuation, but will be compelled to sell their shares nonetheless.

 

Using a credit card to purchase shares may impact the return on your investment. Investors in this offering have the option of paying for their investment with a credit card.  Transaction fees charged by your credit card company (which can reach 5% of transaction value if considered a cash advance) and interest charged on unpaid card balances (which can reach almost 25% in some states) add to the effective purchase price of the shares you buy.  See “Plan of Distribution and Selling Securityholders.”  The cost of using a credit card may also increase if you do not make the minimum monthly card payments and incur late fees.  These increased costs may reduce the return on your investment.

 

DILUTION

 

Dilution means a reduction in value, control or earnings of the shares the investor owns.

Immediate dilution

An early-stage company typically sells its shares (or grants options over its shares) to its founders and early employees at a very low cash cost, because they are, in effect, putting their “sweat equity” into the company. When the company seeks cash investments from outside investors, like you, the new investors typically pay a much larger sum for their shares than the founders or earlier investors, which means that the cash value of your stake is diluted because all the shares are worth the same amount, and you paid more than earlier investors for your shares.

 

The following table demonstrates the dilution that new investors will experience upon investment in the company. This table uses the company’s unaudited net tangible book value as of June 30, 2020 of $[_] which is derived from the net equity of the Company in the December 31, 2019 audited financial statements, adjusted for intangible assets. The offering costs assumed in the following table includes up to $[_] in commissions to [_], as well as legal, accounting, and EDGARization fees incurred for this Offering. The table presents three scenarios for the convenience of the reader: a $1,000,000 raise from this offering, a $10,000,000 raise from this offering, a $25,000,000, and a fully subscribed $50,000,000 raise from this offering (the maximum offering).


10



[Tables to be filed by amendment]

Future dilution

Another important way of looking at dilution is the dilution that happens due to future actions by the company. The investor’s stake in a company could be diluted due to the company issuing additional shares. In other words, when the company issues more shares, the percentage of the company that you own will go down, even though the value of the company may go up. You will own a smaller piece of a larger company. This increase in number of shares outstanding could result from a stock offering (such as an initial public offering, another crowdfunding round, a venture capital round, angel investment), employees exercising stock options, or by conversion of certain instruments (e.g. convertible bonds, preferred shares or warrants) into stock.

 

If the company decides to issue more shares, an investor could experience value dilution, with each share being worth less than before, and control dilution, with the total percentage an investor owns being less than before. There may also be earnings dilution, with a reduction in the amount earned per share (though this typically occurs only if the company offers dividends, and most early stage companies are unlikely to offer dividends, preferring to invest any earnings into the company).

 

The type of dilution that hurts early-stage investors most occurs when the company sells more shares in a “down round,” meaning at a lower valuation than in earlier offerings. An example of how this might occur is as follows (numbers are for illustrative purposes only):

 

In June 2019 Jane invests $20,000 for shares that represent 2% of a company valued at $1 million. 

In December the company is doing very well and sells $5 million in shares to venture capitalists on a valuation (before the new investment) of $10 million. Jane now owns only 1.3% of the company but her stake is worth $200,000. 

In June 2020 the company has run into serious problems and in order to stay afloat it raises $1 million at a valuation of only $2 million (the “down round”). Jane now owns only 0.89% of the company and her stake is worth only $26,660. 

This type of dilution might also happen upon conversion of convertible notes into shares. Typically, the terms of convertible notes issued by early-stage companies provide that in the event of another round of financing, the holders of the convertible notes get to convert their notes into equity at a “discount” to the price paid by the new investors, i.e., they get more shares than the new investors would for the same price. Additionally, convertible notes may have a “price cap” on the conversion price, which effectively acts as a share price ceiling. Either way, the holders of the convertible notes get more shares for their money than new investors. In the event that the financing is a “down round” the holders of the convertible notes will dilute existing equity holders, and even more than the new investors do, because they get more shares for their money. Investors should pay careful attention to the amount of convertible notes that the company has issued (and may issue in the future, and the terms of those notes.

 

If you are making an investment expecting to own a certain percentage of the company or expecting each share to hold a certain amount of value, it’s important to realize how the value of those shares can decrease by actions taken by the company. Dilution can make drastic changes to the value of each share, ownership percentage, voting control, and earnings per share.


11



PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION AND SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

 

Plan of Distribution

 

The company is offering a maximum of [_] shares of its Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $[_] per share on a “best-efforts” basis. The company has set a minimum of $1,000,000 in gross proceeds to be received prior to the occurrence of any closing.

 

We plan to market the securities in this offering both through online and offline means. Online marketing may take the form of contacting potential investors through electronic media and posting our Offering Circular or “testing the waters” materials on an online investment platform.

 

The offering will terminate at the earliest of: (1) the date at which the maximum offering amount has been sold, (2) the date which is three years from this offering being qualified by the Commission, and (3) the date at which the offering is earlier terminated by us at our sole discretion.

 

Provided the company has received the minimum offering amount, the company may undertake one or more closings on a rolling basis. After each closing, funds tendered by investors will be available to the company.

 

Placement Agent Agreement

 

We intend to enter into a placement agent agreement with [_] (the "Placement Agent"), a broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA"), to obtain its services as the exclusive placement agent for our Offering.

 

We have agreed to pay the Placement Agent a commission equal to [_]% of the total amount invested by investors in the Offering. We also have agreed to pay the Placement Agent and/or other broker-dealers who introduce purchasers of Common Stock a commission equal to [_]% of the gross proceeds from the total number of shares sold through them in the Offering; however, we are assuming that not all Common Stock will be sold through broker-dealers. It is anticipated that solicitation activity on our behalf will be conducted by registered representatives, and a portion of the sales commission received by [_] will be paid to those registered representatives.

 

The maximum amount that the company would pay to the Placement Agents and its affiliates in this offering would be $[_] for a fully subscribed offering with all shares sold through the Placement Agent.

 

Investors’ Tender of Funds

 

Provided we have reached our minimum investment of $1,000,000, we will conduct multiple closings on investments (so not all investors will receive their shares on the same date). The funds tendered by potential investors will be held in a segregated deposit account controlled by the company and will be transferred to our operating account at each closing in this offering.

 

Process of Subscribing

 

You will be required to complete a subscription agreement in order to invest. The subscription agreement includes a representation by the investor to the effect that, if you are not an “accredited investor” as defined under securities law, you are investing an amount that does not exceed the greater of 10% of your annual income or 10% of your net worth (excluding your principal residence). 

 

If you decide to subscribe for the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock in this offering, you should complete the following steps: 

 

1.Go to [URL], click on the "Invest Now" button; 

2.Complete the online investment form; 

3.Deliver funds directly by check, wire, debit card, or electronic funds transfer via ACH to the specified account or deliver evidence of cancellation of debt;  


12



4.Once funds or documentation are received an automated AML check will be performed to verify the identity and status of the investor;  

5.Once AML is verified, investor will electronically receive, review, execute and deliver to us a subscription agreement. 

 

Any potential investor will have ample time to review the subscription agreement, along with their counsel, prior to making any final investment decision. The Placement Agent will review all subscription agreements completed by the investor.  After the Placement Agent has completed its review of a subscription agreement for an investment in the company, the funds may be released by the escrow agent. 

 

If the subscription agreement is not complete or there is other missing or incomplete information, the funds will not be released until the investor provides all required information. In the case of a debit card payment, provided the payment is approved, the Placement Agent will have up to three days to ensure all the documentation is complete. The Placement Agent will generally review all subscription agreements on the same day, but not later than the day after the submission of the subscription agreement.  

 

All funds tendered (by check, wire, debit card, or electronic funds transfer via ACH to the specified account or deliver evidence of cancellation of debt) by investors will be deposited into an escrow account at the Escrow Agent for the benefit of the company and the selling shareholders. All funds received by wire transfer will be made available immediately while funds transferred by ACH will be restricted for a minimum of three days to clear the banking system prior to deposit into an account at the Escrow Agent.

 

The company maintains the right to accept or reject subscriptions in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason, including, but not limited to, in the event that an investor fails to provide all necessary information, even after further requests, in the event an investor fails to provide requested follow up information to complete background checks or fails background checks, and in the event the offering is oversubscribed in excess of the maximum offering amount. 

 

In the interest of allowing interested investors as much time as possible to complete the paperwork associated with a subscription, there is no maximum period of time to decide whether to accept or reject a subscription. If a subscription is rejected, funds will not be accepted by wire transfer or ACH, and payments made by debit card or check will be returned to subscribers within 30 days of such rejection without deduction or interest. Upon acceptance of a subscription, the company will send a confirmation of such acceptance to the subscriber. 

 

Upon confirmation that an investor’s funds have cleared, the company and the selling shareholders will instruct the Transfer Agent to issue shares to the investor, or transfer such shares, in the case of shares sold by the selling shareholders. The Transfer Agent will notify an investor when shares are ready to be issued or transferred and the Transfer Agent has set up an account for the investor. 

 

Escrow Agent

 

After an investor executes a subscription agreement, those funds will be irrevocable and will remain in a subscription escrow account established for the Offering. The Company intends to engage [_] as the escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”) for the Offering. Under the agreement between the Company and the Escrow Agent, and except as stated above, subscribers have no right to a return of their funds during the one year following qualification by the Securities and Exchange Commission. If a subscription is rejected or if a rescission is requested, all funds will be returned to subscribers within thirty days of such rejection without deduction or interest. Upon acceptance by us of a subscription, a confirmation of such acceptance will be sent to the subscriber.  The Escrow Agent has not investigated the desirability or advisability of investment in the Shares nor approved, endorsed or passed upon the merits of purchasing the securities.

 

The funds tendered by potential investors will be held by the Escrow Agent, and will be transferred to the Company upon closing or returned to the investors as discussed above. We may undertake one or more closings on a rolling basis (so not all investors will receive their units on the same date). After each closing, funds tendered by investors will be available to us, and since there is no minimum offering amount, we will have access to these funds even if they do not cover the expenses of this Offering. Upon each closing, investors will receive a notification regarding their Shares and funds tendered by investors will be made available to the Company. The Escrow Agreement can be found in Exhibit 8 to the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular is a part.


13



Transfer Agent

 

Colonial Stock Transfer will serve as transfer agent to maintain stockholder information on a book-entry basis. We will not issue shares in physical or paper form. Instead, our shares will be recorded and maintained on our stockholder register.

 

Selling Securityholders

 

There are no selling securityholders in this offering.

 

Provisions of Note in our Subscription Agreement

 

Forum Selection Provision

The subscription agreement that investors will execute in connection with the offering includes a forum selection provision that requires any claims against the company based on the agreement to be brought in a state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Nevada, for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon the agreement. Although we believe the provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Nevada law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies and in limiting our litigation costs, to the extent it is enforceable, the forum selection provision may limit investors’ ability to bring claims in judicial forums that they find favorable to such disputes and may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. The company has adopted the provision to limit the time and expense incurred by its management to challenge any such claims. As a company with a small management team, this provision allows its officers to not lose a significant amount of time travelling to any particular forum so they may continue to focus on operations of the company. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. We believe that the exclusive forum provision applies to claims arising under the Securities Act, but there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such a provision in this context. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.  As a result, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.  Investors will not be deemed to have waived the company’s compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Jury Trial Waiver

 

The subscription agreement that investors will execute in connection with the offering provides that subscribers waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may have against us arising out of or relating to the agreement, including any claim under federal securities laws.  By signing the subscription agreement an investor will warrant that the investor has reviewed this waiver with the investor’s legal counsel, and knowingly and voluntarily waives his or her jury trial rights following consultation with the investor’s legal counsel. If we opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, a court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable given the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with applicable case law. In addition, by agreeing to the provision, subscribers will not be deemed to have waived the company’s compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.


14



USE OF PROCEEDS TO ISSUER

 

The company estimates that if it sells the maximum amount of $50,000,000 from the sale of its Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock, which represents the value of shares available to be offered as of the date of this offering circular out of the rolling 12-month maximum offering amount of $50,000,000 under Tier 2 of Regulation A, the net proceeds to the issuer in this offering will be approximately $[_], after deducting the estimated offering expenses of approximately $[_] (including payment of commissions, marketing expenses related to the offering, accounting and professional fees).

 

We are also setting out our estimated use of proceeds based on three other scenarios, including the minimum raise of $1,000,000, as well as receiving gross proceeds of $10,000,000 and $25,000,000. The values are estimates and actual expenses may differ in order to serve the best interests of the company. Our current priority is to raise sufficient funds to secure facilities space, capital equipment, and raw materials to deliver on placed orders as they arrive, as well as to meet the demand we anticipate from purchasers that have expressed interest and placed deposits. For further discussion, see the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Plan of Operations.”

 

[Use of proceeds to be provided by amendment]

 

 

 

$1,000,000

Offering

 

 

$10,000,000

Offering

 

 

$25,000,000

Offering

 

 

$50,000,000

Offering

 

Offering Proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Proceeds to the Company from this Offering

 

$

1,000,000

 

 

$

10,000,000

 

 

$

25,000,000

 

 

$

50,000,000

 

Offering Expenses

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Offering Proceeds Available for Use

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Estimated Expenditures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales & Marketing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of Capital Equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facility Lease

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Raw Materials

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General & Administrative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Expenditures

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Working Capital Reserves

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

The company reserves the right to change the above use of proceeds if management believes it is in the best interests of the company.


15



THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS

 

Boxabl Overview

Boxabl is on a mission to bring building construction in line with modern manufacturing processes, creating a superior residential and commercial building that could be completed in half the time for half the cost of traditional construction.

The core product that we offer is the “Building Box", which consists of room modules that ship to site at a low cost and are stacked and connected to build most any shape and style of finished buildings. We are currently evaluating market demand, but anticipate that available dimensions will be 20x20 ft., 20x30 ft., 20x40 ft., and 20x60 ft. Our first product available for sale is our Casita Box, an accessory dwelling unit featuring a full-size kitchen, bathroom, and living area.

We believe there is significant market interest in our product based on receiving reservations interest from over 20,000 customers, some of whom have placed small deposits to formalize their pre-order of the Casita when production begins. In order to meet this initial demand, we are undertaking this capital raise from accredited investors to fund the buildout of our factory, described below, and to begin production.

 

Boxabl was first organized as a limited liability company in Nevada on December 2, 2017, and reorganized as a Nevada corporation on June 16, 2020. Our core technology was invented by our Chief Executive Officer, Paolo Tiramani, business development director, Galiano Tiramani, and our lead engineer, Kyle Denman. The technology is owned by Build IP LLC, a Nevada limited liability company specially formed as a holding company for the intellectual property. Build IP LLC is controlled by Paolo Tiramani, and has provided an exclusive license to Boxabl.

 

Our Mission and Innovation

Over the past several hundred years, little has changed in the construction industry. Most buildings are built by hand, one at a time. Modern construction has not yet adopted advantages of the assembly line, robotics, or economies of scale. Even in housing developments with substantially similar homes, while components may be purchased in bulk, the work still involves construction by hand, one at a time. To compound this problem, labor shortages are rising, and new entries to this workforce are slowing. These factors are all contributing to significant backlog of housing demand and price increases that are putting affordable housing out of the reach of common Americans.

One of the prime drivers of the limitations on construction is the ability to ship finished product to a job site. At Boxabl, we realized that innovation in modular construction would not be possible without innovation in shipping. Boxabl’s patent pending shipping technology allows us to serve large geographic areas from one Boxabl factory. We believe that our anticipated flagship factory that will be located in North Las Vegas, Nevada will be able to serve the entire US, and even international markets. 

 

Our innovations in shipping are only possible because of our unique methods for constructing our building modules. Our “Building Box" system and Box design were created specifically to maximize repeatability in manufacturing. In addition, our reimagined manufacturing process is simplified and efficient. This is achieved in part, by reducing the individual components in the build by approximately 80% compared to traditional building, which requires stacks of lumber and thousands of nails. Significantly fewer components results in significantly less labor costs during manufacturing.

 

We believe the resulting product boasts many benefits over traditional construction for the end user. Not only does the Boxabl solution reduce building costs and build time compared to traditional home building, but we simultaneously improve upon other metrics that can be used to evaluate building solutions, such as installation speed, fire resistance, energy ratings, mold resistance, environmental impact, wind ratings, flood resistance, pest resistance, trade reduction, impact resistance and much more.

Market Opportunity

Stick framing, invented over 100 years ago, is still the most popular residential building method. Stick framing means laborers build homes one at a time, by hand, using simple tools. A slow, expensive and labor-intensive process that has failed to adapt to modern manufacturing processes.

No mass production, no robotics, no economies of scale, no assembly line, and costs that are dependent on the availability of construction labor, which has experienced shortages in recent years. According to the Associated General Contractors of America, 81% of construction firms have reported difficulty in filling salaried and hourly craft positions.


16



Despite the labor issues, the construction market is still active. According to the US Census Bureau, privately owned housing starts in December 2019 were a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 1,608,000, 16.9% above that of November 2019, and 40.8% above December 2018. We anticipate the economic turmoil resulting from COVID-19 may result in some decreases in housing construction. For instance, the US Census Bureau reported 1,216,000 seasonally adjusted housing starts in March 2020. However, we believe those decreases may be offset by other factors. Changes in zoning laws designed to increase housing density and solve housing affordability are allowing people around the country, and especially in California, to build accessory dwelling units (“ADUs”) for use and rent. In the city of Los Angeles alone, almost 5000 ADU permits were issued last year. This is a burgeoning market for which the Boxabl product is well positioned.

 

While we believe ADUs are an easy way to enter the market, Boxabl is not limited to small residential units. The Boxabl product can be used in a wide range of building types — residential, commercial, high rise, multi family, apartment, disaster relief, military, labor housing and more. 

 

Our Products

 

The Boxabl Solution

 

The Boxabl product represents a new take on modular construction. A factory finished room module system that can be quickly stacked and arranged on site, and that provides the majority of the building envelope and functions. This allows builders to dramatically reduce build time and costs while increasing quality and features.

 

The Boxabl product is a large, almost 20 ft. in length room that folds down to 8.5 ft. wide for shipping, and still has sufficient space for factory installed kitchens, bathrooms and more. Each unit is a separate Box. Our Boxes take the heavy lifting of a building’s construction out of the field and moves it into the factory, where it belongs. 

 

Once the Boxes arrive at the jobsite, Boxes are assembled together in a plug and play manner by builders who have been trained and certified by Boxabl to create a finished home of almost any size and style. A typical Box can be assembled in one day. Speed, quality, features and price of the Boxabl product are superior to traditional building methods.

 

Shipping Solution

 

The first step in factory manufacturing of large buildings is creating a feasible shipping solution. Our goal was to ship without the need for oversized loads. Oversized loads have extra permitting, follow cars, police escorts, restricted routes and other problems that increase cost dramatically. Our design achieves the largest possible room that is able to fit into standard shipping dimensions, meeting highway, sea and rail transportation requirements.  

 

Smart Manufacturing

 

Boxabl Boxes are not built like traditional homes, they have been engineered with mass production in mind. This redesign includes a significant reduction in the number of components involved in the manufacturing process. Boxabl Boxes will be built with a laminated panel technology instead of a standard stick frame construction. This means each wall panel that Boxabl manufactures only consists of a few individual components. A comparable traditional wall has thousands of individual components and requires 3+ separate skilled trades to complete (e.g., framing, sheetrock, exterior finish, etc.).  Many raw materials in the Boxabl will be processed by off the shelf computer numerical control (CNC) equipment. The use of CNC equipment will give us a degree of automation right away, which we intend to expand to allow for the manufacturing process to be more fully automated.

 

The System

 

Efficient factory environments thrive on repeatability. We can achieve the lowest cost by building the same product over and over, leaving it to the final assembly to create unique structures. The Boxabl factory can build our Boxes in different sizes, with different floorplans, the builder can stack, arrange and dress the boxes however they desire for a custom building.


17



Building Materials

 

Historically, wood has been used for building construction because it is convenient and available. Wood burns, rots, molds, degrades, and generally has many characteristics that you wouldn't want in a permanent building structure. Further, due to warping, its dimensions are usually not accurate enough to make it compatible with precision robotics. Our wall design doesn't use standard lumber framing, instead we use a laminated panel technology that includes steel skin, expanded polystyrene (EPS) foam, and concrete board. We are able to sources these materials from multiple vendors, and are not reliant on any particular vendor. Unlike wood construction, our panels are less likely to burn, rot, mold, attract bugs or degrade. They are also compatible with automation, computer numerical control (CNC), and the factory environment.

 

Product Features

 

The Boxabl building system has many features and solutions that reduce pain points for builders and offer an attractive product for consumers.

 

 

Resilience

 

Structural

·

Fire resistant

·

Snow load rated

 

 

 

 

·

Flood resistant

·

Hurricane wind load rated

 

 

 

 

·

Bug resistant 

·

Seismic rated

 

 

 

 

·

Mold resistant

·

Ultra light, requiring smaller equipment to move

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Unit to unit connection - unlimited connection horizontally, 3 unit tall stack allowance


18



 

Design and Engineering

 

Energy

·

Steel exoskeleton

·

Will qualify for top energy rating

 

 

 

 

·

Connects to any foundation

·

Dramatically reduced energy bills 

 

 

 

 

·

Packs down for low cost shipping - unfolds to 2.5x volume

·

Smaller sized HVAC

 

 

 

 

·

Sealing gaskets at joints

·

Minimal thermal bridging

 

 

 

 

·

Crane pick points for faster setting

·

Perfectly tight envelope

 

 

 

 

·

MEP network channel - precut chase network for all utilities in walls, roof, and floor for low-cost retrofit of electrical, sprinkler system, HVAC etc.

·

High R values continuous EPS insulation

 

 

 

 

·

20x20 up to 20x80 room modules

·

High efficiency Appliances and LED lights for minimal energy requirement

 

 

 

 

·

Multiple floor plans of room modules for millions of combinations

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Reduced components designed for factory automation

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Streamlined production process similar to automotive assembly rather than modular

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Weatherproof roofing membrane ships with unit

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Unpacking system included that does not require heavy equipment for assembly

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Simple field assembly does not require skilled labor apart from site work

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Pre-plumbed for on-site hook up - does not require crawl space

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

All finishing work, paint, trim etc. inside and out ships complete

 

 


19



 

Approval

 

 

·

Pre-approved modular design for easy permitting

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Mix and stack building system for easy custom plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Full testing, fire, energy, structural

 

 

 

 

Applicable Regulation

 

Our Boxes fall under state modular home building codes. As our Boxes are mass produced, we are able to obtain approvals that will apply to any job site. Builders will still be required to obtain local building permits, but our solution resolves any state code requirements.

 

Price

 

Our production and shipping advantages allow us to sell our Boxabl Boxes as competitive prices. The retail price for our initial product “The Casita” will be $50,000, representing about $120/sq. ft. Setup costs of assembly and connection to water and electric services would be in addition to this amount, increasing the total price by an additional $5,000 to $50,000 depending on builder fees. However, compared to building costs in states like California that can be on the order of $400/sq. ft., the Boxabl solution is an attractive option for cost conscious purchasers.

 

As we are able to increase our bulk purchasing, and introduce greater amounts of automation during the production process, we may be able to reduce the consumer price in the future to capture a larger market. That said, based upon the pre-order interest we have received, the current consumer price has not been off-putting.

 

Core Technology

 

The core technology covering the structure of the Boxes and transportation system used by the company was developed by its founder, Paolo Tiramani. Innovations created by Paolo Tiramani have previously led to the creation of new billion-dollar product categories in the tool storage space. The technology is held by Build IP, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company controlled by Paolo Tiramani. Build IP, LLC has issued an exclusive license agreement to the company and will not use the technology in competition with the company. Build IP LLC will focus on protecting the patents to prevent potential infringement by competitors.

 

Patents

 

Boxabl has rights to issued and pending patents from Build IP LLC for the structure and transportation of the Boxabl building system, covering all important aspects of its commercial designs, as well as the foreseeable alternatives. The filings closely track and reflect the product designs as they are updated. Further, the scope of protection sought extends beyond the design of the building structures themselves, and includes innovative delivery and assembly equipment and techniques. To date, Build IP LLC has been awarded two US patents and one Canadian patent. In addition, six patent application are pending with the USPTO and five applications pending under the Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT). In exchange for the rights to use this intellectual property of Build IP LLC, Boxabl will pay a license fee of 1% of the net revenues generated from the sale of its Boxes. As new technology and patentable processes are developed by Boxabl, that intellectual property will be directly held by Boxabl. There is no obligation to assign inventions to Build IP LLC.


20



The following table identifies the patents to which Boxabl has rights through the license from Build IP LLC:

 

Structure Patents

 

JURIS.

TITLE

STATUS

APP. NO.

APP.

DATE

PAT.

NO.

PATENT DATE

US

Modular Prefabricated House

Patented

10/653,523

9/2/2003

8,474,194

7/2/2013

US

Modular Prefabricated House

Patented

13/900,579

5/23/2013

8,733,029

5/27/2014

Canada

Modular Pre-Fabricated House

Patented

2442403

9/24/2003

2442403

12/2/2008

US

Customizable Transportable Structures and Components Therefor

Pending

16/143,598

9/27/2018

 

 

US

Customizable Transportable Structures and Components Therefor

Pending

16/804,473

2/28/2020

 

 

US

Customizable Transportable Structures and Components Therefor

Pending

15/931,768

5/14/2020

 

 

PCT

Customizable Transportable Structures and Components Therefor

Pending

PCT/US18/53006

9/27/2018

 

 

Europe

Customizable Transportable Structures and Components Therefor

Pending

18 864 413.2

4/30/2020

 

 

Canada

Customizable Transportable Structures and Components Therefor

Pending

3,078,484

4/3/2020

 

 

US

Customizable Transportable Structures with Utility Channels and Laminate Enclosures

Pending

62/960,991

1/14/2020

 

 

US

Foldable Building Structures with Utility Channels and Laminate Enclosures

Pending

16/786,130

2/10/2020

 

 

PCT

Foldable Building Structures with Utility Channels and Laminate Enclosures

Pending

PCT/US20/17524

2/10/2020

 

 

US

Enclosure Component Perimeter Structures

Pending

16/786,202

2/10/2020

 

 

PCT

Enclosure Component Perimeter Structures

Pending

PCT/US20/17527

2/10/2020

 

 

US

Equipment and Methods for Erecting a Transportable Foldable Building Structure

Pending

16/786,315

2/10/2020

 

 

PCT

Equipment and Methods for Erecting a Transportable Foldable Building Structure

Pending

PCT/US20/17528

2/10/2020

 

 

 

Transport Patents

 

JURIS.

TITLE

STATUS

APP. NO.

APP.

DATE

PAT. NO.

PATENT DATE

US

Wheeled Assembly for Item Transport

Pending

16/143,628

9/27/2018

 

 

PCT

Wheeled Assembly for Item Transport

Pending

PCT/US18/53015

9/27/2018

 

 

Europe

Wheeled Assembly for Item Transport

Pending

18 863 822.5

4/30/2020

 

 

Canada

Wheeled Assembly for Item Transport

Pending

3,078,486

4/3/2020

 

 


21



Strategy

 

Boxabl intends to create a factory franchise business model. After our flagship factory in Las Vegas is scaled up, we want to expand internationally by setting up franchisees to build their own factories. We will use this first production style factory to identify procedures, data, costs, raw materials, equipment, labor numbers and more to build a blueprint for future factories.

 

We believe a franchise model would let us rapidly scale worldwide. Under this scenario, Boxabl becomes a logistics company with franchisees constructing factories around the world. We would supply franchisee with raw materials, custom equipment, branding, proprietary components, quality control, and other services. 

 

Our Planned Starter Factory

 

Our planned starter production facility is expected to produce six Boxes per shift. This would result in constructing approximately 400 Boxes in the first year, and 3,600 in the second year once we reach standard production, which would consist of two shifts per day, six days a week. The Boxes and panels will move through stations in the factory where different sections are completed. Our current factory design utilizes ten stations. For this design, we would require 137,000 square feet of factory space, which we would rent. Many spaces are available in the Las Vegas area that meet our criteria, and many more new buildings are under construction. We believe this factory should create approximately 300 new direct jobs. Many more indirect jobs will be created on the building sites by our customers when they are using our modules to build.

 

We have revised our plans for our starter factory between July and October 2020 based on the increase in interest we have received from potential customers. We had originally intended to have a starter facility occupying 50,000 square feet, that would initially produce one Box per shift. In order to meet our initial demand, we need additional capacity.

 

In the future, we anticipate increasing the scale of our manufacturing capabilities with additional and larger production facilities. We believe that significant expansion will be necessary in order to meet the demand we believe we will receive based on interest from potential customers.

 

Our Customers

 

In 2019, Boxabl delivered the first prototype at the Builders Show in Las Vegas and received an overwhelming response. Builders were ecstatic to see the development of a solution to many issues they struggle with. We received the equivalent of 6,000,000+ sq. ft. of “reservations” from hundreds of professional builders. These reservations were simply an indication of interest and we did not take any deposits; they are not a guarantee of future revenues.

 

After the show we ordered basic manufacturing equipment and continued to perfect the system and address feedback we got from the builder community. We were invited back to the 2020 show through a sponsorship with Professional Builder Magazine. Once we decided our initial building product focus would be the ADU, we built three more units for the show. In January 2020, we debuted the “Casita” at the Builders Show and again received a high level of interest from potential customers. Rather than just making available “reservations”, we began taking deposits for position on our waitlist. As of the date of this PPM, we have received over 2,000 deposits from potential customers that range from $100 to $1,200, and have received interest from over 20,000 potential customers wishing to reserve their place in line for when production of the Casita begins. While significantly below the full sales price of the Casita, we believe a significant percentage of these deposits will result in actual orders. This represents several years of production before we ever open our planned production facility.


22



Competition

 

Our competition can be broken into the following categories:

 

·

·Stick built: Traditional home building method, accounts for majority of the market.  Raw materials are brought to site and built by hand into finished buildings. This market is made up of many small builders. We think this group represents our likely customer base, as we provide them with a better solution. 

 

·Manufactured: Manufactured homes are standardized homes built in a factory and shipped to site. These homes are generally built to a lower standard called the nation HUD code and attempt to come in at the lowest cost possible. The defining factor with this product is that they are generally deemed personal property and not real property. Only a few large companies dominate this category.  

 

·Modular: Modular homes are factory-built homes required to be built to the same or higher building code standards of stick-built homes. These homes are generally more customizable than a manufactured home. 

 

·Panelized systems: Wall panels with different levels of finish are built in a factory and then assembled onsite, usually by those doing stick-built construction. 

 

In addition, there are a few new and notable housing startups trying to address the problems in the housing markets. We see startups such as Blockable, Katerra, Factory OS, and Rad Urban, as direct competitors, but will also benefit from their efforts to make innovative design and construction the new norm in home building.

 

Employees

 

The company currently has 9 full-time employees, and expects to increase hiring when production at its starter factory is able to begin.

 

Litigation

 

We know of no existing or pending legal proceedings against us, nor are we involved as a plaintiff in any proceeding or pending litigation. There are no proceedings in which any of our directors, officers or any of their respective affiliates, or any beneficial stockholder, is an adverse party or has a material interest adverse to our interest.


23



THE COMPANY’S PROPERTY

 

Our principal offices and initial construction space is located at 6120 North Hollywood Blvd., Las Vegas, Nevada. The space is currently leased by 500 Group Inc., an entity controlled by our CEO, Paolo Tiramani. We have not entered into a sublease agreement for the space, but do contribute to the lease per a verbal agreement between the company and 500 Group Inc. Following the offering, we intend to assume the lease from 500 Group Inc.

 

Following this offering, we also intend to acquire manufacturing space to begin construction at scale of our Casita Boxes. We do not yet have any agreements in place to acquire or lease space, as we believe there is sufficient supply in the Las Vegas region for industrial space that will suit our needs.


24



MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Overview

 

We have provided audited financial statements for the years-ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 that have been audited by dbbmckennon. You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition in conjunction with these statements.

 

Further, we prepared interim financial statements covering the periods ended June 30, 2020 and 2019. These statements are not audited and will not include year-end adjustments necessary to make those financial statements comparable to audited results. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary in order to make the interim financial statements not misleading have been included.

 

Results of Operations

 

We have not yet commenced sales of our principal products and our results to date reflect efforts to build our initial business. Our 2019 gross revenues were $60,000 compared with 2018 gross revenues of $0. Revenue in 2019 was generated from a one-time sponsorship payment to attend the Builder Shows, and not from out anticipated future business activities. This revenue was offset by an equal cost of revenue, for net revenues of $0. Additional amounts related to this sponsorship was reflected as a deferred cost of sales at year end 2019, and is reflected as revenue for the six-month period ended June 30, 2020, also offset by equal cost of revenue. When we begin production and sales of our Casita Box, which we intend to begin in 2020, our net revenues will reflect certain costs of goods sold like raw materials and assembly costs, shipping, and labor. No revenues from the sale of Casita Boxes has been recognized as of the date of this offering circular.

 

Included in the costs of goods sold will be a 1% royalty paid to Build IP LLC, a company controlled by our founder and CEO, Paolo Tiramani, under the terms of our exclusive license agreement to utilize the patented technology necessary to produce and deliver our Boxes.

 

Over 2019, we incurred $707,547 of operating expenses, compared to $110,768 in 2018, reflecting a significant increase in operating activity Our main expense incurred in 2019 was research and development related to our prototype which we demonstrated at the Builders Show. That expense amounted to $507,347, or 71.7% of our total expenses for 2019. We anticipate that we will continue to incur research and development expenses as we produce our initial line of Casita Boxes for sale. For the six-months ended June 30, 2020, this amount was $111,524. We also expect an increase in rent, shop supplies, equipment, utilities, and payroll expenses as we ramp up operations.

 

To date, in 2020 we our operating expenses have been approximately, $975,000, with $335,117 occurring as of June 30, 2020. We are experiencing an increase in general and administrative expenses resulting from our management beginning to be compensated for their services and expenses related to our securities offerings.

 

Based on the foregoing, we incurred a net loss of $707,547 in 2019, compared to a net loss of $110,768 in 2018. For the six months ended June 30, 2020, we incurred a net loss of $335,117 compared to $115,609 for the same period in 2019.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

As of December 31, 2019, the company held $115,980 in cash, $90,000 in deferred costs of sales, and $4,009 in other current assets. At that time, we also had $149,272 in account payable current liability. Those deferred costs of sales were recognized as part of revenue in 2020.

 

Our operations were initially financed by our holders of Common Stock, who contributed $630,810 to the company in 2019, and $258,111 in 2018 in the form of member contributions when organized as a limited liability company. So far in 2020, these stockholders have contributed an additional $440,000 to support the operations of the company in the form of verbal agreements for loans that bear no interest and are due upon demand, with $282,748 coming prior to June 30, 2020. Beginning in July 2020, we undertook an offering of securities under Regulation Crowdfunding, which was also available to accredited investors pursuant to a concurrent offering under Rule 506(c) of Regulation D. These offerings closed in September 2020. Through these offerings, we received net proceeds of $989,749.99 on gross proceeds of approximately $1.07 million in our offering under Regulation Crowdfunding. In addition, as of October 23, 2020, we have received net proceeds of $967,576 in the offering under


25



Rule 506(c) of Regulation D. We anticipate receiving additional funds from the offering under Rule 506(c) as we close on investors. As a result of these offerings, we have issued 15,127,329 shares of our Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock.

 

Beginning in November 2020, we have also commenced an offering of convertible notes pursuant to Rule 506(c) of Regulation D. We are seeking to raise up to $50,000,000 in that offering. The notes sold under that offering would convert into the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock of the company upon qualification of this offering under Regulation A.

 

From the proceeds of these previous offering, we believe we have sufficient capital to begin our expansion in to new manufacturing facilities and begin producing Boxes that have been ordered, and for which interest has been received.

 

Plan of Operations

 

Now that we have proven our concept to builders at trade shows, and received significant interest in the form of waitlist subscribers, and deposits on the purchase of Casita Boxes, we are entering a capital-intensive phase of operations.

 

Without any further capital investment, we are able to begin construction of 1 Casita Box per week. However, the additional capital will allow for the acquisition of additional industrial space, and tooling that will allow for improved construction at scale.

 

Our anticipated expenses over the next 12 months include approximately $3.01 million for the acquisition of raw materials for construction of 150 Casita Boxes, approximately $1.575 million for warehouse space, and $8.75 million for labor (representing 1 shift of 125 employees). In all, we expect labor, management, professional fees, and other general and administrative expenses to be approximately $17.499 million. We also intend to acquire capital assets and equipment, such as trucks and lifts, which we anticipate to cost approximately $7.38 million.

 

If we are not able to raise the full amount of capital to cover these initial expenses prior to generating revenue, we will scale our operations accordingly as we believe to be in the best interests of the company.

 

Planned Timeline 

 

The following timeline is based on raising at least $50,000,000 we are seeking to raise from this offering and other offerings. Months follow the close of this offering:

 

Month 1-2:

Identify warehouse space; order equipment and tools; continue third party testing, working towards approval from CA and NV; order molds for PVC extrusions; hire additional staff

 

 

Month 2-4:

Move to warehouse; begin slow production 1 Casita Box per week; steel is outsourced for our specifications; expand staff

 

 

Month 4-6:

Setup assembly line style production for output of 1 Casita Box per day; increase staff; bring steel production in house and order more specific equipment to increase efficiency

 

 

Month 6-9:

Begin rolling out other floor plans for the Casita Box.

 

 


26



Month 12+:

Ready with repeatable factory plans and suppliers begin seeking franchise/partner factories for expansion; new capital raise for automation enhancements in our factory; development of additional sizes and Box models.

 

 

There is no assurance that we will be able to meet this timeline. It is provided to identify our intentions for moving forward during the next 12 months of operation after receiving funds in this offering.

 

Trend Information

 

An important milestone for the company was receiving deposits of $400,000 from over 2,000 potential customers, representing potential revenues of over $100 million. Deposits of $206,300 were received as of June 30, 2020. We do not yet have the capacity to deliver if each deposit turns into a confirmed order. In order to be able to deliver, we will need to raise the funds in this offering to be able to build out our starter factory.

 

The commercial property market in the Las Vegas, Nevada vicinity is favorable to us right now. There is significant supply available, and we have begun discussions related to potential sites.

 

We have taken a number of measures to monitor and mitigate the effects of COVID-19, such as safety and health measures for our people and securing the supple of materials that are essential to our production process, such as sheet steel, EPS foam, and PVC extrusions. At this stage, the impact of our business and results has not been significant. We do expect a reduction in the supply of goods and materials from our Chinese suppliers, which supply magnesium oxide board. We will continue to follow the various government policies and advice, and, in parallel, we will do our utmost to continue our operations in the best and safest way possible without jeopardizing the health of our people.

 

Relaxed Ongoing Reporting Requirements

 

If we become a public reporting company in the future, we will be required to publicly report on an ongoing basis as an “emerging growth company” (as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, which we refer to as the JOBS Act) under the reporting rules set forth under the Exchange Act. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company”, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other Exchange Act reporting companies that are not “emerging growth companies”, including but not limited to:

 

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; 

 

taking advantage of extensions of time to comply with certain new or revised financial accounting standards; 

 

being permitted to comply with reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and 

 

being exempt from the requirement to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. 

 

If we become a public reporting company in the future, we expect to take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, although if the market value of our Common Stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as of the following December 31.

 


27



If we do not become a public reporting company under the Exchange Act for any reason, we will be required to publicly report on an ongoing basis under the reporting rules set forth in Regulation A for Tier 2 issuers. The ongoing reporting requirements under Regulation A are more relaxed than for “emerging growth companies” under the Exchange Act. The differences include, but are not limited to, being required to file only annual and semi-annual reports, rather than annual and quarterly reports. Annual reports are due within 120 calendar days after the end of the issuer’s fiscal year, and semi-annual reports are due within 90 calendar days after the end of the first six months of the issuer’s fiscal year.

 

In either case, we will be subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than Exchange Act rules for companies that are not “emerging growth companies”, and our shareholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies.

 


28



DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND SIGNIFICANT EMPLOYEES

 

 

Name

 

Position

 

Age

 

Term in Office

 

Fulltime with the company?

Executive Officers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paolo Tiramani

 

Founder and CEO

 

60

 

Since December 2017

 

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paolo Tiramani

 

Director

 

60

 

Since June 2020

 

 

Hamid Firooznia

 

Director

 

73

 

Since June 2020

 

 

Galiano Tiramani

 

Director

 

32

 

Since June 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant Employees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kyle Denman

 

Senior Engineer

 

28

 

Since December 2017

 

Yes

Galiano Tiramani

 

Business Development

 

32

 

Since December 2017

 

Yes

 

We are a small core team with a diverse background that is ready to hire appropriate industry expertise once we begin factory setup. Paolo and Galiano Tiramani are father and son.

 

 

Officers and Significant Employees

 

Paolo Tiramani, Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Director

 

An industrial designer and mechanical engineer, Paolo has over 150 patent filings which have generated more than $1 billion in retail sales.  Paolo founded Boxabl in 2017 and has funded Boxabl to date through his intellectual property investment company 500 Group Inc., which has been in operation since 1986.  Paolo also founded Supercar System in 2014. Paolo moved operations to Las Vegas Nevada two years ago for its strategic location, business and tax climate to develop the Boxabl project into an operating company.

 

Kyle Denman, Senior Engineer

 

Kyle is the senior engineer spearheading development of the Boxabl technology, and joined Boxabl in 2017 following fist working with Paolo at Supercar System, where he started in 2016.  A graduate in Mechanical Engineering from Stonybrook University he holds over 20 civil engineering and automotive mechanical patents.  Kyle has been swinging a hammer since he was 12 years old for his family owned construction company and brings a deep understanding of all field issues with the industry combined with substantial engineering skills.


29



Galiano Tiramani/ Business Development, Director

 

Galiano is an entrepreneur who has previously founded two companies prior to joining Boxabl. The first company was   a cryptocurrency exchange and ATM network, which acts as a custodian for customer funds that had an annual trade volume in excess of $10 million.  Galiano also founded and operated a large green farming and processing facility which was sold in 2018.  Boxabl will be Galiano’s third company he hopes to make fully operational and revenue generating.

 

Hamid Firooznia, Director 

 

Hamid brings 40 years of finance and tax strategies in construction, distribution, engineering, intellectual property and not-for-profit as well as high net worth individuals. Hamid is a partner in a New York State CPA firm for over 35 years. He holds a bachelor's degree in economics and master’s degrees in business administration in accounting.


30



COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

[To be provided by amendment]

 

For the fiscal year ended 2020 we compensated our three highest-paid directors and executive officers as follows:

 

Name

Capacities in which compensation was received

Cash compensation ($)

Other compensation ($)

Total compensation ($)

Paolo Tiramani

 

 

 

 

Galiano Tiramani

 

 

 

 

Kylie Denman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the fiscal year ended XXX, 20XX, we paid our directors as a group $XXX. There are XX directors in this group.


31



SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN SECURITYHOLDERS

 

The following table displays, as of [date], the voting securities beneficially owned by (1) any individual director or officer who beneficially owns more than 10% of any class of our capital stock, (2) all executive officers and directors as a group and (3) any other holder who beneficially owns more than 10% of any class of our capital stock:

 

The current owners of 20% or more equity in a class of securities in the company as of June 16, 2020, are reflected in the below table:

 

 

Title of class

Name and address of beneficial owner

Amount and nature of beneficial ownership

Amount and nature of beneficial ownership acquirable

Percent of class

Common Stock

Paolo Tiramani(1)

222,000,000 shares of Common Stock

--

74%

Common Stock

Galiano Tiramani(1)

78,000,000 shares of Common Stock

--

26%

 

 

(1)C/o Boxabl Inc., 6120 N Hollywood Blvd. Suite 104, Las Vegas, NV, 89115. 


32



INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

 

 

Intellectual Property License

 

On June 16, 2020, the company entered into an exclusive license agreement with Build IP LLC, a company controlled by Boxabl’s founder and CEO, Paolo Tiramani. The license agreement provides that the company will pay a license fee of 1% of the net selling price of any of the company’s products.

 

Operating Lease

 

Boxabl has a verbal agreement with a related party, 500 Group Inc., to provide cost sharing payments to 500 Group Inc. for warehouse and office space on a month-to-month basis. The company currently contributes approximately $4,000 per month under this cost sharing arrangement.


33



SECURITIES BEING OFFERED

 

General

 

We are offering Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock to investors in this offering at a price of $[_] per share. The Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock will convert into the Common Stock of the company automatically upon the occurrence of certain events, such as an underwritten initial public offering. We are offering up to [_] shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock and up to [_] shares of Common Stock into which the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock will convert in this offering.

  

The following description summarizes important terms of our capital stock. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws. For a complete description of our capital stock, you should refer to our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, and our Bylaws, and applicable provisions of the Nevada corporation law.

 

Our authorized capital stock consists of 425,000,000 shares of Common Stock, with 300,000,000 outstanding as of December 4, 2020, and 75,000,000 authorized shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock, with 15,127,329 shares outstanding as of December 4, 2020.

 

Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock

  

Voting Rights

Holders of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock will have no voting rights on matters put to the stockholders for a vote.

 

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

In any event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, after payment to all creditors of the company, the remaining assets of the company available for distribution to its stockholders will be distributed first among the holders of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock, and then to the holders of Common Stock. The Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock issued in our concurrent offerings under Regulation Crowdfunding and Regulation D include a preferred liquidation preference in an amount equal to $0.17 per share held (the “Preferred Payment”). This Preferred Payment represents a bonus those holders, as they paid $0.14 per share and are eligible for a Preferred Payment of $0.17 per share. If there are insufficient assets for the Preferred Payment, then the holders of the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock will receive their pro rata share of available assets upon liquidation of the company.

 

Conversion Rights 

Upon the occurrence of firm underwriting registered offering (an “IPO”), the Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock will automatically convert into voting Common Stock of the company.

 

Rights and Preferences

Holders of the company's Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock have no preemptive, conversion, or other rights, and there are no redemptive or sinking fund provisions applicable to the company's Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock.

 

Common Stock

  

Voting Rights

Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of the Stockholders and written actions in lieu of meetings, including the election of directors.

 

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

Subject to any rights of the holders of the Non-Voting Preferred Stock, in any event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, after payment to all creditors of the company, the remaining assets of the company available for distribution to its stockholders will be distributed among the holders of Common Stock on a pro rata basis by the number of shares held by each holder.

 

Rights and Preferences

Holders of the company's Common Stock have no preemptive, conversion, or other rights, and there are no redemptive or sinking fund provisions applicable to the company's Common Stock.


34



Stockholders Agreement

 

All holders of the company’s Common Stock or Series A Preferred Stock will be subject to our Stockholders Agreement. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the Stockholders Agreement itself.

 

Directors and Management of the Company 

The Stockholders Agreement provides for control of the Board of Directors of the company by Paolo Tiramani and Galiano Tiramani. The Stockholder Agreement further provides for supermajority approval of the voting holders of Common Stock of the company for the company to undertake specified actions.

 

Restriction on Transfer 

Holders of the Common Stock or Series A Preferred Stock are restricted from transferring their shares acquired in this offering, except under limited circumstance following approval of the Board of Directors of the Company and satisfaction of the provisions of a right of first refusal granted to Paolo Tiramani and Galiano Tiramani.

 

Call Right 

Under the Stockholders Agreement, Paolo Tiramani and Galiano Tiramani have the right, but not the obligation to require stockholders to sell their securities as a price established by an independent valuation or investment banking firm considered to be the fair market value of the shares.

 


35



ONGOING REPORTING AND SUPPLEMENTS TO THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR

 

We will be required to make annual and semi-annual filings with the SEC. We will make annual filings on Form 1-K, which will be due by the end of April each year and will include audited financial statements for the previous fiscal year. We will make semi-annual filings on Form 1-SA, which will be due by September 28 each year, which will include unaudited financial statements for the six months to June 30. We will also file a Form 1-U to announce important events such as the loss of a senior officer, a change in auditors or certain types of capital-raising. We will be required to keep making these reports unless we file a Form 1-Z to exit the reporting system, which we will only be able to do if we have less than 300 shareholders of record and have filed at least one Form 1-K.

 

At least every 12 months, we will file a post-qualification amendment to the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular forms a part, to include the company’s recent financial statements.  

 

We may supplement the information in this Offering Circular by filing a Supplement with the SEC.

 

All these filings will be available on the SEC’s EDGAR filing system. You should read all the available information before investing.


36



FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Boxabl, Inc.

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020




Boxabl, Inc.

 

Financial Statements

 

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020

(Unaudited)

(Internally Prepared)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contents

 

 

Balance Sheets

3

Statements of Operations

4

Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

5

Statements of Cash Flows

6

Notes to Financial Statements

7



Boxabl, Inc.


Balance Sheets

(Unaudited)

(Internally Prepared)

 

 

 

June 30,

2020

December 31,

2019

Assets

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$    184,750

$ 115,980

Deferred cost of sales

-

90,000

Other current assets

1,000

4,009

Total current assets

185,750

209,989

Fixed Assets (note 4)

 

 

Machinery and Equipment, net

61,555

69,889

Total assets

$   247,305

$ 279,878

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

Accounts payable

$       22,767

$      149,272

Deferred revenue

-

60,000

Customer deposits

206,300

-

Total current liabilities

229,068

209,272

Long-term liabilities:

    Loans Payable- Officers

  282,749

 

Total long-term liabilities

  282,749

 

Total liabilities

$     511,816

$   209,272

 

  Commitments and contingencies

 

Member’s equity

Common stock class A, $.0001 par, 425 million shares

  authorized, 300 million shares issued and outstanding

Preferred stock, $.0001 par, 75 million shares authorized

 zero shares issued and outstanding

Retained equity (deficit)

 

-

 

-

 

30,000

 

-

(294,511)

 

-

 

70,606

 

-

 

 

-

-

 Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

(264,511)

70,606

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

$ 247,305

$    279,878

 

See Notes to the Financial Statements.


3


Boxabl, Inc.


Statements of Operations

(Unaudited)

(Internally Prepared)

 

 

For the Six Months Ended

 

June 30,

2020

June 30,

2019

 

Revenue

 

$       90,000

 

  $     40,000

Cost of goods sold

90,000

40,000

Gross profit

-

-

Expenses:

 

 

General and administrative

197,125

17,538

Sales and marketing

26,468

8,082

Research and development

111,524

89,989

Total operating expenses

335,117

115,609

 

Operating loss

 

(335,117)

 

(115,609)

 

Net loss

 

$ (335,117)

 

$ (115,609)

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to the Financial Statements.


4


Boxabl, Inc.


Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(Unaudited)

(Internally Prepared)

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Total Member’s Equity

Balance at December 31, 2019 100Conversion to C-Corp:                                                 

$   -

$            70,606

                (  70,606 )

         Common stock, par $.0001                                      

          Retained equity

30,000

40,606

-

 

 Less: Net loss

        (335,117)

                        -  

Balance at June 30, 2020

$       (264,511)

$                        -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to the Financial Statements.


5


Boxabl, Inc.


Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

 

(Internally Prepared)

 

 

 

For the Six Months Ended 

 

June 30, 2020

June 30, 2019

Operating activities

 

 

Net loss

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in

operating activities:

$ (335,117)

$ (115,609)

  Depreciation and amortization

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

8,334

4,121

  Prepaid expenses

3,009

(1,290)

  Accounts payable

  Deferred cost of sales

  Deferred revenue

  Customer deposits

(126,505)

90,000

(60,000)

206,300

34,513

(60,000)

-

-

     Net cash used in operating activities

(213,979)

(138,265)

Financing activities

 

 

Proceeds from capital contributions

Proceeds from officers’ loans

-

282,749

62,187

-

    Net cash provided by financing activities

282,749

62,187

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

68,770

 

(76,078)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

115,980

120,095

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$ 184,750

$ 44,017

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

Cash paid for interest

$               -

$         -

Cash paid for income taxes

$               -

$           -

 

 

 

See Notes to the Financial Statements.


6


Boxabl, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Unaudited)

(Internally Prepared)


 

NOTE 1 – INCORPORATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS

 

Boxabl, Inc. is a development stage corporation originally organized as a Nevada limited liability company, pursuant to Chapter 86 NRS, on December 2, 2017.  The corporation converted from a Nevada limited liability company to a Nevada corporation on June 16, 2020, pursuant to Chapter 92A of the NRS.  The financial statements of Boxabl, Inc., (which may be referred to as the "Company", “Boxabl,” "we," "us," or "our") are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The Company’s headquarters are located in Las Vegas, Nevada.  

Boxabl is in the process of building a new type of modular boxes with the help of modern manufacturing processes. Its product will result in superior, higher quality residential and commercial buildings in half the time and half the cost, by resolving the problems of labor shortages and using approximately, 80% less building material. The Company has developed patented shipping technology, which will help it serve large geographic areas from one factory. This innovation allows the Company to serve the entire USA and even international markets.

NOTE 2 – GOING CONCERN

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern.  The Company has incurred losses from operations and has net cash used in operations since Inception.

The Company expects to obtain funding through equity placement offerings until it consistently achieves positive cash flows from operations.  The continuing viability of the entity and its ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon the entity being successful in its continuing efforts in growing its revenue base and/or accessing additional sources of capital.  Management’s plan to address this need includes, (a) continued exercise of tight cost controls to conserve cash, and (b) obtaining additional equity financing.  There are no assurances that our plans will be successful. See Note 9 for amounts raised.

The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.  

NOTE 3 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

 

The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("US GAAP").

 

The accompanying interim financial statements were prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for interim financial reporting. These interim financial statements are internally prepared and, include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments and accruals necessary for a fair presentation of our balance sheets, operating results, and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the periods presented are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for 2020. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in interim financial statements prepared in accordance with US GAAP have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and accompanying notes.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make


7


Boxabl, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Unaudited)

(Internally Prepared)


estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates and assumptions on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the accrual of costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results experienced by the Company may differ materially and adversely from the Company’s estimates. To the extent there are material differences between the estimates and the actual results, future results of operations will be affected.

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company's business and operations are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the U.S. and worldwide along with local, state, and federal governmental policy decisions. A host of factors beyond the Company's control could cause fluctuations in these conditions. Adverse conditions may include: recession, downturn or otherwise, government policies. These adverse conditions could affect the Company's financial condition and the results of its operations.

Research and Development

 

All research and development costs- design, material, consultants related to proto-type development are expensed as incurred.  Total research and development costs for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 are $111,524 and $89,989, respectively.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Cash and cash equivalents are maintained at financial institutions and, at times, balances may exceed federally insured limits of $250,000 per institution that pays Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance premiums.  The Company has never experienced any losses related to these balances.

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This ASU requires a lessee to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability under most operating leases in its balance sheet.  Due to the FASB extension in June 2020, the guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021.  Early adoption is permitted.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact on its financial statements but does not expect it to have a significant impact on the operations or financial statements.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards could have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.  As new accounting pronouncements are issued, the Company will adopt those that are applicable under the circumstances.


8


Boxabl, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Unaudited)

(Internally Prepared)


NOTE 4 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

The Company’s property and equipment consist of the following amounts as of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

 

 

 

June 30,

2020

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

 

 

 

Machinery and Equipment

 

$83,336

 

$83,336

Less: Accumulated Depreciation

 

(21,781)

 

(13,447)

 

 

$61,555

 

$69,889

 

Machinery and equipment primarily consist of equipment, which is depreciated over five years.  

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized $8,334 and $4,121 in depreciation expense, respectively.

 

NOTE 5 – LONG-TERM DEBT

 

Loans Payable To Officers

 

The Company executed loan agreements with its two shareholders during the six months ended June 30, 2020.  The loans are not interest-bearing and are due upon demand.  The outstanding principal balances on the loans payable at June 30, 2020 is $282,748.  

 

NOTE 6 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The Company has a verbal contract with the controlling stockholder to share certain costs related to office space, support staff, and consultancy services for which the related party covers the costs for which are incurred on behalf of the Company. There are no markups on these shared costs by the related party for which are treated as shareholder loan.

 

NOTE 7 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

Preferred and Common Stock

The Company converted to a C-Corporation in the state of Nevada on June 16, 2020.  In conjunction with the conversion, the Company authorized the issuance of 425 million shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001 and 75 million shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001.  The Company designated all shares of preferred stock as “Series A Preferred Stock”, see below for rights and preferences.

 

Of the 425 million authorized shares of common stock, 300 million shares were issued to the Company’s two stockholders in exchange for their membership interests in Boxabl, LLC, on June 16, 2020.

 

The Series A Preferred Stock has the following preferences:

 

Holders of Series A Preferred Stock are not entitled to any voting rights. Shares of Series A preferred stock are convertible to common stock on a one for one basis upon the Company’s IPO or upon a Regulation A capital raise. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock before payment is made to any holders of common stock.


9


Boxabl, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

June 30, 2020

(Unaudited)

(Internally Prepared)


NOTE 8 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Operating Lease

 

The Company has a verbal lease agreement with a related party to rent warehouse and office space on a month-to-month basis.  The Company’s portion of the monthly rent is approximately $4,000.

 

Total rent expense for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 was $24,014 and $15,785, respectively.  

 

Litigation

 

There are no legal proceedings, which the Company believes will have a material adverse effect on its financial position.  

 

NOTE 9 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Management has evaluated subsequent events through December 4, 2020, the date on which the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

The Company launched Regulation CF and Regulation D capital raises for which resulted in net proceeds of $2,037,576 and the issuance of 15,127,329 shares of common stock at $0.14 per share.  

 

The Company has received an additional $200,000 in customer deposits for over 1,000 Boxabl units.

 

As part of the Regulation CF and Regulation D capital raises, the Company entered into exclusive placement agency agreement with Wefunder Portal, LLC. Under the terms of the agreement the Company paid 7.5% of the aggregate subscription proceeds for equity sold, up to $1,070,000.

 

On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the coronavirus outbreak a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern” and on March 10, 2020, declared it to be a pandemic.  Actions taken around the world to help mitigate the spread of the coronavirus include restrictions on travel, and quarantines in certain areas, and forced closures for certain types of public places and businesses.  The coronavirus and actions taken to mitigate it have had and are expected to continue to have an adverse impact on the economic and financial markets of many countries, including the geographical area in which the Company operates. Measures taken by various governments to contain the virus have affected economic activity. We have taken a number of measures to monitor and mitigate the effects of COVID-19, such as safety and health measures for our people and securing the supply of materials that are essential to our production process. At this stage, the impact on our business and results has not been significant.  We do expect a reduction in the supply of goods and materials from our Chinese suppliers.  We will continue to follow the various government policies and advice, and, in parallel, we will do our utmost to continue our operations in the best and safest way possible without jeopardizing the health of our people.  


10



Boxabl, LLC

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 With Independent Auditors’ Report




Boxabl, LLC

Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

 

 

Contents

 

 

Independent Auditors’ Report

2

 

 

Balance Sheets

3

Statements of Operations

4

Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

5

Statements of Cash Flows

6

Notes to Financial Statements

7


1



 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

 

To the Management and Directors

of Boxabl, LLC

 

Report on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Boxabl, LLC (the “Company”), which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related statements of operations, member’s equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

 

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As described in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has experienced operational losses and negative cash flows from operations since Inception. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

 

 

dbbmckennon

San Diego, California

November 24, 2020

 


2


Boxabl, LLC


Balance Sheets

 

 

December 31,

 

2019

2018

Assets

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$ 115,980

$ 120,095

Deferred cost of sales

90,000

60,000

Other current assets

4,009

-

Total current assets

209,989

180,095

Fixed Assets (note 4)

 

 

Machinery and Equipment, net

69,889

21,959

Total assets

$ 279,878

$ 202,054

 

 

 

Liabilities and Member’s Equity

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

Accounts payable

$    149,272

$      34,711

Deferred revenue

60,000

20,000

Total current liabilities

209,272

54,711

Total liabilities

209,272

54,711

 

  Commitments and contingencies

 

Member’s equity

 

-

 

70,606

 

-

 

147,343

Total member’s equity

70,606

147,343

Total liabilities and member’s equity

$ 279,878

$    202,054

 

 

 

See Notes to the Financial Statements.


3


Boxabl, LLC


Statements of Operations

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2019

2018

 

Revenue

Cost of goods sold

 

$       60,000

60,000

 

  $                -  

-

Gross profit

-

-

Expenses:

 

 

General and administrative

188,495

11,746

Sales and marketing

Research and development

11,705

507,347

9,200

89,822

Total operating expenses

707,547

110,768

 

Operating loss

 

(707,547)

 

(110,768)

 

Net loss

 

$ (707,547)

 

$ (110,768)

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to the Financial Statements.


4


Boxabl, LLC


Statements of Changes in Member’s Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Member’s

Equity

Balance at December 31, 2017

$ -

Plus: Member’s contributions

258,111

Less: Net loss

            (110,768)

Balance at December 31, 2018

$ 147,343

Plus: Member’s contributions

630,810

Less: Net loss

            (707,547)

Balance at December 31, 2019

     $          70,606

 

 

 

See Notes to the Financial Statements.


5


Boxabl, LLC


Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2019

2018

Operating activities

 

 

Net loss

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in

operating activities:

$ (707,547)

$ (110,768)

  Depreciation and amortization

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

8,241

5,206

  Prepaid expenses

(4,009)

-

  Accounts payable

  Deferred cost of sales

  Deferred revenue

114,561

(30,000)

40,000

34,711

(60,000)

20,000

     Net cash used in operating activities

(578,754)

(110,851)

 

Investing activities

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

(56,171)

(27,165)

    Net cash used in investing activities

(56,171)

(27,165)

 

Financing activities

 

 

Proceeds from capital contributions

630,810

258,111

    Net cash provided by financing activities

630,810

258,111

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(4,115)

 

120,095

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

120,095

-

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

$ 115,980

$ 120,095

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

Cash paid for interest

$               -

$           -

Cash paid for income taxes

$               -

$           -

 

 

 

See Notes to the Financial Statements.


6


Boxabl, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018


 

NOTE 1 – INCORPORATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS

 

Boxabl, LLC is a development stage limited liability company (“LLC”) that was formed in December 2017. The financial statements of Boxabl, LLC., (which may be referred to as the "Company", “Boxabl,” "we," "us," or "our") are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The Company’s headquarters are located in Las Vegas, Nevada.  On June 16, 2020, the Company converted from a Nevada LLC to a Nevada corporation.

Boxabl is in the process of building a new type of modular boxes with the help of modern manufacturing processes. Its product will result in superior, higher quality residential and commercial buildings in half the time and half the cost, by resolving the problems of labor shortages and using approximately, 80% less building material. The Company has developed patented shipping technology, which will help it serve large geographic areas from one Boxabl factory. This innovation allows the Company to serve the entire USA and even international markets.

NOTE 2 – GOING CONCERN

The Company incurred a net loss of $707,547 during the year ended December 31, 2019, , and currently has limited revenues, which creates substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.  

The Company expects to obtain funding through equity placement offerings until it consistently achieves positive cash flows from operations.  The continuing viability of the entity and its ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon the entity being successful in its continuing efforts in growing its revenue base and/or accessing additional sources of capital.  Management’s plan to address this need includes, (a) continued exercise of tight cost controls to conserve cash, and (b) obtaining additional equity financing.  There are no assurances that our plans will be successful. See Note 8 for amounts raised subsequent to year end.

The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.  

NOTE 3 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and are expressed in U.S. dollars. The Company’s fiscal year end is December 31.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates and assumptions on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the accrual of costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results experienced by the Company may differ materially and adversely from the Company’s estimates. To the extent there are material differences between the estimates and the actual results, future results of operations will be affected.

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company's business and operations are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the U.S. and worldwide along with local, state, and federal governmental policy decisions. A host of factors beyond the Company's control could cause fluctuations in these conditions. Adverse conditions may include: recession,


7


Boxabl, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018


downturn or otherwise, government policies. These adverse conditions could affect the Company's financial condition and the results of its operations.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date.  Applicable accounting guidance provides an established hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the company.  Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the factors that market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability.  There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

·Level 1 – Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. 

·Level 2 – Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace. 

·Level 3 – Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity. 

The fair value hierarchy also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

Fair-value estimates discussed herein are based upon certain market assumptions and pertinent information available to management as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.  The respective carrying value of certain on-balance-sheet financial instruments approximated their fair values.  

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with a maturity of three months or less at the time of issuance to be cash equivalents.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives (Note 4). Expenditures for maintenance, repairs, and minor improvements are charged to expense as incurred.  Major improvements with economic lives greater than one year are capitalized.

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company reviews the carrying values of its long-lived assets for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable.  No impairment charges were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.


8


Boxabl, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018


Revenue Recognition

The Company adopted ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and its related amendments (collectively known as “ASC 606”), effective January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective transition approach applied to all contracts. Therefore, the reported results for the year ended December 31, 2019 reflect the application of ASC 606. Management determined that there were no retroactive adjustments necessary to revenue recognition upon the adoption of the ASU 2014-09. In addition, the adoption of the ASU did not have an impact on operation and the financial statements. The Company determines revenue recognition through the following steps:

 

 

-

Identification of a contract with a customer;

 

-

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract;

 

-

Determination of the transaction price;

 

-

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

 

-

Recognition of revenue when or as the performance obligations are satisfied.

Revenues are recognized when performance obligations are satisfied through the transfer of promised goods to the Company’s customers.  Control transfers upon shipment of product and when the title has been passed to the customers.  This includes the transfer of legal title, physical possession, the risks and rewards of ownership, and customer acceptance.  Revenue is recorded net of sales taxes collected from customers on behalf of taxing authorities, allowance for estimated returns, chargebacks, and markdowns based upon management’s estimates and the Company’s historical experience.  The Company records a liability for deposits for future products.  The liability is relieved, and the revenue is recognized once the revenue recognition criteria is met.  As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, the Company had deferred revenue of $60,000 and $20,000 presented on the accompanying balance sheets, respectively.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold consists primarily of the cost of products used in the production of the Company’s finished products, shipping, and the related labor and overhead charges associated with that production.  The cost of goods sold relate to contracts to provide a prototype home unit for display at a show, thus, costs incurred in excess of revenues recorded in connection with the contract are classified as research and development as these were determined to be costs associated with improving the Company’s process, in tandem to a proto-type.

Advertising and Promotion

Advertising and promotion are expensed as incurred.  Advertising and promotion expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 amounted to approximately $12,000 and $9,000, respectively, which is included in marketing expense.

Research and Development

 

All research and development costs- design, material, consultants related to proto-type development are expensed as incurred.  Total research and development costs for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are $507,347 and $89,822, respectively.


9


Boxabl, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018


Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Cash and cash equivalents are maintained at financial institutions and, at times, balances may exceed federally insured limits of $250,000 per institution that pays Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance premiums.  The Company has never experienced any losses related to these balances.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, one customer represented 100% of the total revenues for both years.  The loss of this customer would have significant impact on the Company’s operations.

Income Taxes

 

Federal and state income tax regulations require that the income or loss of a limited liability company be included in the tax returns of the members; accordingly, there are no liabilities or provisions for income taxes recorded in the accompanying financial statements.  The Company’s policy is to record distributions to its members related to the member’s federal and state income taxes that are attributable to the net income of the Company.  The Company records such distributions when they are declared and made to the member.

 

Tax positions initially must be recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not the position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities.  Such tax positions initially and subsequently are to be measured at the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority, assuming full knowledge of the position and relevant facts.  

 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had no uncertain tax positions that qualify for either recognition or disclosure in the financial statements.  The Company will recognize future accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense if incurred.  The Company’s tax return from 2018 forward are open to federal and state income tax examination.  As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, there were no ongoing tax examinations.  

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This ASU requires a lessee to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability under most operating leases in its balance sheet.  Due to the FASB extension in June 2020, the guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021.  Early adoption is permitted.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact on its financial statements but does not expect it to have a significant impact on the operations or financial statements.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards could have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.  As new accounting pronouncements are issued, the Company will adopt those that are applicable under the circumstances.

NOTE 4 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

The Company’s property and equipment consist of the following amounts as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

Machinery and Equipment

 

$83,336

 

$27,165

Less: Accumulated Depreciation

 

(13,447)

 

(5,206)

 

 

$69,889

 

$21,959


10


Boxabl, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018


Machinery and equipment primarily consist of equipment, which is depreciated over five years.  

 

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized $8,241 and $5,206 in depreciation expense, respectively.

 

NOTE 5 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The Company has a verbal contract with the controlling member to share certain costs related to office space, support staff, and consultancy services for which the related party covers the costs for which are incurred on behalf of the Company. There are no markups on these shared costs by the related party for which are treated as contributed capital.

 

NOTE 6 – MEMBER’S EQUITY

 

Membership Units and Contributions

 

The Company accounts for membership units as a percentage. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, 100% of the membership units were issued and outstanding. Allocation of income and losses, as well as voting, is based upon the percentages held by the holder.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company’s member contributed $630,810 and $258,111 to fund operations, respectively.  

 

Preferred and Common Stock

Subsequent to December 31, 2019, the Company converted to a corporation.  The articles of incorporation were filed on June 16, 2020.  The Company authorized the issuance of 425,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001 and 75,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001.  The Company designated all shares of preferred stock as “Series A Preferred Stock”, see below for rights and preferences.

 

In connection with the conversion to a corporation, all the Company’s membership interest was exchanged for 300,000,000 shares of common stock.

 

The Series A Preferred Stock has the following preferences:

 

Holders of Series A Preferred Stock are not entitled to any voting rights. Shares of Series A preferred stock are convertible to common stock on a one for one basis upon the Company’s IPO or upon a Regulation A capital raise. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock before payment is made to any holders of common stock.

NOTE 7 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Operating Lease

The Company has a verbal lease agreement with a related party to rent warehouse and office space on a month-to-month basis.  The Company’s portion of the monthly rent is approximately $3,200.

 

Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $42,959 and $0, respectively.  

 

Litigation

 

There are no legal proceedings, which the Company believes will have a material adverse effect on its financial position.  


11


Boxabl, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018


NOTE 8 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Management has evaluated subsequent events through November 24, 2020, the date on which the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

The Company launched Regulation CF and Regulation D capital raises for which resulted in net proceeds of $1,673,207 and the issuance of 12,524,694 shares of common stock at $0.14 per share.  

 

The Company has received over $400,000 in customer deposits for over 2,000 Boxabl units.

 

The Company entered into an exclusive placement agency agreement with C2M Securities. Under the terms of the agreement the Company is to pay 7% of the aggregate subscription proceeds for equity sold under the Regulation CF and Regulation D capital raises.

 

The Company entered into a technology licensing platform agreement with Capital2Market LLC.  Under the terms of the agreement the Company will make a one-time payment of $5,000 which will give the Company access to various technology.

 

The Company entered into an exclusive license agreement with Build IP LLC, a related party. Under the terms of the agreement, Build IP LLC has agreed to license its structure, transport and trademark patents to the Company. Quarterly royalty payments of 1% are due on royalty-bearing sales.

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2019, the Company’s member has contributed additional money to the Company, with $282,748 coming in the form a verbal agreement for a loan that bears no interest and is due upon demand.

 

On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the coronavirus outbreak a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern” and on March 10, 2020, declared it to be a pandemic.  Actions taken around the world to help mitigate the spread of the coronavirus include restrictions on travel, and quarantines in certain areas, and forced closures for certain types of public places and businesses.  The coronavirus and actions taken to mitigate it have had and are expected to continue to have an adverse impact on the economic and financial markets of many countries, including the geographical area in which the Company operates. Measures taken by various governments to contain the virus have affected economic activity. We have taken a number of measures to monitor and mitigate the effects of COVID-19, such as safety and health measures for our people and securing the supply of materials that are essential to our production process. At this stage, the impact on our business and results has not been significant.  We do expect a reduction in the supply of goods and materials from our Chinese suppliers.  We will continue to follow the various government policies and advice, and, in parallel, we will do our utmost to continue our operations in the best and safest way possible without jeopardizing the health of our people.  

 

See Note 6 for additional subsequent events.


12



PART III

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

 

 

2.1

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation

 

 

 

2.2

 

Bylaws

 

 

 

3.1

 

Form of Investors Rights Agreement

 

 

 

4.1

 

Form of Subscription Agreement*

 

 

 

6.1

 

License Agreement with Build IP, LLC

 

 

 

8.1

 

Escrow Agreement*

 

 

 

11.1

 

Consent of dbbmckennon*

 

 

 

12.1

 

Opinion regarding legality of the securities*

 

 

 

13.1

 

Testing the waters materials*

 

* To be filed by amendment




SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation A, the issuer certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 1-A and has duly caused this Offering Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Las Vegas, Nevada, on December 14, 2020.

 

 

Boxabl, Inc.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paolo Tiramani

 

 

Paolo Tiramani, Chief Executive Officer

 

The following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated have signed this Offering Statement.

 

/s/ Paolo Tiramani

 

Paolo Tiramani, Chief Executive Officer, Director, Principal Financial Officer, and Principal Accounting Officer

 

Date: December 14, 2020

 

 

 

/s/ Galiano Tiramani

 

Galiano Tiramani, Director

 

Date: December 14, 2020

 

 

 

/s/ Hamid Firooznia

 

Hamid Firooznia, Director

 

Date: December 14, 2020